WO1998010538A1 - Location of a mobile station using a plurality of commercial wireless infrastructures - Google Patents

Location of a mobile station using a plurality of commercial wireless infrastructures Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO1998010538A1
WO1998010538A1 PCT/US1997/015933 US9715933W WO9810538A1 WO 1998010538 A1 WO1998010538 A1 WO 1998010538A1 US 9715933 W US9715933 W US 9715933W WO 9810538 A1 WO9810538 A1 WO 9810538A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
mobile station
iocation
wireless
locating
location
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US1997/015933
Other languages
French (fr)
Other versions
WO1998010538B1 (en
Inventor
Frederick W. Leblanc
Dennis Jay Dupray
Charles L. Karr
Original Assignee
Leblanc Frederick W
Dennis Jay Dupray
Karr Charles L
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Leblanc Frederick W, Dennis Jay Dupray, Karr Charles L filed Critical Leblanc Frederick W
Priority to US09/230,109 priority Critical patent/US6236365B1/en
Priority to AU43385/97A priority patent/AU4338597A/en
Publication of WO1998010538A1 publication Critical patent/WO1998010538A1/en
Publication of WO1998010538B1 publication Critical patent/WO1998010538B1/en
Priority to US09/820,584 priority patent/US6952181B2/en
Priority to US11/069,441 priority patent/US7812766B2/en
Priority to US11/464,880 priority patent/US7903029B2/en
Priority to US12/861,817 priority patent/US8994591B2/en
Priority to US13/843,204 priority patent/US20170055130A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G01MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01SRADIO DIRECTION-FINDING; RADIO NAVIGATION; DETERMINING DISTANCE OR VELOCITY BY USE OF RADIO WAVES; LOCATING OR PRESENCE-DETECTING BY USE OF THE REFLECTION OR RERADIATION OF RADIO WAVES; ANALOGOUS ARRANGEMENTS USING OTHER WAVES
    • G01S5/00Position-fixing by co-ordinating two or more direction or position line determinations; Position-fixing by co-ordinating two or more distance determinations
    • G01S5/02Position-fixing by co-ordinating two or more direction or position line determinations; Position-fixing by co-ordinating two or more distance determinations using radio waves
    • G01S5/0257Hybrid positioning
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W64/00Locating users or terminals or network equipment for network management purposes, e.g. mobility management
    • GPHYSICS
    • G01MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01CMEASURING DISTANCES, LEVELS OR BEARINGS; SURVEYING; NAVIGATION; GYROSCOPIC INSTRUMENTS; PHOTOGRAMMETRY OR VIDEOGRAMMETRY
    • G01C21/00Navigation; Navigational instruments not provided for in groups G01C1/00 - G01C19/00
    • G01C21/20Instruments for performing navigational calculations
    • G01C21/206Instruments for performing navigational calculations specially adapted for indoor navigation
    • GPHYSICS
    • G01MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01SRADIO DIRECTION-FINDING; RADIO NAVIGATION; DETERMINING DISTANCE OR VELOCITY BY USE OF RADIO WAVES; LOCATING OR PRESENCE-DETECTING BY USE OF THE REFLECTION OR RERADIATION OF RADIO WAVES; ANALOGOUS ARRANGEMENTS USING OTHER WAVES
    • G01S1/00Beacons or beacon systems transmitting signals having a characteristic or characteristics capable of being detected by non-directional receivers and defining directions, positions, or position lines fixed relatively to the beacon transmitters; Receivers co-operating therewith
    • G01S1/02Beacons or beacon systems transmitting signals having a characteristic or characteristics capable of being detected by non-directional receivers and defining directions, positions, or position lines fixed relatively to the beacon transmitters; Receivers co-operating therewith using radio waves
    • G01S1/022Means for monitoring or calibrating
    • G01S1/026Means for monitoring or calibrating of associated receivers
    • GPHYSICS
    • G01MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01SRADIO DIRECTION-FINDING; RADIO NAVIGATION; DETERMINING DISTANCE OR VELOCITY BY USE OF RADIO WAVES; LOCATING OR PRESENCE-DETECTING BY USE OF THE REFLECTION OR RERADIATION OF RADIO WAVES; ANALOGOUS ARRANGEMENTS USING OTHER WAVES
    • G01S1/00Beacons or beacon systems transmitting signals having a characteristic or characteristics capable of being detected by non-directional receivers and defining directions, positions, or position lines fixed relatively to the beacon transmitters; Receivers co-operating therewith
    • G01S1/02Beacons or beacon systems transmitting signals having a characteristic or characteristics capable of being detected by non-directional receivers and defining directions, positions, or position lines fixed relatively to the beacon transmitters; Receivers co-operating therewith using radio waves
    • G01S1/022Means for monitoring or calibrating
    • G01S1/028Simulation means, e.g. of beacon signals therefor
    • GPHYSICS
    • G01MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01SRADIO DIRECTION-FINDING; RADIO NAVIGATION; DETERMINING DISTANCE OR VELOCITY BY USE OF RADIO WAVES; LOCATING OR PRESENCE-DETECTING BY USE OF THE REFLECTION OR RERADIATION OF RADIO WAVES; ANALOGOUS ARRANGEMENTS USING OTHER WAVES
    • G01S5/00Position-fixing by co-ordinating two or more direction or position line determinations; Position-fixing by co-ordinating two or more distance determinations
    • G01S5/0009Transmission of position information to remote stations
    • GPHYSICS
    • G01MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01SRADIO DIRECTION-FINDING; RADIO NAVIGATION; DETERMINING DISTANCE OR VELOCITY BY USE OF RADIO WAVES; LOCATING OR PRESENCE-DETECTING BY USE OF THE REFLECTION OR RERADIATION OF RADIO WAVES; ANALOGOUS ARRANGEMENTS USING OTHER WAVES
    • G01S5/00Position-fixing by co-ordinating two or more direction or position line determinations; Position-fixing by co-ordinating two or more distance determinations
    • G01S5/02Position-fixing by co-ordinating two or more direction or position line determinations; Position-fixing by co-ordinating two or more distance determinations using radio waves
    • G01S5/0205Details
    • GPHYSICS
    • G01MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01SRADIO DIRECTION-FINDING; RADIO NAVIGATION; DETERMINING DISTANCE OR VELOCITY BY USE OF RADIO WAVES; LOCATING OR PRESENCE-DETECTING BY USE OF THE REFLECTION OR RERADIATION OF RADIO WAVES; ANALOGOUS ARRANGEMENTS USING OTHER WAVES
    • G01S5/00Position-fixing by co-ordinating two or more direction or position line determinations; Position-fixing by co-ordinating two or more distance determinations
    • G01S5/02Position-fixing by co-ordinating two or more direction or position line determinations; Position-fixing by co-ordinating two or more distance determinations using radio waves
    • G01S5/0205Details
    • G01S5/021Calibration, monitoring or correction
    • GPHYSICS
    • G01MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01SRADIO DIRECTION-FINDING; RADIO NAVIGATION; DETERMINING DISTANCE OR VELOCITY BY USE OF RADIO WAVES; LOCATING OR PRESENCE-DETECTING BY USE OF THE REFLECTION OR RERADIATION OF RADIO WAVES; ANALOGOUS ARRANGEMENTS USING OTHER WAVES
    • G01S1/00Beacons or beacon systems transmitting signals having a characteristic or characteristics capable of being detected by non-directional receivers and defining directions, positions, or position lines fixed relatively to the beacon transmitters; Receivers co-operating therewith
    • G01S1/02Beacons or beacon systems transmitting signals having a characteristic or characteristics capable of being detected by non-directional receivers and defining directions, positions, or position lines fixed relatively to the beacon transmitters; Receivers co-operating therewith using radio waves
    • G01S1/04Details
    • G01S1/045Receivers
    • GPHYSICS
    • G01MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01SRADIO DIRECTION-FINDING; RADIO NAVIGATION; DETERMINING DISTANCE OR VELOCITY BY USE OF RADIO WAVES; LOCATING OR PRESENCE-DETECTING BY USE OF THE REFLECTION OR RERADIATION OF RADIO WAVES; ANALOGOUS ARRANGEMENTS USING OTHER WAVES
    • G01S2205/00Position-fixing by co-ordinating two or more direction or position line determinations; Position-fixing by co-ordinating two or more distance determinations
    • G01S2205/001Transmission of position information to remote stations
    • G01S2205/006Transmission of position information to remote stations for emergency situations
    • GPHYSICS
    • G01MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01SRADIO DIRECTION-FINDING; RADIO NAVIGATION; DETERMINING DISTANCE OR VELOCITY BY USE OF RADIO WAVES; LOCATING OR PRESENCE-DETECTING BY USE OF THE REFLECTION OR RERADIATION OF RADIO WAVES; ANALOGOUS ARRANGEMENTS USING OTHER WAVES
    • G01S2205/00Position-fixing by co-ordinating two or more direction or position line determinations; Position-fixing by co-ordinating two or more distance determinations
    • G01S2205/001Transmission of position information to remote stations
    • G01S2205/008Transmission of position information to remote stations using a mobile telephone network
    • GPHYSICS
    • G01MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01SRADIO DIRECTION-FINDING; RADIO NAVIGATION; DETERMINING DISTANCE OR VELOCITY BY USE OF RADIO WAVES; LOCATING OR PRESENCE-DETECTING BY USE OF THE REFLECTION OR RERADIATION OF RADIO WAVES; ANALOGOUS ARRANGEMENTS USING OTHER WAVES
    • G01S5/00Position-fixing by co-ordinating two or more direction or position line determinations; Position-fixing by co-ordinating two or more distance determinations
    • G01S5/0009Transmission of position information to remote stations
    • G01S5/0045Transmission from base station to mobile station
    • G01S5/0054Transmission from base station to mobile station of actual mobile position, i.e. position calculation on base station
    • GPHYSICS
    • G01MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01SRADIO DIRECTION-FINDING; RADIO NAVIGATION; DETERMINING DISTANCE OR VELOCITY BY USE OF RADIO WAVES; LOCATING OR PRESENCE-DETECTING BY USE OF THE REFLECTION OR RERADIATION OF RADIO WAVES; ANALOGOUS ARRANGEMENTS USING OTHER WAVES
    • G01S5/00Position-fixing by co-ordinating two or more direction or position line determinations; Position-fixing by co-ordinating two or more distance determinations
    • G01S5/02Position-fixing by co-ordinating two or more direction or position line determinations; Position-fixing by co-ordinating two or more distance determinations using radio waves
    • G01S5/06Position of source determined by co-ordinating a plurality of position lines defined by path-difference measurements

Definitions

  • the present invention is directed generally to a system and method for locating people or objects, and in particular to a system and method for locating a wireless mobile radio station in a macro base station, distributed antenna, or home base station environment.
  • Wireless communications systems are becoming increasingly important worldwide Wireless cellular telecommunications systems are rapidly replacing conventional wire-based telecommunications systems in many applications.
  • Commercial mobile radio service provider networks, and specialized mobile radio and mobile data radio networks are examples
  • the general principles of wireless cellular telephony have been described variously, for example in li. S. Patent 5,295,180 to Vendetti, et al, which is incorporated herein by reference.
  • the transmitter transmits an alarm signal upon attivation to detectors located at base stations of the cellular network. These detectors receive the transmitted signal and transmit, to a central station, data indicating the signal strength of the received signal and the identity of the base stations receiving the signal. This data is processed to determine the distance between the vehicle and each of the base stations and, through trilateralization, the vehicle's position.
  • these systems have drawbacks that include high expense in that special purpose electronics are required.
  • the systems are generally only effe ⁇ rve in line-of-sight conditions, such as rural settings. Radio wave surface refle ⁇ ions, refractions and ground clutter cause significant distortion, in determining the location of a signal source in most geographical areas that are more than sparsely populated.
  • GPS Global Positioning Satellite system
  • a ground-based GPS receiver at or near the object to be located determines the difference between the time at which each satellite transmits a time signal and the time at which the signal is received and, based on the time differentials, determines the object's location.
  • GPS is impractical in many applications.
  • the signal power levels from the satellites are low and the GPS receiver requires a clear, line-of-sight path to at least three satellites above a horizon of about 60 degrees for effe ⁇ ive operation. Accordingly, inclement weather conditions, such as clouds, terrain features, such as hills and trees, and buildings restrict the ability of the GPS receiver to determine its position. Furthermore, the initial GPS signal detection process for a GPS receiver is relatively long (i.e., several minutes) for determining the receiver's position. Such delays are unacceptable in many applications such as, for example, emergency response and vehicle tracking.
  • Differential GPS, or DGPS systems offer correction schemes to account for time synchronization drift. Such correction schemes include the transmission of correction signals over a two-way radio link or broadcast via FM radio station subcarriers. These systems have been found to be awkward and have met with limited success. Additionally, GPS-based location systems have been attempted in which the received GPS signals are transmitted to a central data center for performing location calculations. Such systems have also met with limited success due, for example, to the limited reception of the satellite signals and the added expense and complexity of the electronics required lor an inexpensive location mobile station or handset for detecting and receiving the GPS signals from the satellites.
  • Noise such as man-made externally sources (e.g., auto ignitions) and radio system co-channel and adjacent channel interference also affect radio reception and related performance measurements, such as the analog carrier-to- interference ratio (C/l), or digital energy-per-bit/Noise density ratio (E b Ho ) and are particular to various points in time and space domains.
  • C/l analog carrier-to- interference ratio
  • E b Ho digital energy-per-bit/Noise density ratio
  • U.S. Patent 5,055,851 to Sheffer taught that if three or more relationships have been established in a triangular space of three or more base stations (BSs) with a location database constructed having data related to possible mobile station (MS) locations, then arcuiation calculations may be performed, which use three distinct P or measurements to determine an X,Y, two dimensional location, which can then be projected onto an area map.
  • the triangulation calculation is based on the fact that the approximate distance of the mobile station (MS) from any base station (BS) cell can be calculated based on the received signal strength.
  • Sheffer acknowledges that terrain variations affect accuracy, although as noted above, Sheffer's disclosure does not account for a sufficient number of variables, such as fixed and variable location shadow fading, which are typical in dense urban areas with moving traffic
  • path loss was a function of three factors I.) the path loss between antennas in free space; 2.) the reduction of rooftop wave fields due to settling; and 3.) the effect of diffraction of the rooftop fields down to ground level.
  • Greenstein et al, authored "A Measurement-Based Model for Predicting Coverage Areas of Urban Microcells", in the IEEE Journal On Selected Areas in Communications, Vol. 11 , No.7, 9/93.
  • Greenstein reported a generic measurement-based model of RF attenuation in terms of constant-value contours surrounding a given low-power, low antenna microcell environment in a dense, rectilinear neighborhood, such as New York City. However, these contours were for the cellular frequency band. In this case, LOS and non-LOS clutter were considered for a given microcell site.
  • the physical radio propagation channel perturbs signal strength, frequency (causing rate changes, phase delay, signal to noise ratios (e.g., C/l for the analog case, or E b/Nc , RF energy per bit, over average noise density ratio for the digital case) and Doppier-shift.
  • Signal strength is usually characterized by:
  • the cell designer increases the transmitted power P by the shadow fading margin L slow which is usually chosen to be within the 1-2 percentile of the slow fading probability density fun ⁇ ion (PDF) to minimize the probability of unsatisfactorily low received power level P ⁇ at the receiver.
  • the ? m level must have enough signal to noise energy level (e.g., 10 dB) to overcome the receiver's internal noise level (e.g., -I I ⁇ dBm in the case of cellular 0.9 GHz), for a minimum voice quality standard.
  • P H must never be below -I0B dBm, in order to maintain the quality standard.
  • fast fading margin L fast which is typically also chosen to be a few percentiles of the fast fading distribution.
  • the I to 2 percentiles compliment other network blockage guidelines.
  • the cell base station traffic loading capacity and network transport facilities are usually designed for a 1-2 percentile blockage fa ⁇ or as well.
  • both fading margins are simultaneously exceeded, thus causing a fading margin overload.
  • transmitter power GHz band with a transmitter antenna height of 6.4m and a mobile station receiver antenna height of 2m, and assumptions regarding total path loss, transmitter power would be calculated as follows:
  • the fast fading margin was determined to be:
  • fuzzy logic Although the acceptance of fuzzy logic has been generally more rapid in non-American countries, the principles of fuzzy logic can be applied in wireless location.
  • the system has a graph or curve in the space of all combinations of system inputs and outputs.
  • Each fuzzy rule defines a patch in this space. The more uncertain the rule, the wider the patch.
  • fuzzy relations map elements of one universe, say "X”, to those of another universe, say “Y”, through the Cartesian product of the two universes.
  • the "strength" of the relation between ordered pairs of the two universes is not measured with the characteristic fun ⁇ ion (in which an element is either definitely reltated to another elemetn as indicated by a strength value of "I”, or is definitely not related to another element as indicated by a strength value of "0”, but rather with a membership function expressing various "degrees" of strength of the relation on the unit intergval [0,1].
  • a fuzzy relation R is a mapping from the Cartesian space X x Y to the interval [0,1], where the strength of the mapping is expressed by the membership function of the relation for ordered pairs from the two universes or ⁇ R (x,y).
  • fuzzy relations Just as for crisp relations, the properties of commutativity, associativity, distributivity, involution and idempotency all hold for fuzzy relations. Moreover, DeMorgan's laws hold for fuzzy relations just as they do for crisp (classical) relations, and the null relations 0, and the complete relation, E, are analogous to the null set and the whole set in set-theretic from, respectively. The properties that do not hold for fuzzy relations, as is the case for fuzzy sets in general, are the excluded middle laws. Since a fuzzy relation R is also a fuzzy set, there is overlap between a relation and its complement, hence.
  • the excluded middle laws for relation do not result in the null relation, 0, or the complete relation, E.
  • fuzzy relations in general are fuzzy sets
  • the Cartesian product can be defined as a relations between two or more fuzzy sets. Let A be a fuzzy set on universe X and B be a fuzzy set on universe Y; then the Cartesian product between fuzzy sets A and B will result in a fuzzy relation R, which is contained within the full Cartesian product space, or
  • Ax B R c XxY
  • Fuzzy composition can be defined just as it is for crisp (binary) relations. If R is a fuzzy relation on the Cartesian space XxY, and S is a fuzzy relation on the Cartesian space Y x Z, and T is a fuzzy relation on the Cartesian space X x Z; then fuzzy max-min composition is defined in terms of the set-theoretic notation and membership function-theoretic notation in the following manner.
  • Related objectives for the present invention include providing a system and method that:
  • (3) can be used for locating people and/or objects residing indoors.
  • Yet another objective is to provide a low cost location system and method, adaptable to wireless telephony systems, for using simultaneously a plurality of base stations owned and/or operated by competing commercial mobile radio service providers within a common radio coverage area, in order to achieve FCC phase 2 accuracy requirements, and for synergistically increasing mobile station location accuracy and consistency.
  • Yet another objective is to provide a low cost location system and method, adaptable to wireless telephony systems, for using a plurality of location techniques in particular, at least some of the following mobile station location techniques can be utilized by various embodiments of the present invention:
  • Yet another objective is to provide a system and method for flexible delivery of location information to Public Safety Answering Points, end users, centralized dispatchers, as well as to agents (either human or mechanized) associated with trigger- based inventory and tracking systems.
  • Flexible delivery used here indicates providing location via various two dimensional close - form shapes, such as polygons, ellipses, etc., which bound the location probabilities. In cases where height location information is known, the bounding shape may be three-dimensional.
  • Yet another objective is to provide a system and method for a variety of new location-based services for public and private group safety, including family support functions.
  • Yet another objective is to provide a system and method for National Scale Wireless Location capability.
  • the primary focus of this patent is to provide wireless location with accuracy to meet the FCC phase two requirements, a system and method is provided that also utilizes roaming signaling to determine in which city is a particular wireless mobile station located
  • a system and method is provided that also utilizes roaming signaling to determine in which city is a particular wireless mobile station located
  • Yet another objective is to provide and system and method for Parametric-driven, intelligent agent-based location services. Parameters may include time, location, and user-specific and/or group specific criteria.
  • Yet another objective is to provide a system and method for determining and/or enhancing wireless location using one or more of the following: (a.) CDMA-based Distributed Antenna technology; (b.) Home Base Stations and AIN technology. Yet another objective is to provide notification messages and/or voice-synthesized call or text paging fun ⁇ ion to a plurality of other mobile station users when a mobile station user travel into, or away from, one or more zones or are within short distances of shopping malls, stores, merchandising dealers etc.
  • Yet another objective is to provide notification messages and/or voice-synthesized call or text paging fun ⁇ ions to a plurality of other mobile station users when a mobile station dials a redefined telephone number, such as 911, or a type of "mild emergency cry for help' number.
  • Yet another objective is to provide notification messages and/or voice-synthesized call or text paging fun ⁇ ion to a plurality of other mobile station users when a mobile station user dials a predefined telephone number, such as 311 , or a ty e of mild emergency cry for help number, wherein the plurality of other mobile station users are within a particular distance, or a minimum distance to the mobile station user who dialed the predefined number.
  • a predefined telephone number such as 311
  • Yet another objective is to provide notification messages and/or voice-synthesized call or text paging fun ⁇ ion to a plurality of other mobile station users when a mobile station user dials a predefined telephone number, such as 11 , or a type of mild emergency cry for help number, wherein the plurality of other mobile station users are within a particular distance, or a minimum distance to the mobile station user who dialed the predefined number, and wherein the other mobile station users are provided individualized direttional or navigation information from their current locations, to reach to the mobile station user who dialed the predefined number.
  • a predefined telephone number such as 11
  • a type of mild emergency cry for help number wherein the plurality of other mobile station users are within a particular distance, or a minimum distance to the mobile station user who dialed the predefined number
  • the other mobile station users are provided individualized direttional or navigation information from their current locations, to reach to the mobile station user who dialed the predefined number.
  • Yet another objective is to provide automatic home office, vehicle and boat security fun ⁇ ions, which are activated and deactivated based on a mobile station user's location to or away from a location associated with the security fun ⁇ ions.
  • Yet another obje ⁇ ive is to provide notifications (e.g., via fax, page, e-mail, text paging or voice synthesized call message), or to setup a group conference call capability to a plurality of predefined individuals, based on a mobile station user's call to 911, or based on a mobile station user's traveling into or away from a location zone or area, or based upon a sensor input signal to the user's mobile station, such as a sudden change in G forces, such as falling down, having the car hit another object suddenly, air bag deployment, etc.
  • notifications e.g., via fax, page, e-mail, text paging or voice synthesized call message
  • to setup a group conference call capability to a plurality of predefined individuals, based on a mobile station user's call to 911, or based on a mobile station user's traveling into or away from a location zone or area, or based upon a sensor input signal to the user's mobile station, such as a sudden change
  • Yet another objective is to provide location information to a 'searcher' mobile station user who then further refines or narrows the scope of the location/search for a 'target' mobile station, or the mobile station to be located, using a small microwave dish, in communication with, or to supplement/replace the searcher mobile station antenna, whose physical orientation is used to further determine the target mobile station location, relative to the searcher's mobile station position/orientation.
  • Yet another objective is to provide a means to allow more flexible storage, inventory and enhanced user accessibility of rental vehicles, by combining location technology of rental car driver carrying his/her own mobile station, along with a mobile station which remains always active and fixed to a rental car.
  • location technology of rental car driver carrying his/her own mobile station
  • rental cars can be dropped off at convenient shopping center malls, airport parking lots, hotels and at other convenient locations
  • Yet another objective is to provide location estimates to users carrying mobile stations, via voice synthesis, data circuit messaging or text paging.
  • the location subscriber profile is a persistent data store which contains logic regarding under what criteria will that mobile station user allow his/her location to be made known, and to whom.
  • the mobile station user may access the location profile via several methods, including Internet means, and mobile station handset keypad entry and voice recognition circuits.
  • Yet another objective is to utilize signaling dete ⁇ ion charatte ⁇ stics of other CDMA base stations and systems in a given area, owned and operated by a plurality another commercial mobile radio service provider (CMRS provider)
  • CMRS provider commercial mobile radio service provider
  • wireless refers to digital radio signaling using one of standard digital protocols such as CDMA, TDMA and GSM, as one skilled in the art will understand
  • the term mobile station refers to a wireless device that is at least a transmitting device, and in most cases is also a wireless receiving device, such as a portable radio telephony handset.
  • PS personal station
  • U location unit
  • the term, infrastructure denotes the network of telephony communication services, and more particularly, that portion of such a network that receives and processes wireless communications with wireless mobile stations.
  • this infrastru ⁇ ure includes telephony wireless base stations (BS) such as those for radio mobile communication systems based on CDMA, TDMA, and GSM wherein the base stations provide a network of cooperative communication channels with an air interface with the mobile station, and a conventional telecommunications interface with a Mobile Switch Center (MSC).
  • BS telephony wireless base stations
  • MSC Mobile Switch Center
  • an MS user within an area serviced by the base stations may be provided with wireless communication throughout the area by user transparent communication transfers ( ⁇ .e., hand-offs) between the user's mobile station and these base stations in order to maintain effe ⁇ ive telephony service.
  • the mobile switch center provides communications and control connectivity among base stations and the public telephone network.
  • An example of a Parametric-driven intelligent agent-based location service follows: An intelligent agent software process monitors sets of Parametric conditions and location scenarios. When appropriate conditions and location criteria are satisfied, then a set of notifications or other actions are triggered to occur. A specific example follows: given that a certain child carrying a mobile station should be in a certain school between 8:00 A.M. and 3:00 P.M. on regular school days, then a wireless location request is invoked periodically, within the school day time frame.
  • a parent/guardian is notified of that fact, and of the child's location via any of several methods, such as: (a.) a voice-synthesized telephone message, (b.) various extranet/internet means, such as electronic mail, netcasting, such as the product Castanet, by Marimba Software, Inc., (c.) fax to a pre-determined telephone number, or (d.) alpha-numeric text paging.
  • CMRS Commercial mobile radio service
  • the signal data measurements are ensembles of samples from the wireless signals received from the target mobile station by the base station infrastru ⁇ ure, and from associated base stations wherein these samples are subsequently filtered using analog and digital spectral filtering.
  • the resultant location estimation characteristic values to a mobile station location estimate module, wherein each such model subsequently determines the estimate of the location of the target mobile station based on, for example, the signal processing techniques I. through 2. above.
  • steps (I.) and (2.) above are performed by a subsystem of the invention denoted the Signal Processing and Filtering Subsystem (or simply the Signal Processing Subsystem).
  • this subsystem receives samples of wireless signal chara ⁇ eristic measurements such as a plurality of relative signal strengths and corresponding signal time delay value pairs, wherein such samples are used by this subsystem to produce the component with the least amount of multipath, as evidenced in the sample by the short time delay value, wherein each such value pair is associated with wireless signal transmissions between the target mobile station and a particular base station of a predetermined wireless base station infrastructure.
  • Extremely transient signal anomalies such as signal reflection from tree leaves or the passing of a truck are likely to be filtered out by the Signal Processing Subsystem.
  • such an ensemble of data value pairs can be subjected to input cropping and various median filters employing filtering techniques such as convolution, median digital, Fast Fourier transform, Radon transform, Gabar transform, nearest neighbor, histogram equalization, input and output cropping, Sobel, Wiener, and the like
  • filtering techniques such as convolution, median digital, Fast Fourier transform, Radon transform, Gabar transform, nearest neighbor, histogram equalization, input and output cropping, Sobel, Wiener, and the like
  • the wireless personal communication system (PCS) infrastructures currently being developed by telecommunication providers offer an appropriate localized infrastru ⁇ ure base upon which to build various personal location systems employing the present invention and/or utilizing the techniques disclosed herein
  • the present invention is especially suitable for the location of people and/or objects using code division multiple access (CDMA) wireless infrastructures, although other wireless infrastructures, such as, time division multiple access (TDMA) infrastructures and GSM are also contemplated.
  • CDMA code division multiple access
  • TDMA time division multiple access
  • CDMA personal communications systems are described in the Telephone Industries Association standard IS-95, for frequencies below I GHz, and in the Wideband Spread - Spectrum Digital Cellular System Dual Mode Mobile Station-Base Station Compatibility Standard, for frequencies in the 1 8-1.9 GHz frequency bands, both of which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • CDMA general principles have also been described, for example, in U S Patent 5,109,390, to Gilhaus ⁇ n, et al, and CDMA Network Engineering Handbook by Qualcomm, In , each of which is also incorporated herein by reference.
  • wireless location in environments where a home base station capability exists, then wireless location can be provided under certain circumstances, wherein when a mobile station user is within a predetermined range of, for example, 1000 feet of his/her premises, the user's mobile station is dete ⁇ ed through mobile station receiving ele ⁇ romcs provided in, for example, cordless telephone units as being at home
  • the local public telephone switching network may be provided with such information for registering that user is at home, and therefore the mobile station may be allowed to function as a cordless home telephone utilizing the local public telephone switching network instead of the base station infrastructure
  • the location center of the present invention receives notification from the local public switched telephone network that the mobile station is at or near home and utilizes this notification in outputting a location estimate for the mobile station.
  • the present invention includes a capability for locating a target mobile station within areas of poor reception for infrastructure base stations by utilizing distributed antennas
  • a distributed antenna system as used herein is a collection of antennas attached in series to a reduced fun ⁇ ion base station, wherein the antennas are distributed throughout an area for improving telephony coverage.
  • Such distributed antenna systems are typically used in indoor environments (e g., high rise buildings) or other areas wherein the signal to noise ratio is too high for adequate communication with standard infrastru ⁇ ure base stations.
  • a distributed antenna system may be located such that its coverage pattern overlaps the area of coverage of another distributed antenna system.
  • each of the overlapping distributed antenna systems includes purposeful delay elements to provide different signal delays for each of the overlapping antenna systems and thereby provide multipath signals with sufficient delay spread for signal discrimination, as one skilled in the art will understand.
  • the present invention receives and utilizes location information communicated from distributed antenna systems for locating a target mobile station. That is, the present invention may receive information from the base station infrastructure indicating that a target mobile station is communicating with such a distributed antenna system and provide distributed antenna signal chara ⁇ eristic values related to the distributed antenna system. Accordingly, to process such target mobile station location signal data, the present invention includes a distributed antenna system for generating target mobile station location estimate derived from the location signal data obtained from the distributed antenna system.
  • the location system of the present invention offers many advantages over existing location systems.
  • the system of the present invention for example, is readily adaptable to existing wireless communication systems and can accurately iocate people and/or objects in a cost-effective manner.
  • the present invention requires few, if any, modifications to commercial wireless communication systems for implementation.
  • existing personal communication system infrastructure base stations and other components of, for example, commercial CDMA infrastructures are readily adapted to the present invention.
  • the present invention can be used to Iocate people and/or objects that are not in the hne-of-sight of a wireless receiver or transmitter, can reduce the detrimental effects of multipath on the accuracy of the location estimate, can Iocate people and/or objects located indoors as well as outdoors, and uses a number of wireless stationary transceivers for location.
  • the present invention employs a number of distinctly different location computational models for location which provides a greater degree of accuracy, robustness and versatility than is possible with existing systems.
  • the location models provided include not only the radius- radius/TOA and TDOA techniques but also adaptive neural net techniques.
  • the present invention is able to adapt to the topography of an area in which location service is desired.
  • the present invention is also able to adapt to environmental changes substantially as frequently as desired.
  • the present invention is able to take into account changes in the location topography over time without extensive manual data manipulation.
  • the location system of the present invention readily benefits from the distinct advantages of the CDMA spread spectrum scheme, namely the exploitation of radio frequency spectral efficiency and isolation by (a) monitoring voice activity, (b) management of two-way power control, (c) provision of advanced variable-rate modems and error correcting signal encoding, (d) inherent resistance to fading, (e) enhanced privacy, and (f) multiple "rake" digital data receivers and searcher receivers for correlation of signal multipaths.
  • this architecture need not have all modules co-located.
  • various modules can be remotely located from one another and communicate with one another via telecommunication transmissions such as telephony technologies and/or the Internet.
  • the present invention is particularly adaptable to such distributed computing environments. For example, some number of the location center modules may reside in remote locations and communicate their generated hypotheses via the Internet.
  • the processing following the generation of location estimates by the modules may be such that this processing can be provided on Internet user nodes and the modules may reside at Internet server sites.
  • an Internet user may request hypotheses from such remote modules and perform the remaining processing at his her node.
  • modules may be object methods on an mobile station location estimator object, wherein the estimator object receives substantially all target mobile station location signal data output by the signal filtering subsystem 20
  • software bus architectures are contemplated by the present invention, as one skilled in the art will understand, wherein the software archite ⁇ ure may be modular and facilitate parallel processing.
  • One embodiment of the present invention includes providing the location of a mobile station (MS) using the digital air interface voice channel and an automatic call distributor device. This embodiment provides location information to either the initiating caller who wishes to learn of his location, using the voice channel, and/or location information could be provided to another individual who has either a wireline or wireless telephone station
  • Another embodiment of the present invention includes providing the location of a mobile station using the digital air interface voice channel and a hunt group provided from a central office or similar device. This embodiment provides location information to either the initiating caller who wishes to learn of his location, using the voice channel, and/or location information could be provided to another individual who has either a wireline or wireless telephone station
  • Another embodiment of the present invention includes providing the location of a mobile station using the digital air interface text paging, or short message service channel and a hunt group provided from a central office or similar device
  • This embodiment provides location information to either the initiating caller who wishes to learn of his location, using the voice channel, and/or location information could be provided to another individual who has either a wireline or wireless telephone station
  • Another embodiment of the present invention includes providing the location of a plurality of mobile stations using the public Internet or an intranet, with either having the ability to further use "push", or "netcasting" technology
  • This embodiment provides location information to either the initiating Internet/Intranet userwho wishes to learn of one or more mobile station locations, using either the Internet or an intranet.
  • Either the mobile station user to be located can initiate a request for the user to be located, or an Internet intranet user may initiate the location request.
  • the location information could be provided autonomously, or periodically, or in accordance with other logic criteria, to the recipient of the location information via the Internet or a intranet.
  • location information can be superimposed onto various maps (e.g., bit/raster, vector, digital photograph, etc.) for convenient display to the user.
  • location information can be superimposed onto various maps (e.g., bit/raster, vector, digital photograph, etc.) for convenient display to the user.
  • Yet another embodiment of the present invention includes providing a multicast notification to a group of mobile station users, based on distress call from a particular mobile station, wherein the group of mobile station users are relatively nearby the distress caller.
  • the multicast notification provides individual directions for each group mobile station user, to direct each user to the fastest route to reach the distressed caller
  • Fig I illustrates an overall view of a wireless location system and method for using multiple commercial mobile radio service providers
  • Fig.2 shows is a high level wireless location archite ⁇ ure using the intelligent network, which illustrates aspects of the home base station and Internet connectivity for receiving location requests and for providing location estimates,
  • Fig.3 illustrates how the signals from the base stations associated with various multiple commercial radio service providers can be shared with the wireless location system to provide an improved geometry and thus improved wireless location accuracy
  • Fig.4 shows how the mobile station database in the location system is updated via interfaces in communication with multiple commercial mobile radio service providers using customer care systems
  • Fig.5 shows a method of direct access to multiple CMRS base stations, from the location system perspective, thus avoiding the need to significantly modify network infrastructure systems
  • F ⁇ g.6 illustrates physical components and the effects of predetermined signal delay, and total system delay in a distributed antenna environment for purposes of wireless location;
  • Fig.7 shows the timing relationships among the signals within a distributed antenna system
  • Fig.8 shows a flowchart of the methods and procedures required to implement a DA database
  • Fig.9 illustrates an exemplary DA configuration with a direct antenna connection to the base stations
  • Fig. 10 illustrates an alternative DA configuration using multipoint microwave
  • Fig. 11 illustrates how multiple base stations could be used via a microwave circuit to provide PCS and location service to a multilevel building via virtual pilot channels
  • Fig. 12 shows the DA delay spread ranges possible for a 500 microsecond guard zone
  • Fig. 13 shows DA-cell layout a geometry and how location geometries can be constructed
  • Fig 14 illustrates the realization of adual measurements and classification utilized within DA cell ranges to determine a percent range within each cell.
  • Fig. 15 shows the standard components of a CDMA MS.
  • Fig. 16 shows one embodiment for MS modification that facilities enhanced RF measurement telemetry
  • Fig. 17 shows how the LC is used in a Home Base Station archite ⁇ ure.
  • Fig. 18 illustrates a typical case where signals from three base stations can be dete ⁇ ed
  • Fig. 19 illustrates a typical case where signals from four base stations (including remaining set information) can be detected.
  • Fig.20 shows a MS dete ⁇ ion scheme with a two base station geometry.
  • Fig.21 illustrates a typical amorphous location area with only the signal dete ⁇ ion of a single base station se ⁇ or, by a
  • Fig.22 shows a series of typical reverse path CDMA RF measurements in a dense urban area.
  • Fig.23 shows a series of typical reverse path CDMA RF measurements in a rural setting.
  • fig.24 shows a typical Location Center conne ⁇ ion to a CTIA Model.
  • Fig.25 shows a typical national Location Center and relevant network conne ⁇ ions.
  • Fig.26 illustrates a typical three dimensional delay spread profile.
  • Fig.27 shows the magnifying effects of convoluting similar-property forward and reverse path three-dimensional images.
  • Fig.28 illustrates an image and relief representation of a CDMA Delay Spread Profile
  • Fig.29 illustrates the main components of the Signal Processing Subsystem 20.
  • Fig.30 illustrates an image based on an RF signal measurement sample set, before image histogram equalization filtering is applied.
  • Fig.31 illustrates an image based on an RF signal measurement sample set, after image histogram equalization input cropping filtering is applied.
  • Fig.32 illustrates an image sample grid before image filtering.
  • Fig.33 shows a CDMA profile image after input cropping is used at a level of 50 percent.
  • Fig.34 illustrates the results of combining input cropping at 40 percent, then performing four by four median filtering on the resultant.
  • Fig.35 shows the results of combining input cropping at 50 percent with four by four median filtering
  • Fig.36 illustrates how location estimates can be provided using voice channel conne ⁇ io ⁇ s via an ACD and Internet technology.
  • Fig.37 shows wireless Location of a MS using the Voice Channel from a Hunt Group.
  • Fig.38 illustrates how location information can be provided via Text paging or short message service messaging
  • Fig.39 shows how location information of an MS can be provided via Internet via "Push” technology.
  • Fig.40 illustrates how location dire ⁇ ions can be provided to nearest members, regarding directions for each individual member to reach a distressed MS caller.
  • Fig.4l illustrates how traveling instru ⁇ ions from two different points can be provided to an initiator.
  • Fig.42 illustrates how wireless location services can be used to facilitate automotive rental car tracking and control.
  • Fig.43 indicates the addition of a fuzzy logic module which discretizes the wireless location estimate output from the TOA/TDOA locaton estimator module.
  • CDMA code division multiple access
  • TDMA Time Division Multiple Access
  • GSM Global Systems Mobile
  • CDMA Code Division Multiple Access
  • the CDMA spread spedru scheme exploits radio frequency spectral efficiency and isolation by monitoring voice activity, managing two-way power control, provision of advanced variable-rate modems and error corre ⁇ ing signal design, and includes inherent resistance to fading, enhanced privacy, and provides for multiple "rake" digital data receivers and searcher receivers for correlation of multiple physical propagation paths, resembling maximum likelihood dete ⁇ ion, as well as support for multiple base station communication with a mobile station, i.e., soft or softer hand-off capability.
  • the CDMA spread spedrum scheme exploits radio frequency spectral efficiency and isolation by monitoring voice a ⁇ ivity, managing two-way power control, provision of advanced variable-rate modems and error correcting signal design, and includes inherent resistance to fading, enhanced privacy, and provides for multiple "rake" digital data receivers and searcher receivers for correlation of multiple physical propagation paths, resembling maximum likelihood dete ⁇ ion, as well as support for multiple base station communication with a mobile station, i.e., soft hand-off capability.
  • this same advanced radio communication infrastructure can also be used for enhanced radio location.
  • the capabilities of IS-41 and AIN already provide a broad-granularity of wireless location, as is necessary to, for example, properly direct a terminating call to a mobile station.
  • Such information originally intended for call processing usage, can be re-used in conjun ⁇ ion with the location center described herein to provide wireless location in the large (i.e., to determine which country, state and city a particular mobile station is located) and wireless location in the small (i.e., which location, plus or minus a few hundred feet within one or more base stations a given mobile station is located).
  • Fig. I illustrates a wireless location network using two commercial mobile radio service provider networks for the present invention.
  • a typical wireless network includes: (a) a mobile switching center (MSC) 12a; (b) generally a service control point 4a, and base stations (not shown) which are in communication with a mobile switch center 12a.
  • MSC mobile switching center
  • CMRS commercial mobile radio service
  • CMRS second commercial mobile radio service
  • the present invention provides the following additional components:
  • a location system or center 42 which is required for determining a location of a target mobile station using signal chara ⁇ eristic values as measured by the target mobile station (not shown) and nearby base stations (not shown), further consisting of the following modules or subsystem components: (I.I) an application programming interface 14, for physically interfacing with and controlling the messaging to and from each CMRS mobile switch center 12a, 12b, service control points 4a and 4b, receiving location requests from either the mobile switch center 12a, or 12b, or the Internet 68, and providing connettion to the signal processing subsystem 20;
  • I J a signal processing subsystem 20, which is in communication with the application programming interface (API) 14.
  • the signal processor 20 receives, queues, filters and processes signal measurement messages into various formats suitable for the location estimate modules DA 10 and TOA/TDOA 8;
  • a TOA TDOA location estimate module 8 in communication with the signal processing subsystem 20.
  • the TOA/TDOA module 8 provides a location estimate result, using a time of arrival or a time difference of arrival technique based on conditioned signals from the signal processing subsystem 20; in addition the TOA/TDOA module may also process signals from the distributed antenna module 10, in order to provide a location estimate within environments containing distributed antenna systems;
  • DA distributed antenna
  • the wireless location technology described herein can be used to perform location in terms of height as well as by Latitude and Longitude.
  • a novel aspe ⁇ of this invention includes providing wireless location estimate information to various designated users via the public Internet.
  • base stations may be placed in any configuration, a typical deployment configuration is approximately in a cellular honeycomb pattern, although many pra ⁇ ical tradeoffs exist, such as site availability, versus the requirement for maximal terrain coverage area.
  • BSs base stations
  • a given base station may contain no se ⁇ ors (not shown) , thus radiating and receiving signals in a 360 degree omnidirectional coverage area pattern, or the base station may contain "smart antennas" (not shown) which have specialized coverage area patterns.
  • base stations having three sector coverage area patterns. Shown in Fig.2, each sector for base station 122a through I22g contains three sectors, labeled a, b, and c, which represent antennas that radiate and receive signals in an approximate 120 degree arc, from an overhead view.
  • actual base station coverage areas generally are designed to overlap to some extent, thus ensuring seamless coverage in a geographical area.
  • Control electronics within each base station are used to communicate with a given mobile station 140. Further, during communication with the mobile station the exact base station identification and sector identification information are known and are provided to the location center 142.
  • the base stations located at their cell sites may be coupled by various transport facilities 176 such as leased lines, frame relay, T-Car ⁇ er links, optical fiber links or by microwave communication links.
  • base station/sector coverage areas may often overlap both in the context of a single CMRS base station network, and also in the context of multiple CMRS base station networks, thus enabling mobile stations to detect, and, in the case of certain technologies, communicate simultaneously along both the forward and reverse paths, with multiple base stations/sectors, either with a single CMRS network or, in the case of hand-off s and roaming, multiple CMRS network equipment.
  • the constantly radiating pilot signals from base station se ⁇ ors 122a, 122b and 122c are detectable by mobile station 140 at its location. The mobile station 140 scans each pilot channel, which corresponds to a given base station/se ⁇ or ID, and determines which cell it is in by comparing signals strengths of pilot signals transmitted from these particular cell-sites.
  • the mobile station 140 then initiates a registration request with the mobile switch center 112, via the base station controller 174.
  • the mobile switch center determines whether or not the mobile station 140 is allowed to proceed with the registration process (except in the case of a 911 call, wherein no registration process is required). At this point calls may be originated from the mobile station 140 or calls or short message service messages can be received from the mobile switch center
  • the mobile switch center 112 communicates as appropriate, with a class 4 ⁇ wireline telephony circuit switch or other central offices, with telephone trunks in communication with the public switch telephone network (PSTN) 24.
  • PSTN public switch telephone network
  • Such central offices conne ⁇ to wireline stations, such as telephones, or any communication device compatible with the line, such as a personal or home base station.
  • the PSTN may also provide conne ⁇ ions to long distance networks and other networks.
  • the mobile switch center 112 may also utilize IS/41 data circuits or trunks 522, which in turn conne ⁇ s to a service control point 104, using, for example, signaling system #7 (SS7) signaling link protocols for intelligent call processing, as one skilled in the art will understand.
  • SS7 signaling system #7
  • AIN wireless advanced intelligent network
  • trunks and protocols are used for all routing instruaio ⁇ s of calls interacting with the mobile switch center 112 or any switch capable of providing service switching point functions, and the public switched telephone network (PSTN) 24, with possible termination back to the wireless network.
  • PSTN public switched telephone network
  • the HBS 160 controls, processes and interfaces the mobile station 140 to the PSTN 24, in a manner similar to a cordless telephone system, except that added AIN logic within, for example, the service control point (SCP) 104 is used to determine if the mobile station 140 is being controlled by the HBS 160 or a wireless base station 122.
  • the mobile switch center 112 may direct calls between mobile stations 140 via the appropriate cell site base stations 122 a through I22h since such mobile stations 140 do not typically communicate directly with one another in such wireless standards as CDMA, TDMA NAMPS, AMPS and GSM.
  • the Location system 42 interfaces with the mobile switch center 112 either via dedicated transport facilities 178, using for example, any number of LAN/WAN technologies, such as Ethernet, fast Ethernet, frame relay, virtual private networks, etc., or via the PSTN 24 (not shown).
  • LAN/WAN technologies such as Ethernet, fast Ethernet, frame relay, virtual private networks, etc.
  • the location system 42 receives autonomous (e.g., unsolicited) autonomous or command/response messages regarding, for example: (a) the wireless network states, including for example, the fact that a base station has been taken in or out of service, (b) mobile station 140 and BS 122 radio frequency (RF) signal measurements, notifications from a SCP 104 indicating that an HBS 160 has detected and registered with the SCP 104 the mobile station 140 corresponding to the HBS 160, and (c) any distributed antenna systems 168.
  • the location system 42 provides data and control information to each of the above components in (a) - (c).
  • the Location system 42 may provide location information to an mobile station 140, via a BS 122, using, for example the short message service protocol, or any data communication protocol supported by the air interface baetween the base station and the mobile station.
  • Interface 106 connecting the location system 42 with the service control point 104 may also be required in the event the home location register and/or the home base station AIN function is located in the SCP 104.
  • each BS 122a, 122b, 122c, through 122g uses a time offset of the pilot PN sequence to identify a forward CDMA pilot channel. Furthermore, time offsets, in CDMA chip sizes, may be re-used within a PCS system, thus providing efficient use of pilot time offset chips, thus achieving spectrum efficiency.
  • distributed antennas are another technique for improving or extending the RF coverage of a radio coverage area 120 of a wireless system.
  • Such distributed antennas are typically used in buildings or other areas of dense clutter, such as numerous walls, partitions and/or similar structures causing substantial signal attenuation.
  • distributed antennas 168 are typically connected together in a serial fashion for communicating with one or more infrastru ⁇ ure base stations 122.
  • Distributed atenn ⁇ as may be conne ⁇ ed to the mobile switch center 112 via various air interfaces, as shown in Figs.
  • antennas 10 and 11, or alternatively distributed antennas may be conne ⁇ ed to the MSC via a directed conne ⁇ ion to a base station 122 as shown in Fig.9, or via a private branch exchange (PBX) as shown in Fig. 13.
  • PBX private branch exchange
  • distributed antennas 168 are useful particularly in wireless system configurations involving microcells, and potentially indoor environments, such as wireless systems in communication with private branch exchange systems (reference fig. 13) in business offices, and in wireless local loop applications (not shown) as one skilled in the art will understand. Additionally, a distributed antenna embodiment can provide significant improvements in decreasing location error, as compared with an indoor mobile station 140 (reference Fig. II) user with a wireless conne ⁇ ion to an outdoor, infrastructure base station 122, as illustrated in Figs. 11, 12, 13 and 14.
  • FIG. 15 illustrates a typical block diagram of the functional components of a CDMA mobile station (MS) 140, based on the patent, "Diversity Receiver in a CDMA Cellular Telephone System", patent number 5,109,390.
  • the MS 140 contains an antenna 510 coupled through diplexer 512 to analog receiver 514 and transmit power amplifier 516.
  • Antenna 510 and diplexer 512 permit simultaneous transmission and reception of signals through an antenna 510.
  • Antenna 510 collects transmitted signals and provides them through diplexer 512 to analog receiver 514.
  • Receiver 514 receives the RF frequency signals, typically either in the 800-900 MHZ or I 8-1.9 GHz band, from diplexer 512, for amplification and frequency down conversion to an intermediate frequency (IF) Translation is accomplished through the use of a frequency synthesizer of standard design which permits the receiver 514 to be tuned to any of the frequencies within the designated receive frequency band.
  • the IF signal is passed through a surface acoustic wave bandpass filter, typically of 1.25 MHZ bandwidth, to match the waveform of the signal transmitted by a base station 122.
  • Receiver 514 also provides an analog to digital converter (not shown) for converting the IF signal to a digital signal.
  • Analog receiver 514 also performs a open-loop type of power control function for adjusting the transmit power of the mobile station 140 on the reverse link channel. Receiver 514 measures the forward link signal strength of the signals from base stations 122, then generates an analog power control signal to circuitry in the transmit power amplifier 516, which can effect a range up to about 80 dB.
  • the power control for the transmit power amplifier 516 is also supplemented by a closed-loop power control or mobile attenuation code (MAC) control parameter sent to the mobile station 140 via the air (i.e., wireless) interface from a BS 122, with either the CMAC or VMAC command (as one knowledgeable in CDMA standards will understand).
  • the MAC can take on one of eight values 0 through 7, which effect a closed loop to raise or lower the power corre ⁇ ion.
  • the transmit amplifier 516 may utilize one of three transmit power classes when transmitting within a transmitted power control group in the 800-900 MHZ cellular band: class I (I to 8 dBW), class II (-3 to 4 dBW), or class III (-7 to 0 dBW), for a closed-loop range of about " 32 dB.
  • class I I to 8 dBW
  • class II -3 to 4 dBW
  • class III -7 to 0 dBW
  • a closed-loop range of about " 32 dB In the PCS 1.8-1.9 GHz band five classes are defined: class I (-2 to 3 dBW), class II (-7 to 0 dBW), class III (-12 to -3 dBW), class IV (- 17 to -6 dBW), class V (-22 to -9 dBW), for a closed-loop range of about " 40 dB.
  • the mobile station 140 power class and transmit power level for a communicating mobile station 140 is known to the wireless infrastru ⁇ ure network, and may be utilized for location estimation, as is described hereinbelow.
  • the digitized If signal may contain the signals from several telephone calls together with the pilot channels and multipath delayed signals from each of several pilot channels.
  • Searcher receiver 526 under control of control processor 534, continuously scans the time domain around the nominal time delay offsets of pilot channels contained within the active, candidate, neighboring and remaining sets of pilot channels.
  • the initial sets of pilot channels and a defined search window size for each set are provided by a control message from a BS 122 via the air interface to the mobile station 140.
  • the searcher receiver 526 measures the strength of any reception of a desired waveform at times other than the nominal time and measures each pilot channel's arrival time relative to each pilot's PN sequence offset value. Receiver 526 also compares signal strength in the received signals. Receiver 526 provides a signal strength signal to control processor 534 indicative of the strongest signals and relative time relationships. Control processor 534 provides signals to control digital data receivers 520, 522 and 524 such that each of these receivers processes a different one of the strongest signals. Note, as one skilled in the art will understand, the strongest signal, or finger, may not be the signal of shortest arrival time, but rather may be a reflected, and therefore delayed, signal (such reflected denoted collectively as "multipath").
  • Data receivers 520, 522 and 524 may track and process multipath signals from the same forward channel pilot channel offset or from a different forward channel pilot offset. In the case where a different pilot channel offset signal is of greater strength than the current cell site (or more specifically the current base station 122) pilot channel offset, then control processor 534 generates a control message for transmission on a reverse channel from the mobile station 140 to the current BS 122, requesting a transfer of the call, or a soft hand-off, to the now strongest cell site Base station 122. Note that each of the four receivers 520, 522, 524 and 526 can be directed independently from each other. The three data receivers 520, 522, and 524 are capable of tracking and demodulating multipath signals from of the forward CDMA pilot channel.
  • data receivers 520, 522 and 524 may provide reception of information via separate multipath signals from one BS 122 (e.g., in particular, an antenna face of a sectored antenna at the BS 122, or reception of signals from a number of se ⁇ ors at the same BS 122, or reception of signals from multiple BSs 122 or their antenna faces of se ⁇ ored antennas.
  • one BS 122 e.g., in particular, an antenna face of a sectored antenna at the BS 122, or reception of signals from a number of se ⁇ ors at the same BS 122, or reception of signals from multiple BSs 122 or their antenna faces of se ⁇ ored antennas.
  • the receiver 526 computes the strength of a pilot by adding the ratios of received pilot energy per chip E c , to total received spectral density, l ⁇ , of at most k useabie multipath components, where k is the number of data receivers supported in the mobile station 140.
  • the outputs of data receivers 520, 522, and 526 are provided to diversity combiner and decoder circuitry 538 (i.e., simply diversity combiner).
  • the diversity combiner 538 performs the fun ⁇ ion of adjusting the timing of a plurality of streams of received signals into alignment and adds them together. In performing this fun ⁇ ion, the diversity combiner 538 may utilize a maximal ratio diversity combiner technique.
  • the resulting combined signal stream is then decoded using a forward stream error dete ⁇ ion contained within the diversity combiner.
  • the decoded result is then passed on to the user digital baseband circuitry 542.
  • the user digital baseband circuitry 542 typically includes a digital vocoder which decodes the signals from diversity combiner 538, and then outputs the results to a digital to analog (D/A) converter (not shown).
  • the output of the D/A serves as an interface with telephony circuitry for providing mobile station 140 user analog output information signals to the user corresponding to the information provided from diversity combiner 538.
  • User analog voice signals typically provided through an mobile station 140 are provided as an input to baseband circuitry 542.
  • Baseband 542 serves as an interface with a handset or any other type of peripheral device, to the user for audio communication.
  • Baseband circuitry 542 includes an analog to digital (A/D) converter which converts user information signals from analog form into a digital form.
  • This digital form is then input to a vocoder (not shown) for encoding, which includes a forward error correction fun ⁇ ion.
  • the resulting encoded signals are then output to transmit modulator 546.
  • Transmit modulator 546 modulates the encoded signal on a PN carrier signal whose PN sequence is based on the assigned address fun ⁇ ion for a wireless call.
  • the PN sequence is determined by the control processor 534 from call setup information that was previously transmitted by a cell site BS 1 2 and decoded by the receivers 520, 22, 524 as one skilled in the art will understand.
  • the output of transmit modulator 546 is provided to transmit power control circuitry 550. Note that signal transmission power is controlled partially by an open-loop analog power control signal provided from receiver 514.
  • control bits are also transmitted by the controlling BS 122 in the form of a supplemental closed-loop power adjustment command and are processed by data receivers 520, 522,.
  • control processor 534 In response to this command, control processor 534 generates a digital power control signal that is provided to the transmit power amplifier 16.
  • Transmit power control 550 also provides the digitized and encoded user information signals in an IF format to output to the transmit power amplifier 516.
  • the transmit power amplifier 16 converts the IF format signals into an RF frequency by mixing this signal with a frequency synthesizer (not shown) output signal for providing a corresponding signal at the proper output transmission frequency signal. Subsequently, transmit power amplifier 516 amplifies the signal to the final power output level.
  • the transmission signal is then output from the transmit power amplifier 516 to the diplexer 512.
  • the diplexer 512 then couples the transmission signal to antenna 510 for air interface transmission to the infrastru ⁇ ure base stations 122.
  • control processor 534 is also responsive to various control and information request messages from the controlling BS 122, including for example, sync channel messages, the system parameters messages, in-traffic system parameters messages, paging alert messages, registration messages, status requests, power control parameters messages and hand- off direction messages, as one skilled in the art will understand.
  • the above-described standard CDMA mobile station archite ⁇ ure in an mobile station 140 is sufficient.
  • this archite ⁇ ure may be modified in minor, cost effe ⁇ ive ways so that additional information may be transmitted from an mobile station 140 to the BS 122. The modifications for this second embodiment will now be described.
  • a mobile station Using the standard system parameters overhead message in the paging channel as one method of reporting to the base station the signal strengths and delays of detectable pilot channels, a mobile station has various timers indicating the upper bounds of time needed to respond to a request, and to bid for access to the forward channel (if not already using it's assigned traffic channel). These timers restrict the frequency of measurement reporting and thus limit the aggregate amount of measurement data which can be sent in a given time period.
  • CDMA standard timer T 3jm establishes the maximum time of a mobile station to enter the update overhead information substate of the system access state to respond to messages received while in the mobile station idle state, typically 0.3 seconds.
  • Timer T 5 ⁇ m the maximum time for the mobile station to respond to one service option request, is typically 0.2 seconds. Thus during a period of about five seconds, this measurement reporting method would provide for a maximum of about fifteen measurements.
  • the second (CDMA) mobile station 140 embodiment be capable of sending to the network base station infrastru ⁇ ure approximately 128 samples of each multipath peak signal strength and its relative delay, for each detectable pilot channel, in less than a preferred period of about five seconds.
  • other means are needed to efficiently send the needed data to the network (i.e., from the mobile station to the base station, and then to forward data to the wireless switch, and then to forward data to the Location Center).
  • the CDMA air interface standard provides several means for transmitting data at higher rates.
  • the Data Burst message can be used, or various blank-and-burst, dim-and-burst multiplex options can be used, and well as selecting various service options 2 through 9, through the setup of a normal voice or data telephone call.
  • the user dials a speed number representing a data-type call to the Location Center 142, which initiates a command to the mobile station 140, responsive by the mobile station 140, which then provides the location center 142, via the base station 122, mobile switch center 112 with the needed measurement data.
  • a software controllable data conne ⁇ ion or path 49 is established between the control processor 46, and the user digital baseband 30 fun ⁇ ional components in the mobile station, a much larger quantity of RF measurements, on the order of 128 data samples, can be transmitted as a data burst, multiplexed, or sent by other means such as a data circuit call, back to the network, and to the Location Center.
  • the existing connection between the control processor 534 and the transmit modulator 546 may also be used, as well via any other virtual path, such as software register-to-register move instructions, as long as sufficient signal measurement content and data samples can be sent to the wireless network and the location center 142 via the associated interfaces.
  • the wireless network consists of the base station, mobile switch center, and related infrastru ⁇ ure equipment, interfaces and facilities circuits to telemeter the measurement content and data samples to the Iocation center 142.
  • Additional design issues include, for example, the fact that existing memory in the mobile station must be allocated to the temporary storage of RF sample measurements, and new control means, such as selecting a future control bit pattern in the CDMA air standard, are required to telemeter, preferably upon command, RF measurement sample data to the Location Center 142 in Fig. I.
  • the location engine 139 initiates a message to the mobile station 140 via a signal processing subsystem and the Iocation center mobile switch center physical interface, the location applications programming interface 1 6 for the mobile switch center 112 and the wireless network infrastru ⁇ ure.
  • the addition of a controllable data connection or path 49 can be easily performed by CDMA application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC) anufa ⁇ urers.
  • ASIC application-specific integrated circuit
  • the Qualcomm ASIC chip mobile station modem provides both the control processor fun ⁇ ion 534 and the user digital baseband 542 fun ⁇ io ⁇ s or the same chip, thus the external pinout physical configuration would not have to change to accommodate the wireless iocation software controllable data conne ⁇ ion or path 49 modification.
  • the mobile station 140 searcher receiver dete ⁇ s 4 pilots with 4 multipaths each, with each measurement consisting of a pilot index, finger identification, multipath signal strength, and multipath arrival time, then about 480 bytes are needed per measurement.
  • the mobile station can complete the collection and transmission of a Iocation measurement sample in less than ten seconds, which is within a reasonable period for satisfying a location request.
  • the location signal measurements request-response application message set utilizes the air interface services provided by the spare bits and digital control words not currently in the air interface standards IS- 95 and ANSI-J-STD-008. Such bits and control words can be reserved for the purpose of requesting and providing the required location signal measurements discussed herein.
  • the base station and mobile switch center must be modified to support the interworking fun ⁇ ion required between the location center and the mobile station.
  • the Iocation signal measurements request-response application message set is implemented using service options 4 and 12, which provides asynchronous data transmission capability, as defined in TR ⁇ ata Standard, Async and Fax Section, document number TIA/EIA/1S-DATA.4.
  • the mobile station control processor provides, or would interface with a fun ⁇ ion emulating mobile termination 0 or 2 services at the R m network reference point.
  • the L-API then provides, or would interface with a fun ⁇ ion emulating the physical interface co ⁇ e ⁇ ing a data circuit-terminating equipment (DCE) to tne PSTN at the W network reference point, in communication with the PSTN, which is also in communication with reference point Ai, which is in communication with reference point U m , which is in turn in communication with reference point flick, .
  • DCE data circuit-terminating equipment
  • the ANSI standards J-008 and IS-95 provide several means for the base station 122 to establish and to extend the search window size that the mobile station 140 should use in its scanning process, and to identify further pilots.
  • existing standard parameters can be extended, or a Iocation message request from the Base station can inform the searcher receiver of the mobile station to extend its search range, as necessary, to capture ail relevant base station pilots and their multipath fingers, in order to complete the Iocation measurement sample.
  • the search performance criteria defined in ANSI IS-98, Recommended Minimum Performance Standards for Dual Mode, can be increased as appropriate to accommodate a larger set of potentially dete ⁇ able base stations, including Location Base stations and Mobile Base stations. Additionally the search window table size for various search window values must be increased to accommodate new pilot channel pn-offsets associated with Location Base Stations and Mobile Base stations.
  • SRCH W1N A for a ⁇ ive and candidate set
  • SRCH WIN N for neighboring set
  • SRCH SIN R for remaining set
  • Extending the range of T ADD and T DROP parameters can also be used to facilitate the mobile to retain data on additional pilots in the area.
  • the extended neighbor list message is used to inform the mobile station of the necessary chara ⁇ eristics of neighboring pilot signals.
  • the extended neighbor list message can be used to instruct the mobile station to scan for those types of base stations, accordingly.
  • the mobile station 140 may detect up to three to four pilot channels (representing 3-4 base stations), or as few as one signal from one pilot channel.
  • pilot channel dete ⁇ ion case multiple, up to three to four fingers, or multipath signals may be detected per pilot channel.
  • multiple multipath signals, or multiple "fingers” could exist from a less-strong BS pilot signal, or in any of several combinations, which can depend widely upon the mobile station's location within the base station environment.
  • a control message from the Iocation center 142 and carried through the network is sent to the control processor in the mobile station, requiring the searcher receiver in the mobile station o transmit to the Iocation center 142 via the network, all detectable delay spread fingers related to each dete ⁇ able pilot channel.
  • control message is implemented in the CDMA receiver via a multiplexing technique, including appropriate manipulation of the hand-off parameters T ADDs, T_DROPs, search window and the a ⁇ ive, neighbor and remaining pilot sets held within the mobile station' memory.
  • CDMA ANSI j-STD OO ⁇ requires reporting of the pilot channel arrival time in a time period of units of one chip size, or 813.802 nanoseconds
  • typical CDMA receivers contain an internal Quantization interval of one eighth chip size.
  • the precision of Iocation accuracy can be increased from about 600 feet in radius to about 110 feet.
  • the arrival time measurement is forwarded in one-eighth units to the Location Center.
  • a multiplier function applied to the received measurement at the base station rescales the measurement for routine CDMA control and monitoring purposes, in order to be consistent with the CDMA standard.
  • an encoding can be used in the mobile station's hardware or software identifications, telemetered to the base station and Location Center, in order to determine the arrival time measurement units.
  • the analog receiver in the mobile station utilizes a clock signal which runs eight times faster than the clock originally disclosed in the Gilhousen patent, number 5,109,390.
  • the digital signal provided to the data receivers and the searcher receiver will include an improved resolution in ability to detect delay spread signals, which are directly used to improve wireless Iocation.
  • the CDMA air interface standard only requires a 1,000 nanosecond tolerance accuracy within respect to the base station, iocation accuracy can be improved if manufacturing calibration precision's are held to within tighter tolerances, such as less than 250 nanoseconds.
  • wireless Iocation signals are received representing distributed antennas (or other base stations) across building floor boundaries being received from a specific floor on a multi-storied building.
  • the objective is to resolve the ambiguity of the situation. Fuzzy logic is used to resolve this ambiguity.
  • the determination as to which floor the user of the mobile station is on is based on the strength of the signal, S, and the past reliability of the information associated with the two antennae, R.
  • the spaces of 5 and R are discretized using fuzzy sets.
  • the strength is defined as being: (I) VERY STRONG (VS), (2) STRONG (S), (3) WEAK (W), and (4) VERY WEAK (VW) as defined by membership fun ⁇ ions.
  • the reliability of information is defined as being: (I) VERY RELIABLE (VR), (2) RELIABLE (R), and (3) NOT RELIABLE (NR), again as defined by membership fun ⁇ ions.
  • a fuzzy relation or mapping is described which descretizes how confident it is that the signal is coming for a given floor, e.g., the 40th floor, using the following notation: VS S W vw
  • the above relation matriz is read, for example, that when the signal information is RELIABLE and the strength is WEAK, then the confidence that the signal is coming from the 40th floor is 0.4.
  • a similiar fuzzy relation matrix is established for the distributed antenna on the 41st floor, and thus the result would be a confidence fa ⁇ or associated with the mobile station being located on either floor.
  • a single solution, that is, whether the mobile station is on the 40th or 41st floor is determined using a compositional rule of inference.
  • the compositional rule of inference is a fun ⁇ ion that prescribes a mechanism for consolidating mambership fun ⁇ ion values into a single crisp fun ⁇ ion. This fun ⁇ ion can take a variety of forms including max-min composition, max-produ ⁇ composition, etc.
  • the compositional rule of inference can be implemented, for example, by a summing jun ⁇ ion which collects the results of each firing rule. The summing junction's output is then provided to a centroidal defuzzier which
  • Fig.43 indicates the addition of a fuzzy logic module 41 which optionally discretizes the wireless location estimate output from the TOA/TDOA locaton estimator module 8.
  • fuzzy logic rules related to the distributed antenna relation matrix would be fired or a ⁇ ' rvated as a result of exmi ⁇ ing the message header data strutture that indicates that the location estimate was the result of a distributed antenna case around the 40th and 41st floor of a particular building within which such fuzzy relations exist or in any other localized case sherin such fuzzy relations have been predetermined. Otherwise, in cases where no such fuzzy rules apply, the Iocation estimate is passed to the recipient without further discretization.
  • the confidence associated with the Iocation of the mobile station can be considered a function of several variables, not just the two (S and R) described above. For instance, it would not be unreasonable to segregate the reliability information by time signal delay as determined within this invention.
  • the fuzzy relation is capable of handling a variety of such situations. Thus which floor the mobile station is on can be considered to be a fun ⁇ ion of numerous variables; the ultimate decision can be made based on a great deal of information.
  • a Iocation application programming interface 14 (Fig. I), or L-API, is required between the location system's 42 signal processor 20 and the mobile switch center 12 network element type, in order to send and receive various control, signals and data messages for wireless Iocation purposes.
  • the L-API is implemented using a preferably high-capacity physical layer communications interface, such as IEEE standard 802 J (10 baseT Ethernet), although other physical layer interfaces could be used, such as fiber optic ATM, frame relay, etc.
  • Two forms of API implementation are possible.
  • the signals control and data messages are realized using the mobile switch center 112 vendor's native operations messages inherent in the product offering, without any special modifications.
  • the L-API includes a full suite of commands and messaging content specifically optimized for wireless Iocation purposes, which may require some, although minor development on the part of the mobile switch center vendor.
  • a minimum set of L-API message types include:
  • a first message type an autonomous notification message from the mobile switch center 112 to the location system 42, is required in the event a wireless enhanced 9-1-1 call has been sent to the mobile switch center from an mobile station 140, including the mobile identification number (MIN), along with various CMRS identification and mobile station detected active, candidate, neighbor and remaining pilot set information, pilot strength measurements message;
  • MIN mobile identification number
  • CMRS identification and mobile station detected active, candidate, neighbor and remaining pilot set information, pilot strength measurements message including the mobile identification number (MIN), along with various CMRS identification and mobile station detected active, candidate, neighbor and remaining pilot set information, pilot strength measurements message;
  • MS mobile station
  • the pilot strength shall be included, measured based on at most usable components, where k is the number of demodulating elements supported by the receiver system. In addition the total number of each detectable multipath components shall be reported. In addition each multipath component, for a given pilot shall be identified by both its delay component and signal strength, for inclusion in the signal measurements to the iocation system 42. Regarding each individual multipath component, signal strength is expressed as is commonly known, by adding the ratios of received pilot-multhpath component energy per chip, E c , to total received spectral density (noise and signals), i 0 of at most that one mutipath component (i.e., k is equal to one).
  • a fourth message type an autonomous notification message from the mobile switch center 112 to the location system 42 is required, in the event of an mobile station hand-off state change, along with various CMRS identification.
  • the L- API In order to implement additional Iocation fun ⁇ ions such as wide area Iocation, wherein Iocation is determined across roaming boundaries, out-of-coverage area conditions or mobile station 140 turned off, and home base station applications, the L- API must include access to and receive data from a data store contained in the home Iocation register (HLR) network element type associated with the mobile switch center 112.
  • HLR home Iocation register
  • a fifth message type is required which provides the Iocation system 42 with the mobile station MIN, hand-off, along with various CMRS identification information (e.g., old and new state changes, old and new BS identifications, and hand-offs to another CMRS), roaming Iocation and status changes.
  • CMRS identification information e.g., old and new state changes, old and new BS identifications, and hand-offs to another CMRS
  • a typical communications protocol such as Signaling System number 7, running on a V35 communications channel could be used for implementation, but numerous other protocols (e.g., TCIP/IP, ROSE, CMISE, etc.) could be used to implement this capability.
  • TCIP/IP Real-Time Warner Inc.
  • a sixth message type an autonomous notification message type issued from the Iocation system 42 to the home Iocation register, is required for those location applications they rely on an alert from the home Iocation register when ever a particular mobile station state change occurs, along with various CMRS identification.
  • CMRS identification CMRS identification
  • Examples of a state changes include cases where the base station 122 discovers the mobile station 140 has traveled to another base station, or that the current primary base station 122 can no longer communicate with the mobile station 140 (i.e., no power), or that a new registration has occurred.
  • this message type should support the notification from the home Iocation register to the Iocation system 42 of all messaging and data associated with the nine types of registration, in the case of CDMA. Specifically these include power-up, power- down, timer-based, distance-based, zone-based, parameter-change, ordered, implicit and traffic channel registration.
  • the Iocation system 42 should also be informed of the registration enablement status of each type of registration, which can be provided to the Iocation system 42 via a redirection of the systems parameters message.
  • the Iocation system 42 may initiate an ordered registration through an order message, from the Iocation system 42 to the mobile switch center 112.
  • the mobile switch center 112 then shall route the message to the appropriate base station, and then to the mobile station.
  • the Iocation system 42 should also be able to receive the results of the message.
  • an L-API is required between the iocation system 42 and the network element type used to implement the short message service.
  • Such network elements may be termed an intelligent peripheral or a service node.
  • a number of existing paging interfaces have been proposed in standards bodies, and one or more modifications can be made to accommodate L-API content.
  • the following L-API addition is required: a seventh message type which allows the Iocation system 42 to send a text message containing Iocation information or i ⁇ stru ⁇ ions to a particular mobile station MIN, and a related message to verify response.
  • an autonomous message may be provided to alert the Iocation system 42 under conditions wherein a state change occurs on a previously pending text message.
  • This last message type provides improved quality feedback to the initiating party regarding the acceptance situation of the atte pted-to-send page.
  • a novel aspect of this patent includes the utilization of the inherent ability of the wireless protocol and receiver design to request and receive signal measurements along the forward and reverse air interface communications path with a given mobile station and other commercial mobile radio service providers, in cases where multiple service providers share a common coverage area.
  • utilization of received signal measurements from both service provider A and service provider B can be used by the location center as unique, orthogonal information to both resolve ambiguous Iocation estimates and to further improve the location estimate accuracy.
  • the CDMA air interface for example, provides a soft hand-off capability for the mobile station to hand-off a voice communication channel to another base station, and even to another CMRS provider, termed a hard hand-off.
  • CMRS provider A three se ⁇ ored base stations 122a, 122b, and 122c, in communication with mobile switch center-A 112a, are owned and operated by CMRS provider A. Further, assume three se ⁇ ored base stations I22d and I22e, in communication with mobile switch center-B 112b, are owned and operated by CMRS provider B, and that the coverage area with CMRS-A and CMRS-B substantially overlap.
  • CMRS provider A In order to Iocate a mobile station 140 whose subscriber normally does business with CMRS provider A, assume that the receiver of mobile station 140 can dete ⁇ signals from base stations 122a, 122b, and 122c, as well as from base stations I22d and I22e, although normal mode use would preclude such measurements from being initiated. Assume further that the resulting Iocation estimate 131, generated from the location center 120 contains either an ambiguous location estimate value pair, or otherwise cannot render a Iocation estimate with the desired range of accuracy.
  • the Iocation system 142 contains a data store of both CMRS provider's base station geometeries and is in communication with each mobile switch center - A 112a and mobile switch center - B 112b.
  • An application in the Iocation system 142 sends a control message to the mobile station 140, instru ⁇ ing the mobile station to tune its searcher receiver to listen for and report back signal measurement data regarding the pilot channel information associated with base stations I22d and I22e, in addition to a request to report of pilot signals relative to base stations 122a, 122b, and 122c.
  • the application in the Iocation system 142 sends messages to each of base stations I22d and I22e, with instru ⁇ ions to take signal measurements and report back the resulting information regarding the mobile stations transmitter 140.
  • a variation of the above process includes a Iocation center initiated forced hard hand-off of the mobile station from a primary base station, e.g., 122b associated with CMRS-A, to a new primary base station associated with CMRS-B, e.g., I22d.
  • a forced hand-off will further provide improvements in reducing systemic timing errors which may be inherent among base stations owned by different CMRS.
  • the Iocation system 142 can revert the hand-off back to the original CMRS.
  • Other Iocation system components shown in Fig.3 include a controller 14 Iocation applications programming interface 136 (L-API-MSC) for communications interface with multiple CMRS mobile switching centers, via physical interfaces 176a and 176b.
  • L-API-MSC Iocation applications programming interface 136
  • a common Iocation applications programming interface (L-API) is highly desirable.
  • a common interface also supports the natural competitive behaviors among wireless consumers and CMRS by providing flexible relationships among consumers who may want to switch service providers, yet retain consistent wireless Iocation services for public safety. This approach minimizes the L-API design and deployment costs among infrastru ⁇ ure vendors and Iocation service providers in a shared coverage area.
  • a novel aspect of this invention further includes a method and process that provides account management clearing house and revenue settlement capability with appropriate security management controls. This capability is implemented as wireless Iocation control, accounting and security mediation agent functions to compensate CMRS providers for providing various location-specific network services as described herein.
  • this agent As wireless Iocation requests are sent to the Iocation center for a given CMRS, operated by a wireless Iocation service provider (WLSP), this agent: I.) assesses the appropriateness of soliciting additional signal and control measurements from another CMRS' base sution in the same coverage area, in order to improve the quality of the Iocation estimate, 2.) Accesses, requests and receives signal and control information with another CMRS base station infrastructure, 3.) provides as appropriate a record of compensation entitlement between or among multiple CRMS and WLSPs, and 4.) security management controls thai protect the privacy needs of wireless customers and the unauthorized sharing of information between or among CMRS. Security controls also include audit trails and controls regarding customer access of their Iocation subscriber profile and the administration of network security processes and related base station parameters and inventory.
  • CMRS Location Center-base station access
  • CMRS-A base station 122i and I22j are operated by CMRS-A
  • base station 122k and 122m are operated by CMRS-B
  • a communication circuit provides connectivity with the Iocation application programming interface - base station (L-API-BS) 109.
  • the L-API-BS 109 is in communication with controller 14 in the Iocation center 142.
  • the communications circuit can be any of several conventional transport facilities, such as a private line circuit, a DS-I or T-l carrier circuit, frame relay circuit, microwave circuit, or other data communications circuit.
  • the advantage of this embodiment is that no modifications are required by the infrastructure vendor in terms of the embedded operations circuit, and related fun ⁇ ions and systems which otherwise would be needed to telemeter wireless location signal measurement data from the base station to the location center 142.
  • the termination equipment (not shown) in communication with the transport facilities, within each base station typically includes a small computer with an in-circuit conne ⁇ ion, such as an ASIC clip-on device, with conne ⁇ ions to the control processor circuitry with the base station in the receiver settion.
  • the small computer provides a conversion of the signals provided on the in-circuit connection to the ASIC chip, for serialization and transmission to the location center via the transport facilities.
  • HBS Home Base station
  • HBSD Home Base station Device
  • the HBSD is similar to ordinary cordless phone transceiver devices in current use today, but is modified to function with a PCS wireless mobile station. Although the HBSD has been typically used at a residential consumer's home, the HBSD could also be used in business settings and other environments.
  • the HBSD When a mobile station (MS) is near the HBSD as shown in Fig. 17, and the HBSD dete ⁇ s the presence of a mobile station over the Cordless phone air interface, the HBSD signals the Home Location Register (HLK) software in the Service Control Point in the AIN network associated with the mobile station and mobile station's home mobile switch center The home location register redire ⁇ s mobile station terminating calls from the network away form the mobile station' mobile identification number in the mobile switch center, and to the AIN/SSP wireline class V switch which conne ⁇ s the wireline number associated with the HBSD Similarly, the HBSD, upon detecting a mobile station call origination attempt, redire ⁇ s the mobile station signal from a PCS network fixed base station, to the control of the HBSD. The HBSD redire ⁇ s the mobile station originating call through the wireline network, similar to any other wireline network call.
  • HLK Home Location Register
  • a reverse scenario occurs whenever the mobile station and HBSD lose communication, the mobile station registers in a wireless PCS network fixed base station, causing redire ⁇ ion of calls to the wireless network.
  • the cordless phone air interface may be of a vendor proprietary design, or it may be a similar design as the CDMA air interface.
  • a conne ⁇ ion is used between the Location Center (LC) and the home location register/HBS application in the SCP.
  • LC Location Center
  • HBS Home Location Register
  • a new process, termed a Location Notification Process (LNP) within the home location register SCP is used to send a message to the LC, autonomously whenever a state change occurs in the mobile station' (either via a specific list of mobile identification numbers or all mobile identification numbers) registration registering either to a fixed Base station in the Wireless PCS network or to a HBSD
  • the process may respond to an on-demand message from the LC to the LNP within the home location register/HBS application.
  • a response message from the LNP to the LC provides the information regarding whether or not a mobile station is within range of its, or a designated HBSD.
  • the response message contains a message header information which provides the signal processing subsystem 20 (equivalently this may be known by signal filtering subsystem) with the ability to determine and distribute the information to the HBS First Order Location Estimate Model.
  • CDMA distributed antennas are useful particularly in system configurations involving microcells, and potentially indoor environments, such as CDMA PBX (private branch exchange) systems in business offices, and in wireless local loop applications. From a mobile station location perspective, the distributed antenna configuration can provide significant improvements in location error, as compared with an indoor mobile station user with a wireless connection to an outdoor, macrocell Base station. Wireless Iocation can be achieved provided certain methods and procedures (M&Ps) are followed during the installation process. Data related to these M&Ps is then used by various location processes discussed elsewhere in this invention.
  • M&Ps methods and procedures
  • CDMA distributed antennas a set of simple antennas, placed apart in a given area, similarly to any other cell placement arrangement for coverage objectives, are fed by a common radio signal. Antennas are usually placed such that their coverage patterns are substantially or completely overlapped in area of coverage. From a wireless location perspe ⁇ ive, completely overlapping coverage is preferred (this approach also improves perceived signal quality by the end users).
  • fig. 6 Distributed Antenna Delay Characterization. For any given Pilot Channel offset "I", additional delay is introduced by the microwave propagation channel (Point A) and any internal repeater/amplifier equipment (Point B). Each of four delay elements T, through ⁇ . introduce further delay. A mobile station detecting all four DA antennas' delayed signals would determine various sets of cumulative system propagation delays. Since each delay is essentially fixed in a location, such information can be used to determine the mobile station Iocation within the building.
  • Fig.7 illustrates the effective system timing among the delay elements 324, relative to the GPA system time 336, along each point in the diagram shown in Fig.6.
  • Fig.9 One Exemplary DA Configuration, illustrates a typical configuration where the CDMA base station antenna is also directed connected to three delay elements and antenna radiators.
  • the CDMA Base station transmitter common output signal is fed through a distribution coaxial cable system, optical fibers or other means, to a string of two or more antennas.
  • Each antenna is connected to the distribution cable via a transmission line tap or delay element, which may or may not provide further broadband gain.
  • the transmission system normally consists of two media channels, one for transmit and one for receive signals.
  • Fig. 10 illustrates an Alternative DA Configuration, using multi-point microwave antennas connected to individual delay elements and their respective radiating antennas.
  • Fig. I I Serving Dense Multi-level buildings via Virtual Pilots, illustrates a typical application where a multi-level building is served by two base stations with pilot offsets "I" and "j". Pilot offset "I" serves floor X and pilot offset "j" serves floor Y.
  • a microwave link relays the base station signals between the distributed antennas within the building to the base stations.
  • the main concept is to introduce purposeful delay and multipath signals with sufficient delay spread for signal discrimination.
  • Each antenna radiates a signal which is substantially delayed with respect to any other antenna in the area. If two or more paths are available for the mobile station receivers with greater than one eighth microsecond differential path delay (or whatever resolution is available in the CDMA mobile station receivers), then two or more PN receivers in the same mobile station can be employed to separately receive and combine these signals and thus achieve processing gains through path diversity.
  • Antennas may be om ⁇ i-dire io ⁇ al or directional.
  • Delay elements may be simple delay lines such as lengths of coaxial cabling, or other active or passive delay elements, such that the combination of components provides the needed delay.
  • the transmission line between the CDMA Base station/PBX and the distributed antennas may be via a pair of dedicated, beam-focused high gain antennas, and/or a repeater system.
  • each Data Receiver within the mobile station tracks the timing of the received signal it is receiving. This is accomplished by the technique of correlating the received signal by a slightly earlier reference PN and correlating the received signal with a slightly late local reference PN. Further distributed antenna details can be seen from Gilhousen, et al, patent number 5,280,472, assigned to Qualcomm, Inc.
  • the total measured delay of both forward and reverse link signals between the BS and the mobile station are thus determined naturally by the CDMA radio receiver designs as a part of the multipath tracking process, and can be made available to a Iocation entity for performing location estimates of the mobile station.
  • the mobile station measures the arrival time T for each pilot /reported to the BS.
  • the pilot arrival time is the time of occurrence, as measured at the mobile station antenna co ⁇ ne ⁇ ion, of the earliest arriving usable multipath of the pilot.
  • the arrival time is measured relative to the mobile station' time reference in units of PN chips.
  • the mobile station computes the reported pilot PN phase f
  • as: f; (T, + 64 x PILOT PN) mod 2 IS , where PILOT PN is the PN sequence offset of the pilot.
  • Reference Fig. 6 which illustrates a typical distributed antenna configuration consisting of a repeater/amplifier and four distributed antennas.
  • the total system delay, T is:
  • the TP value can be determined by subtracting the fixed, known delay values from Ti, the measured time of arrival.
  • the TP value can now be used to determine a TOA and or a TDOA value in a manner similar to the non-distributed antenna case, thus location can be determined based on these TOA IDOA ranging values.
  • Fig.6 Methods and Procedures for DA Installation.
  • the Location Center LC
  • Fig. DA-IO Exemplary DA Location Database, illustrates typically data element types and values required in the DA Iocation estimate model database.
  • Fig. DA-I I illustrates how a simple TOA location estimate model can be used to determine wireless Iocation in a DA environment.
  • DA Delay Spread Ranges illustrates typical maximum ranging variable delay values (e.g., up to 1,960 feet) if SOO nanosecond guard zones (t) are used. If larger ranging values are required, then guard zone delays must be increased proportionally.
  • a maximum upper bound exists for the maximum amount of cumulative system propagation delay which can be tolerated by the CDMA mobile station. The total delay cannot exceed an amount that would interfere with the next pilot PN offset, or substantially delay the scanning time of the search receiver in the mobile station. In any case, 30 to 40 microseconds of total delay is acceptable, and would allow for a relatively large number of distributed antenna components to be included, thus no unusual impacts are required of the system to accommodate location methods.
  • Fig. 14 Actual Measurements and Classification, illustrates how CDMA delay spread measurements are used in a DA configuration to form a relationship with the mobile station location with respect to the DA locations.
  • the CDMA air interface standard only requires the signal strength and time of arrival of the first useabie delay spread signal to be reported from the mobile station to the BS, assume here that the mobile station has the capability to provide the BS, and consequently the LC, with a list of all peak values of CDMA fingers.
  • the Location Center and Gateway may contain from one to three interfaces into the digital PCS network, shown as interfaces X, Y, and Z, in Fig.24, Location and CTIA TR45 Network Reference Model.
  • Network interface reference points Urn, A, Ai, B, C, D and H are part of the Cellular Telecommunications Industry of America (CTIA) Technical Reference 45 standards, and are not discussed further.
  • Network interface reference point X provides a direct connection to the mobile switch center, used for transferring RF measurement signals from the mobile station and BS to the LC and for transferring Iocation control between the LS and mobile station, and between the LC and BS.
  • This interface can be implemented via any number of data communications circuit configurations and protocols in current use, such as a T-carrier data circuit, with DSU/CSUs at each end, using an intranet/internet protocol suite, such as TCP/IP, RPC messaging, or other middleware solutions, such as Pipes, IBM MQ series, world wide web protocols, such as JAVA/VRML scripts, hypertext markup language (HTML) links, and may also include various firewall schemes and data encryption mechanisms, etc., in order to communicate asynchronous messaging among the e ⁇ dpoints, and in particular, in reference to the final distribution of the Iocation information to the desired end user.
  • Network interface reference point Y is used in the embodiment wherein a public switched telephone network interface is required or desired.
  • This interface is a straightforward method to support Iocation applications wherein, for example, a mobile station user dials a telephone number in order to initiate a Iocation request, and could also be used to telemeter RF measurement and Iocation control messages between the LC and the mobile station BS.
  • a timer-initiated process internal to the LC may be used to start a Iocation request, or via any number of events external to the network.
  • Point Y also has the advantage of not requiring a direct connection to a commercial radio mobile service providers' network elements, thus affording a convenient interface for use by third party Iocation service providers unrelated to the commercial radio mobile service provider.
  • Network interface reference point Z is used in the embodiment wherein a gross Iocation must be determined.
  • a gross Iocation is defined as an area associated with a particular mobile switch center coverage area. Mobile switch center coverage areas are typically bounded by a large metropolitan area, such as a city.
  • the Home Location Register (HLR) contains gross Iocation information.
  • the Z interface allows the LC to query the home Iocation register to determine if the user is in their "home area, or whether the user is roaming to another mobile switch center coverage area, such as another city.
  • IS— 41 Cellular Radio Telecommunications intersystem operations communications protocols provide mechanisms that allow a user to roam into authorized areas outside of their "home" area.
  • Fig.25 illustrates how a user based in Los Angeles, CA, for example, may roam to a CDMA system New York City, and be "located" within that metropolitan area, through a data communications network and a national Location Center Clearinghouse system.
  • the signal processing subsystem receives control messages and signal measurements and transmits appropriate control messages to the wireless network via the Iocation applications programming interface referenced earlier, for wireless location purposes.
  • the signal processing subsystem additionally provides various signal idintification, conditioning and pre-processing fun ⁇ ions, including buffering, signal type classification, signal filtering, message control and routing fun ⁇ ions to the location estimate modules.
  • Delay Spread/Signal Strength sets of measurements made available to the signal processing subsystem 20 within the Location Center/System 42, shown in Fig.3.
  • the mobile station 140 may be able to dete ⁇ up to three or four Pilot Channels representing three to four Base Stations, or as few as one Pilot Channel, depending upon the environment.
  • possibly more than one BS 122 can dete ⁇ a mobile station 140 transmitter signai, as evidenced by the provision of cell diversity or soft hand-off in the CDMA standards, and the fa ⁇ that multiple CMRS' base station equipment commonly will overlap coverage areas.
  • multiple delayed signals, or "fingers” may be dete ⁇ ed and tracked resulting from multipath radio propagation conditions, from a given transmitter.
  • the "first" finger represents the most direct, or ieast delayed multipath signal.
  • Second or possibly third or fourth fingers may also be dete ⁇ ed and tracked, assuming the mobile station contains a sufficient number of data receivers.
  • traditional TOA and TDOA methods would discard subsequent fingers related to the same transmitted finger, collection and use of these additional values can prove useful to reduce location ambiguity, and are thus colle ⁇ ed by the Signal Processing subsystem in the Location Center 142.
  • Table SP-I illustrates the potential combinations of dete ⁇ ed CDMA signals representing multipath fingers and total number of detectable base station pilot signals in a given location within the radio coverage area 120. Due to the disperse and near-random nature of CDMA radio signals and propagation chara ⁇ eristics, traditional TOA/TDOA location methods have failed in the past, because the number of signals received in different locations area different. In a particularly small urban area, say less than 500 square feet, the number of RF signals and there multipath components may vary by over 100 percent
  • FIGs illustrate a certain case from a location measurement perspe ⁇ ive, of signals received for a three -data receiver and a four-data receiver configuration, in a nominal three se ⁇ or honeycomb base station configuration.
  • a mobile station at location "A" dete ⁇ s base stations lb, 5c, and 4a.
  • Fig. 19 illustrates a mobile station located at position "A”, dete ⁇ ing base stations I b, 5c, 4a, and 2c.
  • the limit of the back-side of a "far-away"se ⁇ ored antenna can be used to determine the limit of RF coverage in another base station se ⁇ or area.
  • Fig.20 shows that normally a delay spread in se ⁇ or I b would imply a range of a 120 degree solid angle.
  • such negative logic can be used to further restri ⁇ the apparant coverage area in se ⁇ or lb, from 120 degrees to approximately 90 degrees as shown in the illustration, in order to Iocate the mobile station B.
  • Such information regarding se ⁇ or 2a can be determined by collecting the remaining set information from mobile station B.
  • Fig.20 and 21 illustrate a typical relative error space wherein a mobile station detects only two base station pilot channels, and only one pilot channel, respe ⁇ ively. This consequence requires a family of Iocation estimate location modules, each firing whenever suitable data has been presented to a model, thus providing a Iocation estimate to a backe ⁇ d subsystem which resolves ambiguities.
  • Base Station Cell site planning tools which utilize antenna gain radiation patterns, environmental clutter, such as buildings, dense forests, terrain heights, etc., can provide reasonable training data to bootstrap the initial operation of the LC.
  • GPS Source binary, e.g., GPS or Dead Reckoning
  • the forward link mobile station's received relative signal strength (RRSS BS ) of detected nearby base station transmitter signals can be used dire ⁇ ly by the Iocation estimate modules
  • the base station's reverse link received relative signal strength (RRSS MS ) of the dete ⁇ ed mobile station transmitter signal must be modified prior to location estimate model use, since the mobile station transmitter power level changes nearly continuously, and would thus render relative signal strength useless for Iocation purposes.
  • SRSS MS a corrected indication of the effective path loss in the reverse direction (mobile station to BS), is now comparable with RRSSg and can be used to provide a correlation with either distance or shadow fading because it now accounts for the change of the mobile station transmitter's power level.
  • the two signals R SS BS and SRSS MS can now be processed in a variety of ways to achieve a more robust correlation with distance or shadow fading.
  • Rayleigh fading appears as a generally random noise generator, essentially destroying the correlation value ol either RRSS BS or SRSS measurements with distance individually, several mathematical operations or signal processing fun ⁇ ions can be performed on each measurement to derive a more robust relative signal strength value, overcoming the adverse Rayleigh fading effects. Examples include averaging, taking the strongest value and weighting the strongest value with a greater coefficient than the weaker value, then averaging the results.
  • This signal processing technique takes advantage of the fact that although a Rayleigh fade may often exist in either the forward or reverse path, it is much less probable that a Rayleigh fade also exists in the reverse or forward path, respectively. A shadow fade however, si iliarly affects the signal strength in both paths.
  • a CDMA radio signal direction-independent "net relative signal strength measurement” is derived which is used to establish a correlation with either distance or shadow fading, or both.
  • other means can be used in conjunction, such as the fingers of the CDMA delay spread measurement, and any other TOA TDOA calculations from other geographical points.
  • the first finger of a CDMA delay spread signal is most likely to be a relatively shorter duration than the case where the mobile station 140 and BS 122 are separated by a greater distance, since shadow fading does not materially affect the arrival time delay of the radio signal.
  • This enhanced capability is provided via a control message, sent from the Location system 42 to the mobile switch center 12, and then to the base station(s) 122 (Fig.2) in communication with, or in close proximity with, mobile stations 140 to be located.
  • Two types of Iocation measurement request control messages are needed: one to instruct a target mobile station 140 (i.e., the mobile station to be located) to telemeter its BS pilot channel measurements back to the primary BS 122 and from there to the mobile switch center 112 and then to the Iocation system 42.
  • the second control message is sent from the Iocation system 42 to the mobile switch center 112, then to first the primary BS 122, instructing the primary BS' searcher receiver to output (i.e., return to the initiating request message source) the detected target mobile station 140 transmitter CDMA pilot channel offset signal and their corresponding delay spread finger (peak) values and related relative signal strengths.
  • the control messages are implemented in standard mobile station 140 and BS 122 CDMA receivers such that all data results from the search receiver and multiplexed results from the associated data receivers are available for transmission back to the Location Center 142.
  • the strongest first four CDMA delay spread fingers and the mobile station power level be colle ⁇ ed and sent to the location system 42, for each of preferably three BSs 122 which can detect the mobile station 140.
  • Table SP-3 illustrates the resulting extended combinations of BS signals (pilot channels) and finger measurements potentially available, based on the above preferred conditions.
  • the philosophy is to colle ⁇ as much reasonable data as is pra ⁇ ical, given the constraints of CDMA receivers, search times, receiver memory storage and available CPU and data transmission bandwidth, in order that sufficient orthogonal information can be processed to minimize location estimate error.
  • Fig.29 illustrates the components of the Signal Processing Subsystem 20.
  • the mam components consist of the input queue(s) 7, signal classifier/filter 9, digital signaling processor 17, imaging filters 19, output queue(s) 21 , router/distributor 23, a signal processor database 26 and a signal processing controller 15.
  • Input queues 7 are required in order to stage the rapid acceptance of a significant amount of RF signal measurement data, used for either Iocation estimate purposes or to accept autonomous location data.
  • Each location request using fixed base stations may, in one embodiment, contain from I to 128 radio frequency measurements from the mobile station, which translates to approximately 61.44 kilobytes of signal measurement data to be colle ⁇ ed within 10 seconds and 128 measurements from each ol possibly four base stations, or 245.76 kilobytes for all base stations, for a total of approximately 640 signal measurements from the five sources, or 3072 kilobytes to arrive per mobile station Iocation request in 10 seconds.
  • the signal processing subsystem 20 supports a variety of wireless network signaling measurement capabilities by dete ⁇ ing the capabilities of the mobile and base station through messaging stru ⁇ ures provided bt the location application programming interface 14 in Fig. I. Dete ⁇ ion is accomplished in the signal classifier 9 (Fig.29) by referencing a mobile station database table within the signal processor database 26, which provides, given a mobile station identification number, mobile station revision code, other mobile station chara ⁇ ersitics.
  • a mobile switch center table 31 provides MSC characteristics and identifications to the signal classifier/filter 9.
  • the signal classifier/filter adds additional message header information that further classifies the measurement data which allows the digital signal processor and image filter components to select the proper internal processing subcomponents to perform operations on the signal measurement data, for use by the Iocation estimate modules.
  • the signal classifier/filter 9 dete ines via a signal processing database 26 query that the message is to be associated with a home base station module.
  • appropriate header information is added to the message, thus enabling the message to pass through the digital signal processor 17 unaffected to the output queu 21, and then to the router/distributor 23.
  • the router/distributor 23 then routes the message to the HBS module 6 shown in Fig. I.
  • the mobile identification number and the associated wireline telephone number transmission from the home Iocation register are on the order of less than 32 bytes. Consequentially the home base station message type could be routed without any digital signal processing.
  • Output queue(s) 21 are required for similar reasons as input queues 7: relatively large amounts of data must be held in a specific format for further Iocation processing by the Iocation estimate modules.
  • the router and distributor component 23 is responsible to directing specific signal measurement data types and structures to their appropriate modules. For example, the HBS module has no use for digital filtering stru ⁇ ures, whereas the TDOA module would not be able to process an HBS response message.
  • the controller IS is responsible for staging the movement of data among the signal processing subsystem 20 components input queue 7, digital signal processor 17, router/distributor 23 and the output queue 21, and to initiate signal measurme ⁇ ts within the wireless network, in response from an internet ⁇ B location request message in Fig. I , via the iocation application programming interface 14.
  • the controller I receives autonomous messages from the MSC , via the iocation applications programming interface 14 (Fig. I) or L-API and the input queue 7, whenever a 9-1-1 wireless call is originated.
  • the mobile switch center provides this autonomous notification to the iocation system as follows: By specifiying the appropriate mobile switch center operations and maintenance commands to surveil calls based on certain digits dialed such as 9-1-1, the Iocation applications programming interface 14 (Fig. I), in communications with the MSC 12a and 12b in Fig. I, receives an autonomous notification whenever a mobile station user dials 9-1-1.
  • a bi-dire ⁇ ionai authorized communications port is configured, usually at the operations and maintenance subsystem of the MSC 12a and 12b in Fig. I, or with their associated network element manager system(s), with a data circuit, such as a DS-I, with the Iocation applications programming interface 14 in Fig. I.
  • a data circuit such as a DS-I
  • the "call trace" capability of the mobile switch center is activated for the respe ⁇ ive communications port.
  • the exa ⁇ implementation of the vendor-specific man- machine or Open Systems Interface (OSI) commands(s) and their associated data stru ⁇ ures generally vary among MSC vendors, however the trace fun ⁇ ion is generally available in various forms, and is required in order to comply with Federal Bureau of Investigation authorities for wire tap purposes.
  • OSI Open Systems Interface
  • 9-1-1 call notifications messages containing the mobile station identification number (MIN) and, in phase I E9-I-I implementations, a pseudo-automatic number identication (a.lca. pANI) which provides an association with the primary base station in which the 9-1- I caller is in communicaiton.
  • MIN mobile station identification number
  • pANI pseudo-automatic number identication
  • the signal processing subsystem avoids querying the MSC in question to determine the primary base station identification associated with the 9-1-1 mobile station caller.
  • the controller 15 After the signal processing controller 15 receives the first message type, the autonomous notification message from the mobile switch center 112 to the Iocation system 42, containing the mobile identification number and optionally the primary base station identification, the controller 15 queries the base station table 13 in the signal processor database 26 to determine the status and availability of any neighboring base stations, including those base stations of other CMRS in the area.
  • the definition of neighboring base stations include not only those within a provisionable "hop" based on the cell design reuse fa ⁇ or, but also includes, in the case of CDMA, results from remaining set information autonomously queried to mobile stations, with results stored in the base station table.
  • Remaining set information indicates that mobile stations can detect other base station (se ⁇ or) pilot channels which may exceed the "hop" distance, yet are nevertheless candidate base stations (or se ⁇ ors) for wireless Iocation purposes.
  • "hop" distance is usually one or two cell coverage areas away from the primary base station's cell coverage area.
  • the controller 15 Having determined a likely set of base stations which may both dete ⁇ the mobile station's transmitter signal, as well as to determine the set of likely pilot channels (i.e., base stations and their associated physical antenna se ⁇ ors) dete ⁇ able by the mobile station in the area surrounding the primary base station (se ⁇ or), the controller 15 initiates messages to both the mobile station and appropriate base stations (se ⁇ ors) to perform signal measurements and to return the results of such measurements to the signal processing system regarding the mobile station to be located. This step may be accomplished via several interface means.
  • the controller 15 utilizes, for a given MSC, predetermined storage information in the MSC table 31 to determine which type of commands, such as man-machine or OSI commands are needed to request such signal measrurements for a given MSC 12a or 12b in Fig. I.
  • the controller generates the mobile and base station signal measurement commands appropriate for the MSC and passes the commands via the input queue 7 and the locations application programming interface 14 in Fig.l, to the appropriate MSC 12a and 12b, using the authorized communications port mentioned earlier.
  • the controller 15 communicates dire ⁇ ly with base stations as discussed above and shown in Fig.5, Location Center-base station access, multiple CMRS, in this second case an alternative embodiment is provided to dire ⁇ ly extra ⁇ the wireless Iocation signal measurement data from each base station associated with each of multiple CMRS networks within having to interface dire ⁇ ly with the MSC for signal measurement extra ⁇ ion.
  • the signal classifier 9 Upon receipt of the signal measurements, the signal classifier 9 examines Iocation application programming interface- provided message header information from the source of the Iocation measurement (for example, from a fixed BS 122, a mobile station 140, a distributed antenna system 168 or message location data related to a home base station), provided by the Iocation applications programming interface (L-API) via the input queue 7 and determines whether or not device filters 17 or image filters 19 are needed, and assesses a relative priority in processing, such as an emergency versus a background Iocation task, in terms of grouping like data associated with a given Iocation request.
  • Iocation application programming interface- provided message header information from the source of the Iocation measurement (for example, from a fixed BS 122, a mobile station 140, a distributed antenna system 168 or message location data related to a home base station), provided by the Iocation applications programming interface (L-API) via the input queue 7 and determines whether or not device filters 17 or
  • additional signal classifier fun ⁇ ion includes sorting and associating the appropriate incoming signal measurements together such that the digital signal processor 17 processes related measurements in order to build ensemble data sets.
  • Such ensembles allow for a variety of fun ⁇ ions such as averaging, outlier removal over a timeperiod, and related filtering functions, and further prevent association errors from occuring in Iocation estimate processing.
  • Another fun ⁇ ion of the signal classifier/low pass filter component 9 is to filter information that is not useabie, or information that could introduce noise or the effe ⁇ of noise in the Iocation estimate modules. Consequently low pass matching filters are used to match the in-common signal processing components to the chara ⁇ eristics of the incoming signals. Low pass filters match: Mobile Station, base station, CMRS and MSC chara ⁇ eristics, as wall as to classify Home Base Station messages.
  • the signal processing subsystem 20 in Fig. I contains a base station database table 13 (fig.29) which captures the maximum number of CDMA delay spread fingers for a given base station, containing information stru ⁇ ures as shown in table SP-4 below:
  • the base station identification code or CLLI or common language level identification code is useful in identifying or relating a human-labeled name descriptor to the Base Station.
  • Latitude, Longitude and elevation values are used by other subsystems in the Iocation system for calibration and estimation purposes.
  • this database table must be modified to reflect the current network configuration. just as an upgraded base station may dete ⁇ additional CDMA delay spread signals, newer or modified mobile stations may dete ⁇ additional pilot channels or CDMA delay spread fingers. Additionally different makes and models of mobile stations may acquire improved receiver sensitivities, suggesting a greater coverage capability.
  • the table below establishes the relationships among various mobile station equipment suppliers and certain technical data relevant to this Iocation invention.
  • the MIN can be populated in this table from the PCS Service Provider's Customer Care system during subscriber a ⁇ ivation and fulfillment, and could be changed at d ⁇ a ⁇ ivation, or anytime the end-user changes mobile stations.
  • the MIN, manufa ⁇ urer, model number, and software revision level information is available during a telephone call, this information could extra ⁇ ed during the call, and the remaining fields populated dynamically, based on ma ⁇ ufa ⁇ urer's' specifications information previously stored in the signal processing subsystem 20. Default values are used in cases where the MIN is not found, or where certain information must be estimated.
  • a low pass mobile station filter contained within the signal classifier/low pass filter 9 of the signal processing subsystem 20, uses the above table data to perform the following fun ⁇ ions: I) att as a low pass filter to adjust the nominal assumptions related to the maximum number of CDMA fingers, pilots dete ⁇ able; and 2) to determine the transmit power class and the receiver thermal noise floor.
  • I) att as a low pass filter to adjust the nominal assumptions related to the maximum number of CDMA fingers, pilots dete ⁇ able
  • the required value of S SS MS a corrected indication of the effe ⁇ ive path loss in the reverse direction (mobile station to BS), can be calculated based on the SP-5 table data contained within the mobile station table 11, in the signal processing database 26.
  • the effects of the maximum Number of CDMA fingers allowed and the maximum number of pilot channels allowed essentially form a low pass filter effe ⁇ , wherein the least common denominator of chara ⁇ eristics are used to filter the incoming RF signal measurements such that a one for one matching occurs.
  • the effe ⁇ of the Transmit Power Class and Receiver Thermal Noise floor values is to normalize the chara ⁇ eristics of the incoming RF signals with respect to those RF signals used.
  • Fig.4 Location Provisioning from Multiple CMRSs, illustrates a system archite ⁇ ure to enable the customer care systems belonging to different CMRSs, either on an autonomous or periodic basis, to update a provisionable signal processing database 26, containing the mobile station characteristics, in communication with the signal classifier/filter 9, input queue 7, and the Iocation applications programming interface for customer casre systems (L-API-CCS) 139.
  • the signal classifier/filter 20 is in communication with both the input queue 7 and the signal processing database 26.
  • the signal processing subsystem 142 in Fig.4 will receive the initiating Iocation request from either an autonomous 9-1-1 notification message from a given MSC, or from a location application (for example, see Fig.36), for which mobile station chara ⁇ eristics about the target mobile station 140 (Fig.2) is required.
  • a query is made from the signal processing controller 15 to the signal processing database 26, specifically the mobile station table 11, to determine if the mobile station chara ⁇ eristics associated with the MIN to be located is available in table 11, if the data exists then there is no need for the controller 1 to query the wireless network in order to determine the mobile station chara ⁇ eristics, thus avoiding additional real-time processing which would otherwise be required across the air interface, in order to determine the mobile station MIN chara ⁇ eristics.
  • the resulting mobile station information my be provided either via the signal processing database 26 or alternatively a query may be performed dire ⁇ ly from the signal processing subsystem 20 to the MSC in order to determine the mobile station characteristics.
  • a Iocation application programming interface, L-API-CCS 139 to the appropriate CMRS customer care system provides the mechanism to populate and update the mobile station table 11 within the database 26.
  • the L-API-CCS 1 9 contains its own set of separate input and output queues or similar implementations and security controls to ensure that provisioning data is not sent to the incorrect CMRS.
  • the interface 1155a to the customer care system for CMRS-A 1150a provides an autonomous or periodic notification and response application layer protocol type, consisting of add, delete, change and verify message fun ⁇ ions in order to update the mobile station table 11 within the signal processing database 26, via the controller 15.
  • a similar interface 1155b is used to enable provisioning updates to be received from CMRS-B customer care system 1150b.
  • the L-API-CCS application message set may be any protocol type which supports the autonomous notification message with positive acknowledgment type
  • the TIM 1.5 group within the American National Standards institute has defined a good starting point in which the L-API-CCS could be implemented, using the robust OSI TMN X-interface at the service management layer.
  • the object model defined in Standards proposal number TIMI.5/96-22R9, Operations Administration, Maintenance, and Provisioning (QAM&P) - Model for Interface Across jurisdicthnal Boundaries to Support Electronic Access Service Ordering: Inquiry Function, can be extended to support the L-API-CCS information elements as required and further discussed below.
  • Other choices in which the L-API-CCS application message set may be implemented include ASCII, binary, or any encrypted message set encoding using the Internet protocols, such as TCP/IP, simple network management protocol, http, https, and email protocols.
  • the DSP 17 in communication with the signal classifier/IP filter 9, provides a time series expansion method to convert non-HBS data from a format of an signal measure data ensemble of time-series based radio frequency data measurements, colle ⁇ ed as discrete time-slice samples, to a three dimensional matrix Iocation data value image representation. Other techniques further filter the resultant image in order to furnish a less noisy training and a ⁇ ua! data sample to the location estimate modules.
  • a forward-path CDMA mobile station delay spread RF measurement sample is illustrated in Fig.22, for the mobile station reception of one sample of transmission signal related to BS-I, located at 16th and Stout Streets.
  • three fingers or groups of RF energy were detected.
  • a first CDMA finger was found at a delay of about 3.4 microseconds, and relative signal strength of about -80 dBm.
  • a second finger was found at a delay of about 5 microseconds, and peak strength of about -55 dBm, followed by a third finger at 6.5 microseconds and a strength of about -92 dBm.
  • Two other base stations were detected, BS-S and BS-2, along with their respe ⁇ ive three CDMA delay spread fingers.
  • Fig.26 Delay Spread Profile Image.
  • mobile station RX for BS-I mobile station RX for BS-I and grouped into a Quantization matrix, where rows constitute relative signal strength intervals and columns define delay intervals.
  • column pair (which could be represented as a complex number or Cartesian point pair) is added to their respe ⁇ ive values to generate a Z direction of frequency of recurring measurement value pairs or a density recurrence fun ⁇ ion.
  • a grid fun ⁇ ion to each x, y, and z value, a three-dimensional surface grid is generated, which represents a location data value or unique print of that 128-sample measurement.
  • Fig.28 illustrates the result of image generation when a number of data samples, or an ensemble of signal strength, delay pans of values are added within a given bin area or matrix, to thus create a type of three- dimensional image, representing a particular RF signaling behavior at a given location.
  • a mobile station is located in an environment with varied clutter patterns, such as terrain undulations, unique man-made stru ⁇ ure geometries (thus creating varied multipath signal behaviors), such as a city or suburb, although the first CDMA delay spread finger may be the same value for a fixed distance between the mobile station and BS antennas, as the mobile station moves across such an arc, different finger-data are measured.
  • location classes, or squares numbered one through seven are shown across a particular range of line of position (LOP).
  • a traditional TOA TDOA ranging method between a given BS and mobile station only provides a range along the arc, thus introducing ambiguity error.
  • a unique three dimensional image can be used in this method to specifically identify, with recurring probability, a particular unique Iocation class along the same Line Of Position, as long as the multipath is unique by position but generally repeatable, thus establishing a method of not only ranging, but also of complete latitude, longitude location estimation in a Cartesian space.
  • the unique shape of the "mountain image" enables a correspondence to a given unique Iocation class along a line of position, thereby eliminating traditional ambiguity error.
  • the third technique of processing CDMA delay spread profile images through various digital image filters provides a resultant "image enhancement" in the sense of providing a more stable pattern recognition paradigm to the neural net Iocation estimate model.
  • image histogram equalization can be used, as illustrated in Fig.30 (before equalization) and 1 (after equalization) to rearrange the images' intensity values, or density recurrence values, so that the image's cumulative histogram is approximately linear.
  • Figs 32 and 33 illustrate the three dimensional grid images of the before and after input cropping filter example. As shown in Fig.33, input cropping removes a large percentage of random signal chara ⁇ eristics that are non-recurring.
  • filters and/or filter combinations can be used to help distinguish between stationary and variable clutter affecting multipath signals. For example, it is desirable to reject multipath fingers associated with variable clutter, since over a period of a few minutes such fingers would not likely recur. Further filtering can be used to remove recurring (at least during the sample period), and possibly strong but narrow "pencils" of RF energy.
  • a narrow pencil image component could be represented by a near perfect reflective surface, such as a nearby metal panel truck stopped at a traffic light.
  • Fig.33 illustrate five "pencils" of CDMA finger energy that passed a simple 50 percent Input Crop filter.
  • Fig. 34 when subjected to a 4X4 neighbor Median filter and 40 percent clipping, all five pencil- shaped fingers have been deleted.
  • Fig.35 illustrates the further simplified result of a 50 percent cropping and 4X4 neighbor median filtering.
  • the DSP 17 may provide data emsemble results, such as extra ⁇ ing the shortest time delay with a dete ⁇ able relative signal strength, to the router/distributor 23, or alternatively results may be processed via one or more image filters 19, with subsequent transmission to the router/distributor 23.
  • the router/distributor 23 examines the processed message data from the DSP 17 and stores routing and distribution information in the message header. The router/distributor 23 then forwards the data messages to the output queue 21, for subsequent queuing then transmission to the appropriate Iocation estimators DA module 10, TOA/TDOA module 8 or the HBS module 6, in Fig. I.
  • the HBS Iocation estimate model Upon receiving a message from the Data Capture Gateway or the signal processing subsystem 20, the HBS Iocation estimate model examines a Home Base Station Table which defines relationships among a wireless MIN, and wireline telephone number, characteristics of the HBSD, and the possibility to use various signal types in order to further define the Iocation within the address area of the fixed location HBSD.
  • the following table, populated by the commercial mobile radio service provider at HBSD installation time, is used by the HBS model to determine Iocation whenever the mobile station 140 is located within communication range of the HBSD:
  • the SSP provides a data connection with the Iocation system 42 via the PSTN.
  • the home base station may interact with the mobile station in the same manner as a cordless telephone transceiver interacts with a cordless telephone, when the mobile station is within an acceptable range.
  • the HBS module 6 in Fig. I outputs the Latitude and Longitude Iocation estia tes to either the PSTN 24 or to the Internet 68, dependending upon the source of the originating Iocation request.
  • the distributed antenna (DA) module 10 Upon receipt of one or more data ensemble messages from the signal processing subsystem 20 in Fig. I, the distributed antenna (DA) module 10 queries a previously populated distributed antenna database to determine the locations of distributed antennas associated with the measured DA antenna "pilot delays" so that the detected signal measurement delay signal values received from the mobile station receivers and base station receivers can be input to the TOA/TDOA module. The TOA/TDOA module then utilizes the radius-radius method, or time difference method, in order to provide Iocation estimates within the building or area containing the distributed antennas.
  • An aspect in this invention includes daisey chaining communication circuits or transport facilities between or among base stations, in order to simplify the installation and operation of such base stations.
  • Base stations normally communicate with the mobile switch center using T-carrier transport facilities, in order to carry voice and data bearer traffic, and to transport bi-directional control signals.
  • T-carrier transport facilities in order to carry voice and data bearer traffic, and to transport bi-directional control signals.
  • the outputs of the base station transport multiplex circuits are re-directed into the data communication circuits normally intended for use by mobile stations in establishing a data circuit communication call to the network.
  • Circuits at the mobile switch center used to terminate these data calls redirect the communication to those circuits normally used to terminate the T-carrier facilities from the base stations.
  • existing wireless channels can be used to provide transport via this daisy-chaining method between certain base stations and the mobile switch center, thus simplifying conne ⁇ ivity in cases where the installation of transport facilities would either be impossible or impractical.
  • supervisor fun ⁇ ions which control a hybrid set of techniques, including lime Of Arrival (TOA), Time Difference of Arrival (TDOA) in both the forward and reverse paths, pilot signal strengths, power control, mobile stations (mobile station) state conditions, stochastic features of environmental clutter, multipath dete ⁇ ion and mitigation, and robustness, supporting a variety of conditions including degraded/faulty equipment, distributed and SMART antennas, various registration modes, and various call processing conditions such as soft, hard and idle hand-off conditions, Iocation during the idle state, traffic-bearing states, and iocation during cases of severe multipath, such as that experienced in urban canyon environments, as well as Iocation in suburban and rural cases.
  • TOA lime Of Arrival
  • TDOA Time Difference of Arrival
  • pilot signal strengths pilot signal strengths
  • power control mobile stations (mobile station) state conditions
  • stochastic features of environmental clutter including multipath dete ⁇ ion and mitigation
  • robustness supporting a variety of conditions including degraded/faulty equipment, distributed and SMART antenna
  • each base station is required to emit a constant signal-strength pilot pseudo-noise (PN) sequence on the forward link channel identified uniquely in a network system by a pilot sequence offset and frequency assignment, it is possible to use the pilot channels of a ⁇ ive, candidate, neighboring and remaining sets of pilots, associated with neighboring base stations, stored in the mobile station, for TOA and TDOA measurements performed by the mobile station. Based on the arrival time measurement estimates and the speed of propagation, ranges or range differences between the base stations and the mobile station can be calculated. TOA and/or TDOA measurements can then be input to either the ra ius- radius multilateration or the time difference multilateration algorithms.
  • PN pilot pseudo-noise
  • Iocation of the mobile station can be determined. Since measurements and base station positions can be sent either to the network or the mobile station, Iocation can be determined in either entity. Since not all measurements can provide accurate Iocation results at all times and conditions, a variety of supervisory logic processes can be invoked to resolve or litigate the problem area.
  • mobile station call processing consists of four states:
  • Initialization State whin the mobile station selects and acquires a system, a network, and timing information. This state consists of four substates: System Determination, Pilot Channel Acquisition, Sync Channel Acquisition, and Timing Change Substate,
  • Idle State where the mobile station monitors messages on the Paging Channel, and suppo ⁇ s procedures such as Message Acknowledgment, nine modes of Registration, Idle Hand-off, Pilot Search, and response to Overhead Information, such as System and Access Parameters (which include BS Latitude and Longitude), mobile station Message Transmission Operation (i.e., Data Burst) and Neighboring List messages;
  • System Access State where the mobile station sends messages to the base station on the Access Channel. This state consists of six substates: Update Overhead, Origination Attempt, Page Response, mobile station Order/Message Response, Registration Access; Message Transmission Operation/Data Burst); 4.
  • Mobile station Control on the Traffic Channel State where the mobile station communicates with the primary base station using the forward and Reverse Traffic Channels.
  • This state consists of five substates: K initialization, Waiting for Order, Waning for mobile station Answer, Conversation (which includes hand-off procedures and earliest arriving usable multipath components of pilots), and Release.
  • an IS-95 or TIPI PCS CDMA compliant mobile station enters Initialization State, as described in IS-95, section 6.6.1.
  • the mobile station refers to its internal memory to acquire preferences for system carrier (A or B), or the preferred carrier at 1.8-2.0 GHz, and for other types of service, including advanced mobile phone service, or AMPS, as well as narrow band advanced mobile phone service, or NAMPS.
  • system carrier A or B
  • AMPS advanced mobile phone service
  • NAMPS narrow band advanced mobile phone service
  • a CDMA-preferred mobile station then transfers to the Pilot Acquisition Substate.
  • the mobile station tunes to the CDMA
  • Channel number equal to CDMACH S then sets its Walsh code (always WO) for the Pilot channel where it begins searching for pilot energy, in terms of energy per bit, per spectral density.
  • T20m secon( ' s ' tne m ⁇ statl0n enters ⁇ $Y nc Channel Acquisition Substate, where the mobile station receives a Sync channel
  • Message thdt includes, among other information, system time and the unique PN offset index for that particular BS.
  • the mobile station adjusts its internal timing to match the BS's CDMA system time.
  • the mobile station is completely synchronized to the CDMA system's BS time
  • the mobile station After satisfactory synchronization the mobile station then enters the stable Idle State, where the paging cnannel begins to be monitored.
  • each location of these devices can be sent to the mobile station.
  • GeoLocation Message There are at least three format-types possible in conveying this type of location information in the GeoLocation Message.
  • a unique identifier can be assigned to each DAAIBS, such as a fully distinguished name
  • An example of location information could be: Within the USA, State of Colorado, city of Denver, with Service Provider xyz, BS ID 129, Distributed Antenna number 8. Or more compactly, the location string is structured as, "USA.CO.DEN xyz.l29.DA8".
  • an easy-to-understand human style data message can be sent, such as, "You are near the 30th floor of the Sears Tower building”.
  • data values for Latitude, Longitude, and possibly altitude and accuracy could be sent from the BS or Location Center to the mobile statio ⁇ /LU ("LU" denotin .
  • LU mobile statio ⁇ /LU
  • a database would be needed within the mobile station or a Personal Digital Assistant device, which performs a translation of numerical data into a form useful for human understanding.
  • the mobile station thus maintains a list of location pilot offsets, where the list is ranked based on a weighted combination of received signal energy and BS location.
  • the mobile station selects the best candidate BSs for location estimate purposes, which may be slightly different from the Active, candidate and remaining lists.
  • the mobile station may send a Data Burst message back to the BS or Location Center, informing that no other Pilot Channels were detected.
  • This "negative" Venn diagram information may be useful with various heuristics for location estimate deduction, for example, to note where the mobile station is not located.
  • the mobile station or location entity can process the arrival time estimates in at least two ways, first the mobile station may difference the measurements (preferred) to form time-difference-of-ar ⁇ vals (TDOA); or second, the mobile station may determine absolute time-of-arrwal (TOA) by solving for the clock bias between the mobile station and other CDMA system time reports.
  • TOA requires very well calibrated BS system clocks among each other.
  • the BS sends the Neighbor List Update Message, containing a complete list of the neighboring pilot PN sequence offset indices (i.e., via the NGHBR_PN field) associated with candidate BSs in the area, with which the mobile station could possibly scan for dete ⁇ ing usable earliest arriving neighboring useabie BS multipath components.
  • This list should typically be a complete list, as opposed to the presumed candidate subset. If the mobile station is not already in the Traffic/Conversation State, it could invoke this state by calling a dialable telephone number in the network, e.g., a designed "Quiet Line" This approach also allows a billing record to be generated according to routine wireless telephony practice.
  • the network If the network is to determine location, then the network pages the mobile station 140, connecting the mobile station to a Quiet Line/Voice message upon mobile station answer. Note that it may be desirable to suppress the mobile station ringer sounding for certain location applications. Other methods may also be possible.
  • each BS 122 in a particular area is provisioned with the locations of all possible neighboring BSs in its area.
  • the BSs 122 use this information to populate a list of all Latitudes and Longitudes which can be sent to the LUs, using the Neighbor List Update message.
  • the BS shall send a series of Mobile Station Registered Messages, each message containing the latitude and Longitude values (i.e., the BASE LAT and BASE LONG fields) associated with a neighboring BS pilot PN offset sent with the first message. Note that the latitude and Longitude values (i.e., the BASE LAT and BASE LONG fields) associated with a neighboring BS pilot PN offset sent with the first message. Note that the latitude and Longitude values (i.e., the BASE LAT and BASE LONG fields) associated with a neighboring BS pilot PN offset sent with the first message.
  • N ⁇ m Supported Traffic Channel Candidate Active Set size, normally set to 6, and N m , Supported Traffic Channel
  • Candidate Set size normally set to 5
  • Ng m the Minimum Supported Neighbor Set size, normally set to 20
  • these constants could be changed if the need arises.
  • the BS saves the current T ADD and T DROP values in the BS memory, associated with the In-Traffic LU, and sends the In-Traffic System Parameters Message, which includes reduced T ADD and T DROP parameter values, useabie for Iocation purposes.
  • the value for T ADD would typically be set to a value near the lower end of the IS-98 specification, possibly below the BO dB dynamic range requirement, close to (but not including) the thermal noise power level of the LU receiver. Note that if the LU is using restricted battery, e.g., a portable, then the time for keeping T ADD and T DROP at a low value for location estimates purposes, should be kept short to conserve adverse consequences, such as increased current drain and noise.
  • Reduced T ADD and T DROP values sent to the mobile station will cause the LU to scan all conceivable neighboring BS pilots provided to it by the BS, and to measure the strengths of each received pilot, and to determine the pilot arrival time for each pilot offset. Note that the signal strengths now measured may not be sufficient for carrying traffic, but may be sufficient for location purposes.
  • the mobile station reports the arrival time, P I L0T_ AR IVAL, for each pilot reported to the base station.
  • search window size SRCH_WIN_A r for each pilot may need to be increased if there are substantial delays experienced from the environment. It is desirable for the mobile station to report the second and third arrival time (or the second and third fingers), and their relative signal strengths, corresponding to each dete ⁇ able Pilot Channel.
  • a basic TDOA multilateration algorithm may be invoked, at either the LU, or the network.
  • the a ⁇ ive BS 122 must send a Pilot Request Order for Pilot Measurement Request Order (ORDER code 010001), which causes the mobile station 140 to forward its measurements to the BS (and consequently the network, as appropriate).
  • ORDER code 010001 Pilot Request Order for Pilot Measurement Request Order
  • the 6S should restore the original T_ADD and T_DROP values (previously saved in the BS memory) to the mobile station, via the in- Traffic System ParametersfttUmmmgt.
  • Additional information may be desirable, such as the a ⁇ ive BS' TOA measurement, as well as associated BS measurements of the mobile station's TOA to their BS Iocation.
  • This added information may be sent to the mobile station if the mobile station is to perform Iocation, via the Data Burst Message on the forward Traffic Channel. Since 26 combinations of data burst types have been reserved for future use in the standard, dedication of several combinations could be used to telemeter location-related data. In cases where duplicate ranging or other information is available, various supervisor techniques mentioned elsewhere in this document, could be used to refine the Iocation estimate.
  • any number of means could be used to provide the results to the end user.
  • the IS-95 and J-STD-008 CDMA specifications require that BSs should be synchronized to within + /- 3 microseconds of CDMA system time and shall be synchronized to within + /- 10 microseconds.
  • This invention disclosure method assumes the cost of GPS receivers is relatively small, thus time calibration at a more precise calibration level at each Iocation BS is recommended to be used by using the very accurate GPS time parameters.
  • the absolute error deviation among surrounding or neighboring base stations should be less than 800 nanoseconds, however in most cases this should not be a fixed requirement, but rather a preference. In cases where absolute BS timing is prohibitively expensive, then the "Forced Hand-off" method discussed below can be used to overcome the preferred, or stri absolute BS timing requirements.
  • three or more BSs can either determine TDOA and/or the mobile station can telemeter
  • Additional verified location data can be obtained by trained technicians driving and/or walking certain areas and periodically, at each of a plurality of locations: (a) determining a location estimate (using, for example, GPS if possible and/or offsets from GPS readings); and (b) using an mobile station 140 at the location to generate Iocation data communication with the wireless base station infrastructure.
  • a conventional mobile station 140 can be used without any additional electronics or circuit modifications.
  • This method and system utilizes the personnel of businesses that travel predetermined routes through the radio coverage area (e.g., a delivery and/or pickup service) to generate such data using a conventional mobile station 140 while traversing their routes through the radio coverage area.
  • personnel is the postal workers, and in particular, the mail carriers having predetermined (likely repetitive) routes for mail pickup and/or delivery at predetermined sites (denoted hereinafter as "mail pickup/delivery sites" or simply "mail sites”).
  • the mobile station 140 has a display and a display memory for presenting stored data records having telephone numbers and related data to a user. Further, some portion of each data record is annotation and some portion is able to be transmitted to the wireless base station network.
  • the mobile station 140 is able to store and recall data records of sufficient size such that each data record may include the following information for a corresponding mail pickup/delivery site along a mail route: (a) an address or other textual description data (e.g., an English-like description) of the mail pickup/delivery site; (b) a predetermined telephone number; and (c) a numerical code (denoted the "site code” hereinafter) associated with the mail pickup/delivery site, wherein the site code is at least unique within a set of site codes corresponding to the mail sites on the mail route.
  • the memory may store 99 or more such data records, and the display is scrollable through the data records;
  • the mobile station 140 can have its display memory updated from either an RS232 port residing on the mobile station, or from an over-the-air a ⁇ ivation capability of the wireless network;
  • the mobile station 140 has a pause feature, wherein a telephone number can be dialed, and after some predetermined number of seconds, additional predetermined data can be transmitted either through additional explicit us r request (e.g., a "hard pause"), or automatically (e.g., a "soft pause”). Moreover, the additional predetermined data can reside in the display memory.
  • the following steps can be performed for acquiring additional verified location data.
  • the postal carriers are each provided with an mobile station 140 having the capabilities described in (27.2.1 ) through (27.2.4) above, wherein the memory in each provided mobile station has a corresponding list of data records for the addresses visited on the route of the postal carrier having the mobile station.
  • each such list has the data records in the same sequence as the postal carrier visits the corresponding mail sites, and each data record includes the information as in (27.2.2) for a corresponding mail site the postal carrier visits on his/her mail route.
  • each of the data records has: (a) a description of the address or iocation of its corresponding mail pickup/delivery site, (b) a telephone number for dialing a data collection system for the location center 142 (or, alternatively, a reference to a memory area in the mobile station having this telephone number since it is likely to be the same number for most data records), and (c) a site code for the mail pickup/delivery site that is to be transmitted after a predetermined soft pause time-out.
  • the corresponding list of data records for a particular postal route may be downloaded from, for example, a computer at a post office (via the RS232 port of the mobile station 140), or alternatively, the list may be provided to the mobile station 140 by an over-the-air a ⁇ ivation.
  • over-the-air activation there are various embodiments of over-the-air activation that may be utilized by the present invention.
  • the postal carrier dials a particular telephone number associated with data collection system and identifies both him/herself by his/her personal identification number (PIN), and the postal route (via a route identifying code). Subsequently, the mail pickup and delivery sites along the identified route are downloaded into the memory of the mobile station 140 via wireless signals to the mobile station 140.
  • the carrier may only need to activate the mobile station 140, or alternatively, enter his/her PIN for obtaining an over-the-air download of the route.
  • the data records may be downloaded in successive segments. For example, if there are 150 mail sites on a particular route and storage for only 99 data records in the mobile station, then in one embodiment, a first segment of 98 data records for the first 98 mail pickup/delivery sites on the route are downloaded together with a 99* data record for transmitting an encoding requesting a download of the next 52 data records for the remaining mail sites. (Alternatively, the data collection system may monitor mobile station
  • the data collection system may cause the first segment for the route to be automatically downloaded into the mobile station 140 in preparation for the next traversal of the route. (27 2) Given that a download into the mobile station 140 of (at least a portion of) the data for a postal route has occurred , the postal carrier traversing the route then iteratively scrolls to the next data record on the list stored in the mobile station as he/she visits each corresponding mail pickup/delivery site, and activates the corresponding data record.
  • each mail pickup/delivery site (a) As the postal carrier arrives at each mail pickup/delivery site, he or she checks the scrollable mobile station 140 display to assure that the address or Iocation of the mail pickup/delivery site is described by the data record in the portion of the mobile station display for activating associated data record instru ⁇ ions.
  • the postal carrier then merely presses a button (typically a "send” button) on the mobile station 140 for concurrently dialing the telephone number of the data collection system, and initiating the timer for the soft pause (in the mobile station 140) associated with the site code for the mail pickup/delivery site currently being visited, (c) Given that the soft pause is of sufficient length to allow for the data collection system call to be setup, the mobile station 140 then transmits the site code for the present mail pickup/delivery site. (d) Upon receiving the telephone number of the mobile station 140 (via automatic number identification (AIN)), and the site code, the data collection system then performs the following steps: (dl) A retrieval of an identifier identifying the route (route id).
  • AIN automatic number identification
  • the telephone number of the mobile station may be associated in a data base so that the route id can be retrieved using the telephone number of the mobile station.
  • a retrieval of a iocation representation (e.g., latitude, longitude, and possibly height) of the mail pickup/delivery site identified by the combination of the route id and the site code is performed by accessing a data base having, for each mail site, the following associated data items: the route id for the mail site, the site code, the mail site address (or Iocation description), and the mail site Iocation representation (e.g., latitude, longitude, possibly height).
  • a request to the Iocation center 142 is issued indicating that the Iocation data for the mobile station 140 (resulting from, e.g., the call being maintained between the mobile station and the data collection system) is to be retrieved from the wireless network, temporarily saved, and a Iocation estimate for the mobile station is to be performed.
  • the data colle ⁇ ion system request to the location center 142 the following: (i) the telephone number of the mobile station 140; (ii) the retrieved iocation of the mobile station 140 according to the route id and site code;
  • the Iocation estimate may also include the steps temporarily increasing the mobile station transmitter power level (2733) Subsequently, given that the Iocation center 142 performs as requested, when the data colle ⁇ ion system receives the mobile station 140 Iocation estimate from the Iocation center, the data colle ⁇ io ⁇ system first associates the returned mobile station Iocation estimate with the corresponding data colle ⁇ ion system information regarding the mobile station, and secondly, performs "reasonability" tests on the information received from the mobile station 140 for dete ⁇ ing, filtering and/or alerting systems and personnel whenever the postal carrier appears to be transmitting (via the mobile station 1 0) from a Iocation different from what the route id and site code indicate.
  • Iocation center 142 vary by more than a threshold amount, then tag these particular transmittals as problematic and mark all transmittals from the mobile station 140 as suspe ⁇ for "statistical" inaccuracies.
  • the data colle ⁇ ion system may perform any of the following a ⁇ ions:
  • the data colle ⁇ ion system communicates with the Iocation center 142 for requesting that each Iocation received from the mobile station 140 be stored with its corresponding retrieved location (obtained in step (d2)) as a verified Iocation value in the Location Data Base 1129.
  • the data coli ⁇ ion system may communicate with the Iocation center 142 for requesting that at least some of the Iocation data from the mobile station 140 be discarded.
  • a user desiring the iocation of a target mobile station 140a, such as a user at a telephone station 162 which is in communication with a tandem switch 489 or a user of an mobile station 140b, or any other telephone station user, such as a computer program, dials a publicly dialable telephone number which terminates on the automatic call distributor 546 (ACD), associated with the Iocation center 142.
  • ACD automatic call distributor 546
  • the PSTN 124 completes the call to the ACD 546, via a trunk group interface 500.
  • the initiating caller could access the ACD 546 in any number of ways, including various inter-LATA Carriers 492, via the public switched telephone network (PSTN) 124.
  • the ACD 546 includes a plurality of telephone network interface cards 508 which provide telephony channel associated signaling functions, such as pulse dialing and dete ⁇ ion, automatic number identification, winking, flash, off-hook voice synthesized answer, dual tone multi frequency (DTMF) dete ⁇ ion, system intercept tones (i.e., busy, no-answer, out-of-service), disconnected, call progress, answer machine dete ⁇ ion, text-to-speech and automatic speech recognition.
  • DTMF dual tone multi frequency
  • An assigned telephone network interface card 508 dete ⁇ s the incoming call, provides an off-hook (answer signal) to the calling party, then provides a text to speech (TTS) message, via an assigned text-to-speech card 512 indicating the nature of the call to the user, collects the automatic number identification information if available (or optionally prompts the caller for this information), then proceeds to colle ⁇ the mobile identification number (MIN) to be located.
  • KIN collection which is provided by the initiating caller through keypad signaling tones, can be achieved in several methods.
  • the network card 508 can request a TTS message via text-to-speech card 512, which prompts the initiator to key in the MIN number by keypad DTMF signals, or an automatic speech recognition system can be used to colle ⁇ the MIN digits.
  • a location request message is sent to a location application 146.
  • the location application 146 in concert with location application interface 135, in the location system 42, is in communication with the location engine 139.
  • the location engine 139 consists of the signal processing subsystem 20, and one or more location estimate modules, i.e., DA module 10, TOA TDOA ocule 8 or HBS module 6.
  • the location engine 139 initiates a series of messages, using the iocation application programming interface 136 to the mobile station 108.
  • the location application programming interface 136 then communicates with one or more mobile switch centers 108, to determine whether or not the mobile station 140 to be located can be located.
  • Conditions regarding the locateability of an mobile station 140 include, for example: mobile station 140 powered off, mobile station 140 not in communication range, mobile station 140 roaming state not known, mobile station 140 not provisioned for service, and related conditions.
  • an appropriate error response message is provided to the initiating caller, via e-mail, using the web server 464 in communications with the Internet 468 via an Internet access channel 472 or alternatively the error response message may be sent to a text to speech card 512, which is in communications with the initiating caller via the telephone interface card 508 and the ACD 546, which is in communication via telephony interface circuits 500 to the PSTN 124.
  • the web server cna include the provision of a digital certificate key, thus enabling a secure, encrypted communication channel between the location web server and the receiving client.
  • a digital encryption key capability is a web server provided by Netscape Communications, Inc. and a digital certificate key provided by Verisign, Inc. both located in the state of California, U.S.A.
  • the PSTN 124 completes routing of the response message to the initiating caller via routine telephony principles, as one skilled in the art will understand. Otherwise the mobile station 140 is located using methods described in greater detail elsewhere herein.
  • the mobile switch center 112 is in communication with the appropriate base stations 122, and provides the Iocation system 42 with the necessary signal and data results to enable a Iocation estimation to be performed by the location engine 139.
  • the Iocation engine 139 determines the Iocation in terms of Latitude, Longitude and optionally height if known (in the form of a text string)
  • the result is provided by to the initiator by inputting the location text string to a text-to- speech card 512, in communication with the assigned telephone interface card 508, via the automatic control distributor 546, completes the communication path and Iocation response back to the initiating user via the telephone interface 500 to the PSTN 124, and from the PSTN 124 to the initiating user.
  • the Iocation results from the location application 146 could be provided to the initiating caller or Internet user via a web server 464 in communication with the Internet 468, via an Internet access channel 472 and a firewall 474.
  • the Iocation results determined by the location application 146 may be presented in terms of street addresses, neighborhood areas, building names, and related means familiar to human users.
  • the alternative location result can be achieved by previously storing a relationship between location descriptors familiar to humans and Latitude and Longitude range values in a map database S38.
  • the Iocation application 146 accesses the map database S38, providing it with the Latitude and Longitude information in the form of a primary key which is then used to retrieve the location descriptor familiar to humans.
  • map database 538 and associated messaging between the map database 538 and the Iocation application 146 can be implemented in any number techniques.
  • a straightforward approach includes defining a logical and physical data model using a relational database and designer environment, such as "ORACLE 2000" for the design and development, using a relational database, such as the "ORACLE 73" database.
  • the Iocation application 146 may be internal to the location system 142, as one skilled in the art will understand.
  • a user - the initiating caller such as an mobile station 140b or desiring the location of an mobile station 140a, signals to the primary base station 122, in connection with the mobile switch center 108 via transport facilities 176,
  • the mobile switch center 112 is connected to the PSTN 124, via interoffice trunks 600.
  • the initiating user dials a publicly dialable telephone number which is then routed through an end office 496, to a telephone interface card 247, via a telephone hunt group SOO.
  • the hunt group 500 provides a telephony connection to the interface card 247 associated with the location system 228.
  • the hunt group trunk interface SOO is provided from an end office telephone switch 496.
  • the initiating caller could access the telephony interface card 508, via hunt group trunk interface SOO in any number of ways, including an InterLATA Carrier 492, via the public switched telephone network (PSTN) 124.
  • the hunt group trunk interface 500 is in communication with a plurality of telephone interface cards 508.
  • the interface cards 247 provide telephony channel associated signaling functions, such as pulse dialing and dete ⁇ ion, automatic number identification, winking, flash, off-hook voice synthesized answer, dual tone multi frequency (DTMF) dete ⁇ ion, system intercept tones (i.e., busy, no-answer, out-of-service), disconnected, call progress, answer machine dete ⁇ ion, text-to-speech and automatic speech recognition.
  • DTMF dual tone multi frequency
  • An assigned network interface card 247 dete ⁇ s the incoming call, provides an off-hook (answer signal) to the calling party, then provides a text to speech (TTS) message indicating the nature of the call to the user, collects the automatic number identification information if available (or optionally prompts the caller for this information), then proceeds to colle ⁇ the mobile identification number (MIN) to be located.
  • MIN colle ⁇ ion can be achieved in several methods.
  • the network card 247 can request a TTS message, generated by a voice synthesizer or text to speech card 512, which prompts the initiator to key in the MIN number by keypad tone signals, or an automatic speech recognition system can be used to colle ⁇ the MIN digits.
  • a Iocation request message is sent to an application 146 in the Iocation system 42.
  • the application 146 in Iocation system 42 initiates a series of messages to the mobile switch center 112, and optionally to the home Iocation register 460, to determine whether or not the mobile station 140 to be located can be located. If the mobile station 140 cannot be located then an appropriate error response message is provided to the initiating caller, via e-mail, test to speech card 512, web server 464 in communications with the public Internet 468, or similar means.
  • the last known Iocation can be provided, along with the time and date stamp of the last iocation, including an explanation that current Iocation is not attainable.
  • the mobile switch center 112 is in communication with the appropriate base stations 122 and I22h, and provides the Iocation system 42 with the necessary signal and data results to enable a Iocation estimation to be performed by the Iocation system 42.
  • the location system 42 Once the location has been determined by the location system 42 in terms of Latitude, Longitude and optionally height if known (in the form of a text string), the result is provided back to the initiator by inputting the Iocation text string to a text-to-speech card SI2, in communication with the assigned telephone interface card 508.
  • the interface card 508 then provides the audible, synthesized message containing the location estimate to the initiating caller.
  • the location results could be provided to the initiating caller via a web server 464 in communication with the Public Internet 468, using standard client request-response Internet protocols and technology.
  • Iocation system 42 access to a geographical information system or other mapping system could also be used to further enhance the user understanding of the Iocation on a map or similar graphical display.
  • a user desiring the Iocation of an mobile station 140, such as a wireless user 140 who has text paging service provisioned, dials a publicly dialable telephone number, carried to the PSTN 124 which terminates on an end office 496 based hunt group interface 500, which in turn is in communication with the Iocation system 142.
  • the mobile switch center 112, local tandem 317 and interLATA Carrier tandem 362 are in communication with the PSTN 124, as tnose skilled in the art will understand.
  • the initiating caller could also be a wireline user with an ordinary telephone station 162 in communication with a local tandem 489, conne ⁇ ed to the PSTN 124.
  • the initiating Iocation request user could access the telephony interface cards 512 via the hunt group 500. In other embodiments, including various Inter-LATA Carriers 492, via the public switched telephone network (PSTN) 124.
  • the hunt group interface 500 is in communication with a plurality of telepnone network interface cards 512, which are in communication with the Iocation application 146 .
  • the telephone interface cards 512 provide telephony channel associated signaling functions, such as pulse dialing and detection, automatic number identification, winking, flash, off-hook voice synthesized answer, dual tone multi frequency (DTMF) dete ⁇ ion, system intercept tones (i.e., busy, no-answer, out-of-service), disconnected, call progress, answer machine detection, text-to-speech and automatic speech recognition. Note that some of these fun ⁇ ions may be implemented with associated digital signal processing cards conne ⁇ ed to the network cards via an internal bus system.
  • DTMF dual tone multi frequency
  • An assigned telephony interface card 508 dete ⁇ s the incoming call, provides an off-hook (answer signal) to the calling party, then provides, if appropriate, a text to speech (TTS) message indicating the nature of the call to the user, colle ⁇ s the automatic number identification information if available (or optionally prompts the caller for this information), then proceeds to colle ⁇ the mobile identification number (MIN) to be located by sending a Iocation request message to an application 146 in the location system 42.
  • the mobile station MIN colle ⁇ ion, provided through the communications channel established, is sent by the initiating caller through keypad signaling tones. This MIN collection process can be achieved in several methods.
  • the telephony interface card 512 can request a text-to-speech message, generated by a text-to-speech card 512, which prompts the initiator to key in the MIN number by keypad tone signals.
  • an automatic speech recognition system can be used to collect the MIN digits.
  • a location request message is sent to the location system 142.
  • the Iocation system 42 initiates a series of messages to the mobile switch center 112, via the location applications programming interface (L-API) 366, and optionally to the home location register 360, to determine whether or not the mobile station 140 to be located can in fact be located.
  • L-API location applications programming interface
  • the last known location can be provided, along with the time and date stamp of the last Iocation, including an explanation that current location is not attainable.
  • Conditions regarding the locateability of an mobile station include, for example: mobile station 140 powered off, mobile station not in communication range, mobile station roaming state not known, mobile station 140 not provisioned for service, and related conditions. If the mobile station 140 cannot be located then an appropriate error response message is provided to the initiating caller, via the service node for short messaging service 367.
  • the service node is in communication with the location system 42 using a common text paging interface 369.
  • the service node 107 accepts the Iocation text paging message from the location system 42 and communicates a request to page the initiating caller via a typical signaling system 7 link for paging purposes, to the mobile switch center 112
  • the mobile switch center 112 forwards the Iocation text page information to the initiating caller via the appropriate base stations 352 or 354, to the initiating mobile station 354. Otherwise the mobile station 140 is located using methods described in greater detail elsewhere in this patent.
  • the mobile switch center 112 is in communication with the appropriate base stations 352, 354, and provides the location system 42 with the necessary signal and data results to enable a location estimation to be performed by the location system 42.
  • the location system 42 determines the location by the location system 42 in terms of Latitude, Longitude and optionally height if known (in the form of a text string).
  • the location result is provided by to the initiator by inputting the location text string to the service node for short messaging service 367.
  • the service node is in communication with the location system 42 using a common text paging interface 369.
  • the service node 367 accepts the location text paging message from the location system 42 and communicates a request to page the initiating caller via a typical signaling system 7 link for paging purposes, to the mobile switch center 112.
  • the mobile switch center 112 forwards the location text page information to the initiating caller via the appropriate-base stations 122a or 122b, to the initiating mobile station 140, via a text-to-speech card 512, in communication with the assigned telephone interface card 508.
  • a user desiring the Iocation of an mobile station 140, who has a push technology tuner 484 associated with the user's client workstation 484, selects the Iocation channel in the area, and further specifies the mobile stat ⁇ on(s) to be located, with what frequency should the location estimate be provided, and other related parameters, such as billing information.
  • the user's client workstation 482 is in communication with the Internet, optionally via and encrypted communications channel using, for example, Netscape's SSL 3 encryption/decryption technology.
  • a push transmitter 472 connected to the Internet 468 via a web server 464, dete ⁇ s the client workstation 482 user's request.
  • the transmitter 472 requests location update information for specified mobile identification numbers through a firewall 474 and a publisher 478, in communication with a Iocation channel application 429 in the Iocation system 42.
  • the location system 42 initiates Iocation requests for all mobile station mobile identification numbers for which Iocation information has been subscribed to, then provides the Iocation results to the location channel application 429.
  • the Iocation system 42 initiates a series of messages to the mobile switch center 112, via the iocation applications programming interface (L-API) 136, and optionally to the home Iocation register 460, to determine whether or not the mobile station 140 or others, to be located can in fact be located.
  • L-API iocation applications programming interface
  • the last known Iocation can be provided, along with the time and date stamp of the last Iocation, including an explanation that current Iocation is not attainable.
  • Conditions regarding the locatability of an mobile station 140 include, for example: mobile station 140 powered off, mobile station not in communication range, mobile station 140 roaming state not known, mobile station 140 not provisioned for service, and related conditions. If the mobile station 140 cannot be located then an appropriate error response message is provided to the initiating client workstation, via the push technology components Iocation channel application 429, publisher 478, firewall 474, transmitter 472, web server 464, public Internet 468, to the client workstation 482. A similar communication mechanism is used to provide the subscribed-to client's workstation 482 with attained Iocation information. Note that the Iocation channel could in fact provide a collection of mobile station 140 mobile identification numbers for
  • location channel number I could provide enhanced wireless 9-1-1 service to specific public safety answering points
  • channel number 2 could provide periodic wireless Iocation information of a fleet of taxi cabs belonging to a particular company, to their dispatch operator
  • channel 3 could provide wireless Iocation to a control center of a military organization
  • channel 4 could provide wireless Iocation information of vehicles carrying hazardous materials, to a control center, and so forth.
  • the Iocation channel application 429 provides the Iocation results to the publisher 478, which provides a method of adding the new Iocation results to the transmitter, via firewall 474.
  • the firewall 474 provides protection services between certain systems and the Internet, such as preventing malicious users from accessing critical computing systems.
  • the group multicast help with individualized directions, are those whose are authorized and nearest, with text paging message instru ⁇ ions on how to drive or navigate, to reach the initiating distress caller.
  • voice synthesis technology could be used to aid one or more members to have spoken instruction giving directions and/or instructions for each member, to help them reach the distress caller.
  • an individual having a mobile station desires to make a distress call for help, or for some other reason.
  • the distress caller with mobile station 102 dials a special telephone number, received by base station 104, which then sends the originating call setup request to the mobile switch center 108.
  • the mobile switch center 108 routes the originating call through the PSTN 112 to an automatic call distributor (ACD) 116.
  • ACD automatic call distributor
  • the ACD 116 selects an available telephony interface circuit 120, which answers the call and providing introductory information to the caller, such as a greeting message, progress of service, etc., using a voice synthesizer circuit card 124.
  • circuits 120 and 124 may be combined as voice response units.
  • Ihe telephony interface circuit 120 collects the automatic number identification information if available in the call setup message or optionally prompts the caller for this information.
  • This MIN collection process can be achieved in several methods.
  • the network telephony interface card 120 can request a TTS message, generated by a voice synthesizer card 124, which prompts the initiator to key in their MIN number by keypad tone signals, in another case an automatic speech recognition system can be used to colle ⁇ the MIN digits. In either case after the MIN digits have been collected, a Iocation request message is sent to the location system 128.
  • the location system or location system or center (LC) 128 initiates a series of messages to the mobile switch center 108, via the location applications programming interface (L-API) 166, to determine whether or not the mobile station 102 to be located can in fa ⁇ be located. If the mobile station 102 cannot be lo ⁇ ted then an appropriate error response message is provided to the initiating caller. Otherwise the LC 128 determines the caller's location via methods discussed elsewhere in this patent. While this event is proceeding an application in the LS 128 references the initiating caller's location subscriber profile database I 8 to determine if the caller allows others to Iocate him or her, and specifically which individuals are allowed to be informed of the caller's location.
  • L-API location applications programming interface
  • the list of members mobile station identification numbers (MIN)s are extracted from the profile database 158, and an application in the LC 128 initiates a series of messages to the mobile switch center 108, via the location applications programming interface (L-API) 166, to determine the locations of each of the users' mobile station mobile identification numbers associated with the member list.
  • L-API location applications programming interface
  • each member mobile station is dialed via a control message sent from an application in the LC 128 to the telephony interface card 120.
  • a voice synthesizer card 124 or text to speech circuit is also patched in the calling circuit path, to announce the purpose of the automated call to each member.
  • the ACD 116 initiates the all request to each member via the PSTN 112, which connects to the mobile switch center 108, that ultimately rings the member mobile station 140 and 148 via base stations 132 and 152.
  • An application in the LC 128 identifies a start and finish location destination iocation for a member, based on his/her current location as being the start location, and the finish location being the distress caller's lo ⁇ tion at mobile station KIN 102.
  • the application in the LC 128 initiates a http or similar Internet compatible protocol universal resource lo ⁇ tor (URL) request via the web server/client 162 to the public internet 163, which terminates on a maps, directions web server 164.
  • URL Internet compatible protocol universal resource lo ⁇ tor
  • the map/directions server 164 queries the map base 168 via a directions algorithm 170, and returns to the initiating http request, the Iocation web server 162, with a list of instru ⁇ ions to enable a user to navigate between a start location and end location.
  • the information shown in the columns labeled "Turn #”, “Dire ⁇ ions”, “And Go”, and/or "Total Miles", n then be parsed from the http response information. Referring now to Fig.
  • this information can then be sent as a short text message, to the relevant mobile station 148 or 140 via the service node 182, using interface 557 to the mobile switch center 108, and relevant base stations 152 and 132, assuming each member mobile station has short message service provisioned. If this is not the ⁇ se, the service node 182 will inform the application within the LS 128, which then initiates an alternative method of sending the start-finish Iocation navigation instru ⁇ ions information via an appropriate voice synthesizer card 124 and associated telephony interface card 120.
  • the interface card 120 initiates an automated call to each appropriate member's mobile station 148 and 140, via the telephony path including components ACD 116 in communication with the PSTN 112, which is in communication with the mobile switch center 108.
  • the mobile switch center 108 completes the routing of the automated call to the appropriate mobile station 148 and 140 using base stations IS2 and 132 respe ⁇ ively.
  • the above process is repeated for each nearby member's mobile station, thus allowing all nearby members to be notified that the distress caller needs help, with navigation instructions to each member, which enables the member to reach the distressed caller.
  • Variations of this application include putting each relevant party in communication with each other via a conference call capability in the ACD 116, with or without providing Iocation information and/or start-finish navigation instructions.
  • An application in the Iocation system utilizes periodic wireless Iocation of appropriate rental cars, control circuits and control communications within the rental car, and secured transactions across the Internet, or similar means, in order to provide various tracking and control fun ⁇ ions.
  • Such fun ⁇ ions allow rental car agencies to remotely control and operate their rental cars in order to reduce operating costs such as storage and maintenance, as well as provide additional conveniences and services to rental car agency customers.
  • a vehicle 578 containing various sensors and a ⁇ uators used to, for example, lock and unlock car doors, sense door position, keypad depressions, sense the condition of the engine and various subsystems, such as brakes, elettrkal subsystems, sense the amount of various fluid levels, etc.
  • a vehicle-based local area network 572 which is in turn conne ⁇ ed to a mobile station 140 containing asynchronous data communications capability.
  • the vehicle-based local area network may optionally contain a computer (not shown) for control and interfacing fun ⁇ ions.
  • the mobile station 140 is always in communication, using the radio air interface with at least one base station I22g, and possibly other base stations 122h.
  • the base stations I22g and I22h are in communication with the mobile switch center 112 via transport facilities 178.
  • the mobile switch center 112 is in communication with the Iocation system 142 and the public switched telephone network 126 via interoffice trunks 600.
  • the mobile switch center 112 is also in communication with the location system 142 via the Iocation system - mobile switch center physical interface 178.
  • the physical interface provides two-way conne ⁇ ions to the Iocation applications programming interface (L-API-MSC) 136, which is in communication with a Iocation engine 139, which performs wireless Iocation estimations for the mobile station, which is permanently mounted in the vehicle 578.
  • L-API-MSC Iocation applications programming interface
  • the Iocation engine represents key components within the Iocation system which together comprise the capability to perform wireless Iocation estimations.
  • the rental car Iocation application 146 is in communications wither the location engine 139 for purposes of initiating wireless Iocation requests regarding the mobile station 140, as well as for receiving wireless Iocation responses from the Iocation engine 139.
  • the application 146 is in communications with the automatic call distributor 546 for purposes of initiating and receiving telephone calls to and from the public switch telephone network 126, via hunt group interface 500.
  • hunt group interface 500 As one skilled in the art will appreciate, other interfaces (not shown) beyond hunt groups 500, un alternatively be used, such as ISDN interface circuits, T-carrier and the like.
  • the application 146 is in communication with a web server and client 464, which in turn is in communication with the Internet 468 via an Internet access interface 472.
  • an Internet access interface is typically provided by an Internet service provider, also there are other methods which could be used to complete the Internet connection.
  • the rental car agency contains a workstation or personal computer 582 with an Internet access interface 472 to the Internet 468.
  • the application 146 requests of the Iocation engine to perform a Iocation request periodically regarding the mobile station 140, with the location response information provided the web server and client, 464. for each rental car or vehicle containing a mobile station 140, the Iocation, as well as various information about the rental car or vehicle can be ascertained via the above described infrastructure.
  • An application in the Iocation system operates in conjunction with an application in each public safety answering point (PSAP) that together provides various call handling functions to enable the PSAP to perform its work load efficiently and effectively toward unique emergency events unique to a given location.
  • PSAP public safety answering point
  • the application pair measures the number of emergency 9-1-1 wireless calls originating from a particular geographical area or Iocation. Upon exceeding a provisional threshold value "X", the application pair traps the next incoming call from the same location and provides a call screening fun ⁇ ion via a play announcement and colle ⁇ digits activity.
  • This activity alerts the originating caller that if their call relates to an incident at a particular Iocation, then they are the "X + 1 th" caller who has already notified the PSAP, and that no further caller discussion is required. However, if the caller's intent does not relate to the incident described above, then the caller is requested to press or say "one", or some similar keypad number, which then is collected and causes the caller to be re-routed to the next available PSAP call taker. Alternatively if the originating caller does not respond within a short time period, then the call is also re-routed to the next available PSAP call taker.
  • the voice announcement may either be synthesized by a text-to-speech card, or an PSAP operator may store a voice message which describes the incident at the above-referenced Iocation.

Abstract

A location system for commercial wireless telecommunication infrastructures (CMRRs). The system is an end-to-end solution having one or more location systems (42) for outputting requested locations of commercially available hand sets or mobile stations (not shown) based on, e.g, AMPS, NAMPS, CDMA or TDMA communication standards, for processing both local mobile station location requests and more global mobile station location requests via, e.g., Internet communication between a distributed network of location systems. The system uses a plurality of mobile station locating technologies including those based on: two-way TOA and TDOA; home base stations and distributed antenna provisioning. Further, the system can be modularly configured for use in location signaling environments ranging from urban, dense urban, suburban, rural, mountain to low traffic or isolated roadways. Accordingly, the system is useful for 911 emergency calls, tracking, routing, people and animal location including applications for confinement to and from certain areas.

Description

LOCATION OF A MOBILE STATION USING A PLURALITY OF COMMERCIAL WIRELESS INFRASTRUCTURES
RELATED FIELD OF THE INVENTION
The present invention is directed generally to a system and method for locating people or objects, and in particular to a system and method for locating a wireless mobile radio station in a macro base station, distributed antenna, or home base station environment.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
Wireless communications systems are becoming increasingly important worldwide Wireless cellular telecommunications systems are rapidly replacing conventional wire-based telecommunications systems in many applications. Commercial mobile radio service provider networks, and specialized mobile radio and mobile data radio networks are examples The general principles of wireless cellular telephony have been described variously, for example in li. S. Patent 5,295,180 to Vendetti, et al, which is incorporated herein by reference. There is great interest in using existing infrastructures for wireless communication systems for locating people and/or objects in a cost-effective manner. Such a capability would be invaluable in a variety of situations, especially in emergency or crime situations. Due to the substantial benefits of such a location system, several attempts have been made to design and implement such a system. Systems have been proposed that rely upon signal strength and tπlateralization techniques to permit location include those disclosed in U.S. Patents 4,818,998 and 4,908,629 to Apsell et al ("the Apsell patents") and 4,891,650 to Sheffer ("the Sheffer patent"). The Apsell patents disclose a system employing a "homing-in" scheme using radio signal strength, wherein the scheme deteαs radio signal strength transmitted from an unknown location This signal strength is deteαed by nearby tracking vehicles, such as police cruisers using receivers with direαional antennas Alternatively, the Sheffer patent discloses a system using the FM analog cellular network. This system includes a mobile transmitter located on a vehicle to be located. The transmitter transmits an alarm signal upon attivation to detectors located at base stations of the cellular network. These detectors receive the transmitted signal and transmit, to a central station, data indicating the signal strength of the received signal and the identity of the base stations receiving the signal. This data is processed to determine the distance between the vehicle and each of the base stations and, through trilateralization, the vehicle's position. However, these systems have drawbacks that include high expense in that special purpose electronics are required. Furthermore, the systems are generally only effeαrve in line-of-sight conditions, such as rural settings. Radio wave surface refleαions, refractions and ground clutter cause significant distortion, in determining the location of a signal source in most geographical areas that are more than sparsely populated. Moreover, these drawbacks are particularly exacerbated in dense urban canyon (city) areas, where errors and/or conflicts in location measurements can result in substantial inaccuracies. Another example of a location system using time of arrival and triangulation for location are satellite-based systems, such as the military and commercial versions of the Global Positioning Satellite system (GPS). GPS can provide accurate position determination (i.e., about 100 meters error for the commercial version of GPS) from a time-based signal received simultaneously from at least three satellites. A ground-based GPS receiver at or near the object to be located determines the difference between the time at which each satellite transmits a time signal and the time at which the signal is received and, based on the time differentials, determines the object's location. However, the GPS is impractical in many applications. The signal power levels from the satellites are low and the GPS receiver requires a clear, line-of-sight path to at least three satellites above a horizon of about 60 degrees for effeαive operation. Accordingly, inclement weather conditions, such as clouds, terrain features, such as hills and trees, and buildings restrict the ability of the GPS receiver to determine its position. Furthermore, the initial GPS signal detection process for a GPS receiver is relatively long (i.e., several minutes) for determining the receiver's position. Such delays are unacceptable in many applications such as, for example, emergency response and vehicle tracking.
Differential GPS, or DGPS systems offer correction schemes to account for time synchronization drift. Such correction schemes include the transmission of correction signals over a two-way radio link or broadcast via FM radio station subcarriers. These systems have been found to be awkward and have met with limited success. Additionally, GPS-based location systems have been attempted in which the received GPS signals are transmitted to a central data center for performing location calculations. Such systems have also met with limited success due, for example, to the limited reception of the satellite signals and the added expense and complexity of the electronics required lor an inexpensive location mobile station or handset for detecting and receiving the GPS signals from the satellites.
The behavior of a mobile radio signal in the general environment is unique and complicated. Effons to perform correlation between radio signals and distance between a base station and a mobile station are similarly complex. Repeated attempts to solve this problem in the past have been met with only marginal success. Factors include terrain undulations, fixed and variable clutter, atmospheric conditions, internal radio characteristics of cellular and PCS systems, such as frequencies, antenna configurations, modulation schemes, diversity methods, and the physical geometry of direct, ref raαed and reflected waves between the base stations and the mobile. Noise, such as man-made externally sources (e.g., auto ignitions) and radio system co-channel and adjacent channel interference also affect radio reception and related performance measurements, such as the analog carrier-to- interference ratio (C/l), or digital energy-per-bit/Noise density ratio (Eb Ho) and are particular to various points in time and space domains.
Before discussing real world correlation between signals and distance, it is useful to review the theoretical premise, that of radio energy path loss across a pure isotropic vacuum propagation channel, and its dependencies within and among various communications channel types.
Over the last forty years various mathematical expressions have been developed to assist the radio mobile cell designer in establishing the proper balance between base station capital investment and the quality of the radio link, typically using radio energy fie I -strength, usually measured in microvolts/meter, or decibels.
1 One consequence from a location perspective is that the effective range of values for higher exponents is an increased at higher frequencies, thus providing improved granularity of ranging correlation
Actual data collected in real-world environments uncovered huge variations with respect to the free space path loss equation, giving rise to the creation of many empirical formulas for radio signal coverage prediction Clutter, either fixed or stationary in geometric relation to the propagation of the radio signals, causes a shadow effect of blocking that perturbs the free space loss effect. Perhaps the best known model set that characterizes the average path loss is Hata's, "Empirical Formula for Propagation Loss in Land Mobile Radio", M. Hata, IEEE
Figure imgf000005_0001
317-325, August 1980, three pathioss models, based on Okumura's measurements in and around Tokyo, "Field Strength and its Variability in VHF and UHF Land Mobile Service", Y Okumura, et al, Review of the Electrical Communications laboratory, Vol 16, pp 825-873, Sept - Oct 1968 Although the Hata model was found to be useful for generalized RF wave prediction in frequencies under I GHz in certain suburban and rural settings, as either the frequency and/or clutter increased, predictability decreased. In current practice however, field technicians often have to make a guess for dense urban an suburban areas (applying whatever model seems best), then installing a base stations and begin taking manual measurements
In 1991, U.S. Patent 5,055,851 to Sheffer taught that if three or more relationships have been established in a triangular space of three or more base stations (BSs) with a location database constructed having data related to possible mobile station (MS) locations, then arcuiation calculations may be performed, which use three distinct Por measurements to determine an X,Y, two dimensional location, which can then be projected onto an area map. The triangulation calculation is based on the fact that the approximate distance of the mobile station (MS) from any base station (BS) cell can be calculated based on the received signal strength. Sheffer acknowledges that terrain variations affect accuracy, although as noted above, Sheffer's disclosure does not account for a sufficient number of variables, such as fixed and variable location shadow fading, which are typical in dense urban areas with moving traffic
Most field research before about 1988 has focused on characterizing (with the objective of RF coverage prediction) the RF propagation channel (ι.e., electromagnetic radio waves) using a single-ray model, although standard fit errors in regressionj proved dismal (e.g., 40-80 dB). Later, multi-ray models were proposed, and much later, certain behaviors were studied with radio and digital channels. In 1981, Vogler proposed that radio waves at higher frequencies could be modeled using optics principles \v 1988 Walfisch and Bertoni applied optical methods to develop a two-ray model, which when compared to certain highly specific, controlled field data, provided extremely good regression fit standard errors of within 1.2 dB.
In the Bertoni two ray model it was assumed that most cities would consist of a core of high-rise buildings surrounded by a much larger area having buildings of uniform height spread over regions comprising many square blocks, with street grids organizing buildings into rows that are nearly parallel. Rays penetrating buildings then emanating outside a building were neglected.
After a lengthy analysis it was concluded that path loss was a function of three factors I.) the path loss between antennas in free space; 2.) the reduction of rooftop wave fields due to settling; and 3.) the effect of diffraction of the rooftop fields down to ground level.
However, a substantial difficulty with the two-ray model in practice is that it requires a substantial amount of data regarding building dimensions, geometry, street widths, antenna gain characteristics for every possible ray path, etc. Additionally, it requires an inordinate amount of computational resources and such a model is not easily updated or maintained. Unfortunately, in practice clutter geometry and building heights are random. Moreover, data of sufficient detail is extremely difficult to acquire, and regression standard fit errors are poor; i.e., in the general case, these errors were found to be 40- 60 dB. Thus the two-ray model approach, although sometimes providing an improvement over single ray techniques, still did not predict RF signal characteristics in the general case to level of accuracy desired (< lOdB).
Work by Greenstein has since developed from the perspective of measurement-based regression models, as opposed to the previous approach of predicting-first, then performing measurement comparisons. Apparently yielding to the faα that low-power, low antenna (e.g., 12-25 feet above ground) height PCS microcell coverage was insufficient in urban buildings, Greenstein, et al, authored "Performance Evaluations for Urban Line-of-sight Microcells Using a Multi-ray Propagation Model", in IEEE Globecom Proceedings, 12/91. This paper proposed the idea of formulating regressions based on field measurements using small PCS microcells in a lineal microcell geometry (i.e., geometries in which there is always a line-of-sight path between a subscriber's mobile and its current microsite). Additionally, Greenstein studied the communication channels variable Bit-Error-Rate (BER) in a spatia! domain, which was a departure from previous research that limited field measurements to the RF propagation channel signal strength alone. However, Greenstein based his finding on two suspicious assumptions: I) he assumed that distance correlation estimates were identical for uplink and downlink transmission paths; and 2) modulation techniques would be transparent in terms of improved distance correlation conclusions. Although some data held very correlation, other data and environments produced poor results. Accordingly, his results appear unreliable for use in general location context.
In 1993 Greenstein, et al, authored "A Measurement-Based Model for Predicting Coverage Areas of Urban Microcells", in the IEEE Journal On Selected Areas in Communications, Vol. 11 , No.7, 9/93. Greenstein reported a generic measurement-based model of RF attenuation in terms of constant-value contours surrounding a given low-power, low antenna microcell environment in a dense, rectilinear neighborhood, such as New York City. However, these contours were for the cellular frequency band. In this case, LOS and non-LOS clutter were considered for a given microcell site. A result of this analysis was that RF propagation losses (or attenuation), when cell antenna heights were relatively low, provided attenuation contours resembling a spline plane curve depiαed as an asteroid, aligned with major street grid patterns. Further, Greenstein found that convex diamond-shaped RF propagation loss contours were a common occurrence in field measurements in a rectilinear urban area. The special plane curve asteroid is represented by the formula: xW + yw = rM. However, these results alone have not been sufficiently robust and general to accurately locate an mobile station, due to the variable nature of urban clutter spatial arrangements.
At Telesis Technology in 1994 Howard Xia, et al, authored "Microcellular Propagation Charaαeristics for Personal Communications in Urban and Suburban Environments", in IEEE Transactions of Vehicular Technology, Vol.43, No.3, 8/94, which performed measurements specifically in the PCS 1.8 to 1.9 GHz frequency band. Xia found corresponding but more variable outcome results in San Francisco, Oakland (urban) and the Sunset and Mission Districts (suburban).
The physical radio propagation channel perturbs signal strength, frequency (causing rate changes, phase delay, signal to noise ratios (e.g., C/l for the analog case, or Eb/Nc , RF energy per bit, over average noise density ratio for the digital case) and Doppier-shift. Signal strength is usually characterized by:
• Free Space Path Loss (Lp)
• Slow fading loss or margin (L,^)
• Fast fading loss or margin (L,asI)
The cell designer increases the transmitted power P by the shadow fading margin Lslow which is usually chosen to be within the 1-2 percentile of the slow fading probability density funαion (PDF) to minimize the probability of unsatisfactorily low received power level P^ at the receiver. The ?m level must have enough signal to noise energy level (e.g., 10 dB) to overcome the receiver's internal noise level (e.g., -I IβdBm in the case of cellular 0.9 GHz), for a minimum voice quality standard. Thus in this example PH must never be below -I0B dBm, in order to maintain the quality standard. Additionally the short term fast signal fading due to multipath propagation is taken into account by deploying fast fading margin Lfast, which is typically also chosen to be a few percentiles of the fast fading distribution. The I to 2 percentiles compliment other network blockage guidelines. For example the cell base station traffic loading capacity and network transport facilities are usually designed for a 1-2 percentile blockage faαor as well. However, in the worst-case scenario both fading margins are simultaneously exceeded, thus causing a fading margin overload. In Roy Steele's, text, Mobile Radio Communications, IEEE Press, 1992, estimates for a GSM system operating in the 1.8
GHz band with a transmitter antenna height of 6.4m and a mobile station receiver antenna height of 2m, and assumptions regarding total path loss, transmitter power would be calculated as follows:
Table I: GSM Power Budget .Example
Parameter dBm value Will require
14
^slow
7
Lfast no ϋpath
Min. RX pwr required -104
TXpwr - 27 dBm Steele's sample size in a specific urban London area of 80,000 LOS measurements and data reduction found a slow fading variance of
σ =- 7dB »
assuming log-normal slow fading PDF and allowing for a 1.4% slow fading margin overload, thus
slow = 2 σ = 1 dB .
The fast fading margin was determined to be:
Lfast = B
In contrast, Xia's measurements in urban and suburban California at 1.8 GHz uncovered flat-land shadow fades on the order of 25-30 dB when the mobile station (MS) receiver was traveling from LOS to non-LOS geometries In hilly terrain fades of +5 to -50 dB were experienced. Thus it is evident that attempts to correlate signal strength with mobile station ranging distance suggest that error ranges could not be expected to improve below 14 dB, with a high side of 25 to 50 dB. Based on 20 to 40 dB per decade, Corresponding error ranges for the distance variable would then be on the order of 900 feet to several thousand feet, depending upon the particular environmental topology and the transmitter and receiver geometries.
Although the acceptance of fuzzy logic has been generally more rapid in non-American countries, the principles of fuzzy logic can be applied in wireless location. Lotfi A. Zadeh's article, "Fuzzy Sets" published in 1965 in information and Control, vol. 8, Pg 338-353, herein incorporated by reference, established the basic principles of fuzzy logic, among which a key thorem, the FAT theorem, suggests that a fuzzy system with a finite set of rules can uniformly approximate any continuous (or Borel-measureable) system. The system has a graph or curve in the space of all combinations of system inputs and outputs. Each fuzzy rule defines a patch in this space. The more uncertain the rule, the wider the patch. A finite number of small patches can always cover the curve The fuzzy system averages patches that overlap. The Fat theorem was proven by Bart Kosko, in a paper entitled, "Fuzzy Systems as Universal Approximators", in Proceedings of the First IEEE Conference on fuzzy Systems, Pages 1153-1162, in San Diego, on March, 1992, herein incorporated by reference.
fuzzy relations map elements of one universe, say "X", to those of another universe, say "Y", through the Cartesian product of the two universes. However, the "strength" of the relation between ordered pairs of the two universes is not measured with the characteristic funαion (in which an element is either definitely reltated to another elemetn as indicated by a strength value of "I", or is definitely not related to another element as indicated by a strength value of "0", but rather with a membership function expressing various "degrees" of strength of the relation on the unit intergval [0,1]. Hence, a fuzzy relation R is a mapping from the Cartesian space X x Y to the interval [0,1], where the strength of the mapping is expressed by the membership function of the relation for ordered pairs from the two universes or μR(x,y).
Just as for crisp relations, the properties of commutativity, associativity, distributivity, involution and idempotency all hold for fuzzy relations. Moreover, DeMorgan's laws hold for fuzzy relations just as they do for crisp (classical) relations, and the null relations 0, and the complete relation, E, are analogous to the null set and the whole set in set-theretic from, respectively. The properties that do not hold for fuzzy relations, as is the case for fuzzy sets in general, are the excluded middle laws. Since a fuzzy relation R is also a fuzzy set, there is overlap between a relation and its complement, hence.
R R' ≠ E
R n R' ≠ 0
As seen in the foregoing expression, the excluded middle laws for relation do not result in the null relation, 0, or the complete relation, E. Because fuzzy relations in general are fuzzy sets, the Cartesian product can be defined as a relations between two or more fuzzy sets. Let A be a fuzzy set on universe X and B be a fuzzy set on universe Y; then the Cartesian product between fuzzy sets A and B will result in a fuzzy relation R, which is contained within the full Cartesian product space, or
Ax B = R c XxY
where the fuzzy relation R has membership function:
μι?(Λy) = μAxB(x-y) = min (μA(x),μB(y))
Fuzzy composition can be defined just as it is for crisp (binary) relations. If R is a fuzzy relation on the Cartesian space XxY, and S is a fuzzy relation on the Cartesian space Y x Z, and T is a fuzzy relation on the Cartesian space X x Z; then fuzzy max-min composition is defined in terms of the set-theoretic notation and membership function-theoretic notation in the following manner.
μτ(*.y) = (μ„(x,y) Λ μs(x,y)) = max { min [μR(x,y), μs(y,z) ] }
The fuzzy extension principle allows for transforms or mappings of fuzzy concepts in the form y = f (x). This principle, combined with a compositional rule of inference, allows for a crisp input to be mapped through a fuzzy transform using membership functions into a crisp output. Additionally , in mapping a cariable x into a variale y, both x and y can be veπor quantities. SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
OBJECTS OF THE INVENTION
It is an objective of the present invention to provide a system and method for determining wireless location using one or more commercial mobile radio telecommunication systems for accurately locating people and/or objects in a cost effeαive manner. Related objectives for the present invention include providing a system and method that:
(1) can be readily incorporated into existing commercial wireless telephony systems with few, if any, modifications of a typical telephony wireless infrastructure;
(2) can use the native electronics of typical commercially available telephony wireless mobile stations (e.g., handsets) as location devices;
(3) can be used for locating people and/or objects residing indoors.
Yet another objective is to provide a low cost location system and method, adaptable to wireless telephony systems, for using simultaneously a plurality of base stations owned and/or operated by competing commercial mobile radio service providers within a common radio coverage area, in order to achieve FCC phase 2 accuracy requirements, and for synergistically increasing mobile station location accuracy and consistency.
Yet another objective is to provide a low cost location system and method, adaptable to wireless telephony systems, for using a plurality of location techniques in particular, at least some of the following mobile station location techniques can be utilized by various embodiments of the present invention:
•time-of-arrival wireless signal processing techniques; •tι e-difference-of-arrival wireless signal processing techniques;
•wireless signal processing techniques.
Yet another objective is to provide a system and method for flexible delivery of location information to Public Safety Answering Points, end users, centralized dispatchers, as well as to agents (either human or mechanized) associated with trigger- based inventory and tracking systems. Flexible delivery used here indicates providing location via various two dimensional close - form shapes, such as polygons, ellipses, etc., which bound the location probabilities. In cases where height location information is known, the bounding shape may be three-dimensional.
Yet another objective is to provide a system and method for a variety of new location-based services for public and private group safety, including family support functions.
Yet another objective is to provide a system and method for National Scale Wireless Location capability. Although the primary focus of this patent is to provide wireless location with accuracy to meet the FCC phase two requirements, a system and method is provided that also utilizes roaming signaling to determine in which city is a particular wireless mobile station located Yet another objective is to provide and system and method for Parametric-driven, intelligent agent-based location services. Parameters may include time, location, and user-specific and/or group specific criteria.
Yet another objective is to provide a system and method for determining and/or enhancing wireless location using one or more of the following: (a.) CDMA-based Distributed Antenna technology; (b.) Home Base Stations and AIN technology. Yet another objective is to provide notification messages and/or voice-synthesized call or text paging funαion to a plurality of other mobile station users when a mobile station user travel into, or away from, one or more zones or are within short distances of shopping malls, stores, merchandising dealers etc.
Yet another objective is to provide notification messages and/or voice-synthesized call or text paging funαions to a plurality of other mobile station users when a mobile station dials a redefined telephone number, such as 911, or a type of "mild emergency cry for help' number.
Yet another objective is to provide notification messages and/or voice-synthesized call or text paging funαion to a plurality of other mobile station users when a mobile station user dials a predefined telephone number, such as 311 , or a ty e of mild emergency cry for help number, wherein the plurality of other mobile station users are within a particular distance, or a minimum distance to the mobile station user who dialed the predefined number. Yet another objective is to provide notification messages and/or voice-synthesized call or text paging funαion to a plurality of other mobile station users when a mobile station user dials a predefined telephone number, such as 11 , or a type of mild emergency cry for help number, wherein the plurality of other mobile station users are within a particular distance, or a minimum distance to the mobile station user who dialed the predefined number, and wherein the other mobile station users are provided individualized direttional or navigation information from their current locations, to reach to the mobile station user who dialed the predefined number.
Yet another objective is to provide automatic home office, vehicle and boat security funαions, which are activated and deactivated based on a mobile station user's location to or away from a location associated with the security funαions.
Yet another objeαive is to provide notifications (e.g., via fax, page, e-mail, text paging or voice synthesized call message), or to setup a group conference call capability to a plurality of predefined individuals, based on a mobile station user's call to 911, or based on a mobile station user's traveling into or away from a location zone or area, or based upon a sensor input signal to the user's mobile station, such as a sudden change in G forces, such as falling down, having the car hit another object suddenly, air bag deployment, etc.
Yet another objective is to provide location information to a 'searcher' mobile station user who then further refines or narrows the scope of the location/search for a 'target' mobile station, or the mobile station to be located, using a small microwave dish, in communication with, or to supplement/replace the searcher mobile station antenna, whose physical orientation is used to further determine the target mobile station location, relative to the searcher's mobile station position/orientation.
Yet another objective is to provide a means to allow more flexible storage, inventory and enhanced user accessibility of rental vehicles, by combining location technology of rental car driver carrying his/her own mobile station, along with a mobile station which remains always active and fixed to a rental car. By maintaining accurate location records of rental car locations and automatic, remote-control of rental cars (or smart cars) which use the mobile station to telemeter control data to and from the car, whose doors, doorlocks, and general accessibility are controlled by a centralized computer system, rental cars can be dropped off at convenient shopping center malls, airport parking lots, hotels and at other convenient locations Yet another objective is to provide location estimates to users carrying mobile stations, via voice synthesis, data circuit messaging or text paging.
Yet another objeαive is to provide a mechanism whereby mobile station users may access and control their subscriber profile for location purposes. The location subscriber profile is a persistent data store which contains logic regarding under what criteria will that mobile station user allow his/her location to be made known, and to whom. The mobile station user may access the location profile via several methods, including Internet means, and mobile station handset keypad entry and voice recognition circuits.
Yet another objective is to utilize signaling deteαion charatteπstics of other CDMA base stations and systems in a given area, owned and operated by a plurality another commercial mobile radio service provider (CMRS provider) By including other CMRS providers' infrastruαure in the location estimation analysis process, improvements in location accuracy can be realized
DEFINITIONS
The following definitions are provided for convenience In general, the definitions here are also defined elsewhere in this document as well.
(1) The term wireless herein is, in general, an abbreviation for digital wireless, and in particular, wireless refers to digital radio signaling using one of standard digital protocols such as CDMA, TDMA and GSM, as one skilled in the art will understand
(2) As used herein, the term mobile station (equivalently, MS) refers to a wireless device that is at least a transmitting device, and in most cases is also a wireless receiving device, such as a portable radio telephony handset. Note that in some contexts herein instead or in addition to mobile station, the following terms are also used: personal station (PS), and location unit (1U) In general, these terms may be considered synonymous. However, the later two terms may be used when referring to reduced functionality communication devices in comparison to a typical digital wireless mobile telephone.
(3) The term, infrastructure, denotes the network of telephony communication services, and more particularly, that portion of such a network that receives and processes wireless communications with wireless mobile stations. In particular, this infrastruαure includes telephony wireless base stations (BS) such as those for radio mobile communication systems based on CDMA, TDMA, and GSM wherein the base stations provide a network of cooperative communication channels with an air interface with the mobile station, and a conventional telecommunications interface with a Mobile Switch Center (MSC). Thus, an MS user within an area serviced by the base stations may be provided with wireless communication throughout the area by user transparent communication transfers (ι.e., hand-offs) between the user's mobile station and these base stations in order to maintain effeαive telephony service. The mobile switch center provides communications and control connectivity among base stations and the public telephone network.
(4) An example of a Parametric-driven intelligent agent-based location service follows: An intelligent agent software process monitors sets of Parametric conditions and location scenarios. When appropriate conditions and location criteria are satisfied, then a set of notifications or other actions are triggered to occur. A specific example follows: given that a certain child carrying a mobile station should be in a certain school between 8:00 A.M. and 3:00 P.M. on regular school days, then a wireless location request is invoked periodically, within the school day time frame. If a location request determines that the child's mobile station is located substantially outside of the general school area, then a parent/guardian is notified of that fact, and of the child's location via any of several methods, such as: (a.) a voice-synthesized telephone message, (b.) various extranet/internet means, such as electronic mail, netcasting, such as the product Castanet, by Marimba Software, Inc., (c.) fax to a pre-determined telephone number, or (d.) alpha-numeric text paging.
(5) Commercial mobile radio service (CMRS) service provider is the referenced name of the company that owns and/or operates a publicly accessible wireless system in the cellular or PCS spectrum radio bands.
SUMMARY DISCUSSION The location system of the present invention accomplishes the above and other objectives by the following steps:
(I.) receiving signal data measurements corresponding to wireless communications between an mobile station to be located (herein also denoted the target mobile station) and a wireless telephony infrastruαure, wherein the mobile station, BS and/or mobile switch center may be enhanced in certain novel and cost effective ways so as to provide an extended number of values characterizing the wireless signal communications between the target mobile station and the base station infrastructure, such infrastruαure including multiple, distinct CMRS where base stations share a common coverage area;
(2.) organizing and processing the signal data measurements received from a given target mobile station and surrounding base stations so that composite wireless signal charaαeristic values may be obtained from which target mobile station location estimates may be derived. In particular, the signal data measurements are ensembles of samples from the wireless signals received from the target mobile station by the base station infrastruαure, and from associated base stations wherein these samples are subsequently filtered using analog and digital spectral filtering. (3.) providing the resultant location estimation characteristic values to a mobile station location estimate module, wherein each such model subsequently determines the estimate of the location of the target mobile station based on, for example, the signal processing techniques I. through 2. above.
Accordingly, steps (I.) and (2.) above are performed by a subsystem of the invention denoted the Signal Processing and Filtering Subsystem (or simply the Signal Processing Subsystem). In particular, this subsystem receives samples of wireless signal charaαeristic measurements such as a plurality of relative signal strengths and corresponding signal time delay value pairs, wherein such samples are used by this subsystem to produce the component with the least amount of multipath, as evidenced in the sample by the short time delay value, wherein each such value pair is associated with wireless signal transmissions between the target mobile station and a particular base station of a predetermined wireless base station infrastructure. Extremely transient signal anomalies such as signal reflection from tree leaves or the passing of a truck are likely to be filtered out by the Signal Processing Subsystem. For example, such an ensemble of data value pairs can be subjected to input cropping and various median filters employing filtering techniques such as convolution, median digital, Fast Fourier transform, Radon transform, Gabar transform, nearest neighbor, histogram equalization, input and output cropping, Sobel, Wiener, and the like
It is a further aspeα of the present invention that the wireless personal communication system (PCS) infrastructures currently being developed by telecommunication providers offer an appropriate localized infrastruαure base upon which to build various personal location systems employing the present invention and/or utilizing the techniques disclosed herein In particular, the present invention is especially suitable for the location of people and/or objects using code division multiple access (CDMA) wireless infrastructures, although other wireless infrastructures, such as, time division multiple access (TDMA) infrastructures and GSM are also contemplated. Note that CDMA personal communications systems are described in the Telephone Industries Association standard IS-95, for frequencies below I GHz, and in the Wideband Spread - Spectrum Digital Cellular System Dual Mode Mobile Station-Base Station Compatibility Standard, for frequencies in the 1 8-1.9 GHz frequency bands, both of which are incorporated herein by reference. Furthermore, CDMA general principles have also been described, for example, in U S Patent 5,109,390, to Gilhausεn, et al, and CDMA Network Engineering Handbook by Qualcomm, In , each of which is also incorporated herein by reference.
In another aspect of the present invention, in environments where a home base station capability exists, then wireless location can be provided under certain circumstances, wherein when a mobile station user is within a predetermined range of, for example, 1000 feet of his/her premises, the user's mobile station is deteαed through mobile station receiving eleαromcs provided in, for example, cordless telephone units as being at home Thus, the local public telephone switching network may be provided with such information for registering that user is at home, and therefore the mobile station may be allowed to function as a cordless home telephone utilizing the local public telephone switching network instead of the base station infrastructure According to this aspect of the present invention, the location center of the present invention receives notification from the local public switched telephone network that the mobile station is at or near home and utilizes this notification in outputting a location estimate for the mobile station.
In yet another aspect, the present invention includes a capability for locating a target mobile station within areas of poor reception for infrastructure base stations by utilizing distributed antennas A distributed antenna system as used herein is a collection of antennas attached in series to a reduced funαion base station, wherein the antennas are distributed throughout an area for improving telephony coverage. Such distributed antenna systems are typically used in indoor environments (e g., high rise buildings) or other areas wherein the signal to noise ratio is too high for adequate communication with standard infrastruαure base stations. Also a distributed antenna system may be located such that its coverage pattern overlaps the area of coverage of another distributed antenna system. In such cases each of the overlapping distributed antenna systems includes purposeful delay elements to provide different signal delays for each of the overlapping antenna systems and thereby provide multipath signals with sufficient delay spread for signal discrimination, as one skilled in the art will understand. Accordingly, the present invention receives and utilizes location information communicated from distributed antenna systems for locating a target mobile station. That is, the present invention may receive information from the base station infrastructure indicating that a target mobile station is communicating with such a distributed antenna system and provide distributed antenna signal charaαeristic values related to the distributed antenna system. Accordingly, to process such target mobile station location signal data, the present invention includes a distributed antenna system for generating target mobile station location estimate derived from the location signal data obtained from the distributed antenna system.
The location system of the present invention offers many advantages over existing location systems. The system of the present invention, for example, is readily adaptable to existing wireless communication systems and can accurately iocate people and/or objects in a cost-effective manner. In particular, the present invention requires few, if any, modifications to commercial wireless communication systems for implementation. Thus, existing personal communication system infrastructure base stations and other components of, for example, commercial CDMA infrastructures are readily adapted to the present invention. The present invention can be used to Iocate people and/or objects that are not in the hne-of-sight of a wireless receiver or transmitter, can reduce the detrimental effects of multipath on the accuracy of the location estimate, can Iocate people and/or objects located indoors as well as outdoors, and uses a number of wireless stationary transceivers for location. The present invention employs a number of distinctly different location computational models for location which provides a greater degree of accuracy, robustness and versatility than is possible with existing systems. For instance, the location models provided include not only the radius- radius/TOA and TDOA techniques but also adaptive neural net techniques. Further, the present invention is able to adapt to the topography of an area in which location service is desired. The present invention is also able to adapt to environmental changes substantially as frequently as desired. Thus, the present invention is able to take into account changes in the location topography over time without extensive manual data manipulation.
Moreover, there are numerous additional advantages of the system of the present invention when applied in CDMA communication systems. The location system of the present invention readily benefits from the distinct advantages of the CDMA spread spectrum scheme, namely the exploitation of radio frequency spectral efficiency and isolation by (a) monitoring voice activity, (b) management of two-way power control, (c) provision of advanced variable-rate modems and error correcting signal encoding, (d) inherent resistance to fading, (e) enhanced privacy, and (f) multiple "rake" digital data receivers and searcher receivers for correlation of signal multipaths.
Additionally, note that this architecture need not have all modules co-located. In particular, it is an additional aspect of the present invention that various modules can be remotely located from one another and communicate with one another via telecommunication transmissions such as telephony technologies and/or the Internet. Accordingly, the present invention is particularly adaptable to such distributed computing environments. For example, some number of the location center modules may reside in remote locations and communicate their generated hypotheses via the Internet.
In an alternative embodiment of the present invention, the processing following the generation of location estimates by the modules may be such that this processing can be provided on Internet user nodes and the modules may reside at Internet server sites. In this configuration, an Internet user may request hypotheses from such remote modules and perform the remaining processing at his her node.
Of course, other software architectures may also to used in implementing the processing of the location center without departing from scope of the present invention. In particular, object-oriented architeαures are also within the scope of the present invention. For example, the modules may be object methods on an mobile station location estimator object, wherein the estimator object receives substantially all target mobile station location signal data output by the signal filtering subsystem 20 Alternatively, software bus architectures are contemplated by the present invention, as one skilled in the art will understand, wherein the software architeαure may be modular and facilitate parallel processing. One embodiment of the present invention includes providing the location of a mobile station (MS) using the digital air interface voice channel and an automatic call distributor device. This embodiment provides location information to either the initiating caller who wishes to learn of his location, using the voice channel, and/or location information could be provided to another individual who has either a wireline or wireless telephone station
Another embodiment of the present invention includes providing the location of a mobile station using the digital air interface voice channel and a hunt group provided from a central office or similar device. This embodiment provides location information to either the initiating caller who wishes to learn of his location, using the voice channel, and/or location information could be provided to another individual who has either a wireline or wireless telephone station
Another embodiment of the present invention includes providing the location of a mobile station using the digital air interface text paging, or short message service channel and a hunt group provided from a central office or similar device This embodiment provides location information to either the initiating caller who wishes to learn of his location, using the voice channel, and/or location information could be provided to another individual who has either a wireline or wireless telephone station
Another embodiment of the present invention includes providing the location of a plurality of mobile stations using the public Internet or an intranet, with either having the ability to further use "push", or "netcasting" technology This embodiment provides location information to either the initiating Internet/Intranet userwho wishes to learn of one or more mobile station locations, using either the Internet or an intranet. Either the mobile station user to be located can initiate a request for the user to be located, or an Internet intranet user may initiate the location request. Optionally the location information could be provided autonomously, or periodically, or in accordance with other logic criteria, to the recipient of the location information via the Internet or a intranet. As a further option, location information can be superimposed onto various maps (e.g., bit/raster, vector, digital photograph, etc.) for convenient display to the user. Yet another embodiment of the present invention includes providing a multicast notification to a group of mobile station users, based on distress call from a particular mobile station, wherein the group of mobile station users are relatively nearby the distress caller. The multicast notification provides individual directions for each group mobile station user, to direct each user to the fastest route to reach the distressed caller Further features and advantages of the present invention are provided by the figures and detailed description accompanying this invention summary.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
Fig I illustrates an overall view of a wireless location system and method for using multiple commercial mobile radio service providers,
Fig.2 shows is a high level wireless location architeαure using the intelligent network, which illustrates aspects of the home base station and Internet connectivity for receiving location requests and for providing location estimates,
Fig.3 illustrates how the signals from the base stations associated with various multiple commercial radio service providers can be shared with the wireless location system to provide an improved geometry and thus improved wireless location accuracy
Fig.4 shows how the mobile station database in the location system is updated via interfaces in communication with multiple commercial mobile radio service providers using customer care systems
Fig.5 shows a method of direct access to multiple CMRS base stations, from the location system perspective, thus avoiding the need to significantly modify network infrastructure systems Fιg.6 illustrates physical components and the effects of predetermined signal delay, and total system delay in a distributed antenna environment for purposes of wireless location;
Fig.7 shows the timing relationships among the signals within a distributed antenna system Fig.8 shows a flowchart of the methods and procedures required to implement a DA database, Fig.9 illustrates an exemplary DA configuration with a direct antenna connection to the base stations, Fig. 10 illustrates an alternative DA configuration using multipoint microwave,
Fig. 11 illustrates how multiple base stations could be used via a microwave circuit to provide PCS and location service to a multilevel building via virtual pilot channels;
Fig. 12 shows the DA delay spread ranges possible for a 500 microsecond guard zone, Fig. 13 shows DA-cell layout a geometry and how location geometries can be constructed, Fig 14 illustrates the realization of adual measurements and classification utilized within DA cell ranges to determine a percent range within each cell.
Fig. 15 shows the standard components of a CDMA MS.
Fig. 16 shows one embodiment for MS modification that facilities enhanced RF measurement telemetry Fig. 17 shows how the LC is used in a Home Base Station architeαure. Fig. 18 illustrates a typical case where signals from three base stations can be deteαed
Fig. 19 illustrates a typical case where signals from four base stations (including remaining set information) can be detected. Fig.20 shows a MS deteαion scheme with a two base station geometry.
Fig.21 illustrates a typical amorphous location area with only the signal deteαion of a single base station seαor, by a
MS.
Fig.22 shows a series of typical reverse path CDMA RF measurements in a dense urban area.
Fig.23 shows a series of typical reverse path CDMA RF measurements in a rural setting. fig.24 shows a typical Location Center conneαion to a CTIA Model.
Fig.25 shows a typical national Location Center and relevant network conneαions.
Fig.26 illustrates a typical three dimensional delay spread profile.
Fig.27 shows the magnifying effects of convoluting similar-property forward and reverse path three-dimensional images.
Fig.28 illustrates an image and relief representation of a CDMA Delay Spread Profile
Fig.29 illustrates the main components of the Signal Processing Subsystem 20.
Fig.30 illustrates an image based on an RF signal measurement sample set, before image histogram equalization filtering is applied. Fig.31 illustrates an image based on an RF signal measurement sample set, after image histogram equalization input cropping filtering is applied.
Fig.32 illustrates an image sample grid before image filtering.
Fig.33 shows a CDMA profile image after input cropping is used at a level of 50 percent.
Fig.34 illustrates the results of combining input cropping at 40 percent, then performing four by four median filtering on the resultant.
Fig.35 shows the results of combining input cropping at 50 percent with four by four median filtering
Fig.36 illustrates how location estimates can be provided using voice channel conneαioπs via an ACD and Internet technology.
Fig.37 shows wireless Location of a MS using the Voice Channel from a Hunt Group. Fig.38 illustrates how location information can be provided via Text paging or short message service messaging
Fig.39 shows how location information of an MS can be provided via Internet via "Push" technology.
Fig.40 illustrates how location direαions can be provided to nearest members, regarding directions for each individual member to reach a distressed MS caller.
Fig.4l illustrates how traveling instruαions from two different points can be provided to an initiator. Fig.42 illustrates how wireless location services can be used to facilitate automotive rental car tracking and control.
Fig.43 indicates the addition of a fuzzy logic module which discretizes the wireless location estimate output from the TOA/TDOA locaton estimator module. DETAILED DESCRIPTION
Various digital wireless communication standards have been introduced such as code division multiple access (CDMA) and Time Division Multiple Access (TDMA) (e.g., Global Systems Mobile (GSM). These standards provide numerous enhancements for advancing the quality and communication capacity for wireless applications. Referring to CDMA, this standard is described in the Telephone Industries Association standard IS-95, for frequencies below I GHz, and in J-STD-008, the Wideband Sprea - Speαrum Digital Cellular System Dual-Mode Mobile Station-Base station Compatibility Standard, for frequencies in the 1.8 - 1.9 GHz frequency bands.
Additionally, CDMA general principles have been described, for example, in U.S. Patent 5,109,390, Diversity Receiver in a CDMA Cellular Telephone System, by Gilhousen. There are numerous advantages of such digital wireless technologies such as CDMA radio technology. For example, the CDMA spread spedru scheme exploits radio frequency spectral efficiency and isolation by monitoring voice activity, managing two-way power control, provision of advanced variable-rate modems and error correαing signal design, and includes inherent resistance to fading, enhanced privacy, and provides for multiple "rake" digital data receivers and searcher receivers for correlation of multiple physical propagation paths, resembling maximum likelihood deteαion, as well as support for multiple base station communication with a mobile station, i.e., soft or softer hand-off capability. When coupled with a location center as described herein, substantial improvements in radio location can be achieved. For example, the CDMA spread spedrum scheme exploits radio frequency spectral efficiency and isolation by monitoring voice aαivity, managing two-way power control, provision of advanced variable-rate modems and error correcting signal design, and includes inherent resistance to fading, enhanced privacy, and provides for multiple "rake" digital data receivers and searcher receivers for correlation of multiple physical propagation paths, resembling maximum likelihood deteαion, as well as support for multiple base station communication with a mobile station, i.e., soft hand-off capability. Moreover, this same advanced radio communication infrastructure can also be used for enhanced radio location. As a further example, the capabilities of IS-41 and AIN already provide a broad-granularity of wireless location, as is necessary to, for example, properly direct a terminating call to a mobile station. Such information, originally intended for call processing usage, can be re-used in conjunαion with the location center described herein to provide wireless location in the large (i.e., to determine which country, state and city a particular mobile station is located) and wireless location in the small (i.e., which location, plus or minus a few hundred feet within one or more base stations a given mobile station is located). Fig. I illustrates a wireless location network using two commercial mobile radio service provider networks for the present invention. Accordingly, this figure illustrates the interconnedions between the components of a typical wireless network configuration and various components that are specific to the present invention. In particular, as one skilled in the art will understand, a typical wireless network includes: (a) a mobile switching center (MSC) 12a; (b) generally a service control point 4a, and base stations (not shown) which are in communication with a mobile switch center 12a. Within a typical metropolitan area it is also common for a second commercial mobile radio service (CMRS) provider to offer wireless service within essentially similar coverage areas, such systems typically including an mobile switch center 12b, service control point 4b, and associated base stations (not shown). Added to this wireless network, the present invention provides the following additional components:
(I) a location system or center 42 which is required for determining a location of a target mobile station using signal charaαeristic values as measured by the target mobile station (not shown) and nearby base stations (not shown), further consisting of the following modules or subsystem components: (I.I) an application programming interface 14, for physically interfacing with and controlling the messaging to and from each CMRS mobile switch center 12a, 12b, service control points 4a and 4b, receiving location requests from either the mobile switch center 12a, or 12b, or the Internet 68, and providing connettion to the signal processing subsystem 20;
(I J) a signal processing subsystem 20, which is in communication with the application programming interface (API) 14. The signal processor 20 receives, queues, filters and processes signal measurement messages into various formats suitable for the location estimate modules DA 10 and TOA/TDOA 8;
(I J) a TOA TDOA location estimate module 8, in communication with the signal processing subsystem 20. The TOA/TDOA module 8 provides a location estimate result, using a time of arrival or a time difference of arrival technique based on conditioned signals from the signal processing subsystem 20; in addition the TOA/TDOA module may also process signals from the distributed antenna module 10, in order to provide a location estimate within environments containing distributed antenna systems;
(1.4) a distributed antenna (DA) module 10, which receives signals related to distributed antennas, from the signal processor 20 in communication a location estimating capability for utilizing one or more distributed antenna systems 168 as shown in Fig.2, wherein each such system 168 provides wireless location information for an MS 140 within the area in communication with one or more distributed antenna system 168. (1.5) a home base station module (HBS) 6 in Fig. i, which receives signals from the controller 14 and determines wireless location (i.e., providing a location estimate result) based on registration principles of the wireless user's mobile station when in communication with the user's home base station (not shown) in communications with a given service control point 4a or 4b, containing ahome base station application (not shown).
Since home base stations and distributed antenna systems can be located on potentially each floor of a multi-story building, in such cases where infrastruαure is installed, the wireless location technology described herein can be used to perform location in terms of height as well as by Latitude and Longitude.
Referring to Fig. 2, additional detail is provided of typical base station coverage areas, seαonzation, and high level components used in the present invention's scope, including the mobile switch center 112, a mobile station 140 in communication with a home base station 160, and communication between the location system 42 and the public Internet 468, via an Internet service provider interface 472. A novel aspeα of this invention includes providing wireless location estimate information to various designated users via the public Internet. Although base stations may be placed in any configuration, a typical deployment configuration is approximately in a cellular honeycomb pattern, although many praαical tradeoffs exist, such as site availability, versus the requirement for maximal terrain coverage area. To illustrate, such exemplary base stations (BSs) 122a through I22g are
IB shown, each of which radiate referencing signals within their area of coverage to facilitate mobile station (MS) 140 radio frequency connectivity, and various timing and synchronization functions. A given base station may contain no seαors (not shown) , thus radiating and receiving signals in a 360 degree omnidirectional coverage area pattern, or the base station may contain "smart antennas" (not shown) which have specialized coverage area patterns. Alternatively and generally most frequent are base stations having three sector coverage area patterns. Shown in Fig.2, each sector for base station 122a through I22g contains three sectors, labeled a, b, and c, which represent antennas that radiate and receive signals in an approximate 120 degree arc, from an overhead view. As one skilled in the art will understand, actual base station coverage areas generally are designed to overlap to some extent, thus ensuring seamless coverage in a geographical area.
Control electronics within each base station are used to communicate with a given mobile station 140. Further, during communication with the mobile station the exact base station identification and sector identification information are known and are provided to the location center 142.
The base stations located at their cell sites may be coupled by various transport facilities 176 such as leased lines, frame relay, T-Carπer links, optical fiber links or by microwave communication links.
When the mobile station is powered on and in the idle state, it constantly monitors the pilot signal transmissions from each of the base stations located at nearby cell sites. As illustrated in Fig.3, base station/sector coverage areas may often overlap both in the context of a single CMRS base station network, and also in the context of multiple CMRS base station networks, thus enabling mobile stations to detect, and, in the case of certain technologies, communicate simultaneously along both the forward and reverse paths, with multiple base stations/sectors, either with a single CMRS network or, in the case of hand-off s and roaming, multiple CMRS network equipment. In Fig.3 the constantly radiating pilot signals from base station seαors 122a, 122b and 122c are detectable by mobile station 140 at its location. The mobile station 140 scans each pilot channel, which corresponds to a given base station/seαor ID, and determines which cell it is in by comparing signals strengths of pilot signals transmitted from these particular cell-sites.
The mobile station 140 then initiates a registration request with the mobile switch center 112, via the base station controller 174. The mobile switch center determines whether or not the mobile station 140 is allowed to proceed with the registration process (except in the case of a 911 call, wherein no registration process is required). At this point calls may be originated from the mobile station 140 or calls or short message service messages can be received from the mobile switch center
112.
As shown in Fig.2, the mobile switch center 112 communicates as appropriate, with a class 4Λ wireline telephony circuit switch or other central offices, with telephone trunks in communication with the public switch telephone network (PSTN) 24. Such central offices conneα to wireline stations, such as telephones, or any communication device compatible with the line, such as a personal or home base station. The PSTN may also provide conneαions to long distance networks and other networks.
The mobile switch center 112 may also utilize IS/41 data circuits or trunks 522, which in turn conneαs to a service control point 104, using, for example, signaling system #7 (SS7) signaling link protocols for intelligent call processing, as one skilled in the art will understand. In the case of wireless advanced intelligent network (AIN) services such trunks and protocols are used for all routing instruaioπs of calls interacting with the mobile switch center 112 or any switch capable of providing service switching point functions, and the public switched telephone network (PSTN) 24, with possible termination back to the wireless network. In the case of an mobile station 140 in communication with a corresponding home or office base station (HBS) 160, the HBS 160 controls, processes and interfaces the mobile station 140 to the PSTN 24, in a manner similar to a cordless telephone system, except that added AIN logic within, for example, the service control point (SCP) 104 is used to determine if the mobile station 140 is being controlled by the HBS 160 or a wireless base station 122. Regarding non-HBS calls, the mobile switch center 112 may direct calls between mobile stations 140 via the appropriate cell site base stations 122 a through I22h since such mobile stations 140 do not typically communicate directly with one another in such wireless standards as CDMA, TDMA NAMPS, AMPS and GSM.
Referring again to Fig.2, the Location system 42 interfaces with the mobile switch center 112 either via dedicated transport facilities 178, using for example, any number of LAN/WAN technologies, such as Ethernet, fast Ethernet, frame relay, virtual private networks, etc., or via the PSTN 24 (not shown). The location system 42 receives autonomous (e.g., unsolicited) autonomous or command/response messages regarding, for example: (a) the wireless network states, including for example, the fact that a base station has been taken in or out of service, (b) mobile station 140 and BS 122 radio frequency (RF) signal measurements, notifications from a SCP 104 indicating that an HBS 160 has detected and registered with the SCP 104 the mobile station 140 corresponding to the HBS 160, and (c) any distributed antenna systems 168. Conversely, the location system 42 provides data and control information to each of the above components in (a) - (c). Additionally, the Location system 42 may provide location information to an mobile station 140, via a BS 122, using, for example the short message service protocol, or any data communication protocol supported by the air interface baetween the base station and the mobile station. Interface 106 connecting the location system 42 with the service control point 104 may also be required in the event the home location register and/or the home base station AIN function is located in the SCP 104.
Assuming the wireless technology CDMA is used, each BS 122a, 122b, 122c, through 122g uses a time offset of the pilot PN sequence to identify a forward CDMA pilot channel. Furthermore, time offsets, in CDMA chip sizes, may be re-used within a PCS system, thus providing efficient use of pilot time offset chips, thus achieving spectrum efficiency.
The use of distributed antennas is another technique for improving or extending the RF coverage of a radio coverage area 120 of a wireless system. Such distributed antennas are typically used in buildings or other areas of dense clutter, such as numerous walls, partitions and/or similar structures causing substantial signal attenuation. As shown in Figs.6, 9, 10, 11 , and 13, distributed antennas 168 are typically connected together in a serial fashion for communicating with one or more infrastruαure base stations 122. Distributed atennπas may be conneαed to the mobile switch center 112 via various air interfaces, as shown in Figs. 10 and 11, or alternatively distributed antennas may be conneαed to the MSC via a directed conneαion to a base station 122 as shown in Fig.9, or via a private branch exchange (PBX) as shown in Fig. 13.
Referring to Fig. I I, distributed antennas 168 are useful particularly in wireless system configurations involving microcells, and potentially indoor environments, such as wireless systems in communication with private branch exchange systems (reference fig. 13) in business offices, and in wireless local loop applications (not shown) as one skilled in the art will understand. Additionally, a distributed antenna embodiment can provide significant improvements in decreasing location error, as compared with an indoor mobile station 140 (reference Fig. II) user with a wireless conneαion to an outdoor, infrastructure base station 122, as illustrated in Figs. 11, 12, 13 and 14.
MOBILE STATION DESCRIPTION
As an example of a mobile station 140, such a mobile station will be described using CDMA technology Fig. 15 illustrates a typical block diagram of the functional components of a CDMA mobile station (MS) 140, based on the patent, "Diversity Receiver in a CDMA Cellular Telephone System", patent number 5,109,390. The MS 140 contains an antenna 510 coupled through diplexer 512 to analog receiver 514 and transmit power amplifier 516. Antenna 510 and diplexer 512 permit simultaneous transmission and reception of signals through an antenna 510. Antenna 510 collects transmitted signals and provides them through diplexer 512 to analog receiver 514. Receiver 514 receives the RF frequency signals, typically either in the 800-900 MHZ or I 8-1.9 GHz band, from diplexer 512, for amplification and frequency down conversion to an intermediate frequency (IF) Translation is accomplished through the use of a frequency synthesizer of standard design which permits the receiver 514 to be tuned to any of the frequencies within the designated receive frequency band. The IF signal is passed through a surface acoustic wave bandpass filter, typically of 1.25 MHZ bandwidth, to match the waveform of the signal transmitted by a base station 122. Receiver 514 also provides an analog to digital converter (not shown) for converting the IF signal to a digital signal. The digital signal is provided to each of four or more data receivers (520, 522, 524, and 526), one of which is a searcher receiver (526) with the remainder being data receivers, as one skilled in the art will understand. Analog receiver 514 also performs a open-loop type of power control function for adjusting the transmit power of the mobile station 140 on the reverse link channel. Receiver 514 measures the forward link signal strength of the signals from base stations 122, then generates an analog power control signal to circuitry in the transmit power amplifier 516, which can effect a range up to about 80 dB. The power control for the transmit power amplifier 516 is also supplemented by a closed-loop power control or mobile attenuation code (MAC) control parameter sent to the mobile station 140 via the air (i.e., wireless) interface from a BS 122, with either the CMAC or VMAC command (as one knowledgeable in CDMA standards will understand). The MAC can take on one of eight values 0 through 7, which effect a closed loop to raise or lower the power correαion. The transmit amplifier 516 may utilize one of three transmit power classes when transmitting within a transmitted power control group in the 800-900 MHZ cellular band: class I (I to 8 dBW), class II (-3 to 4 dBW), or class III (-7 to 0 dBW), for a closed-loop range of about " 32 dB. In the PCS 1.8-1.9 GHz band five classes are defined: class I (-2 to 3 dBW), class II (-7 to 0 dBW), class III (-12 to -3 dBW), class IV (- 17 to -6 dBW), class V (-22 to -9 dBW), for a closed-loop range of about " 40 dB. The mobile station 140 power class and transmit power level for a communicating mobile station 140 is known to the wireless infrastruαure network, and may be utilized for location estimation, as is described hereinbelow. The digitized If signal may contain the signals from several telephone calls together with the pilot channels and multipath delayed signals from each of several pilot channels. Searcher receiver 526, under control of control processor 534, continuously scans the time domain around the nominal time delay offsets of pilot channels contained within the active, candidate, neighboring and remaining sets of pilot channels. The initial sets of pilot channels and a defined search window size for each set are provided by a control message from a BS 122 via the air interface to the mobile station 140. The searcher receiver 526 measures the strength of any reception of a desired waveform at times other than the nominal time and measures each pilot channel's arrival time relative to each pilot's PN sequence offset value. Receiver 526 also compares signal strength in the received signals. Receiver 526 provides a signal strength signal to control processor 534 indicative of the strongest signals and relative time relationships. Control processor 534 provides signals to control digital data receivers 520, 522 and 524 such that each of these receivers processes a different one of the strongest signals. Note, as one skilled in the art will understand, the strongest signal, or finger, may not be the signal of shortest arrival time, but rather may be a reflected, and therefore delayed, signal (such reflected denoted collectively as "multipath"). Data receivers 520, 522 and 524 may track and process multipath signals from the same forward channel pilot channel offset or from a different forward channel pilot offset. In the case where a different pilot channel offset signal is of greater strength than the current cell site (or more specifically the current base station 122) pilot channel offset, then control processor 534 generates a control message for transmission on a reverse channel from the mobile station 140 to the current BS 122, requesting a transfer of the call, or a soft hand-off, to the now strongest cell site Base station 122. Note that each of the four receivers 520, 522, 524 and 526 can be directed independently from each other. The three data receivers 520, 522, and 524 are capable of tracking and demodulating multipath signals from of the forward CDMA pilot channel. Thus data receivers 520, 522 and 524 may provide reception of information via separate multipath signals from one BS 122 (e.g., in particular, an antenna face of a sectored antenna at the BS 122, or reception of signals from a number of seαors at the same BS 122, or reception of signals from multiple BSs 122 or their antenna faces of seαored antennas. Upon receiving a CDMA pilot measurement request order command, or whenever, (a) the mobile station 140 deteαs a pilot signal of sufficient strength, not associated with any of the assigned forward traffic channels currently assigned, or (b) the mobile station 140 is in preparation for a soft or hard hand-off, then the searcher receiver 526 responds by measuring and reporting the strengths of received pilots and the receiver's definition of the pilot arrival time of the earliest useabie multipath component of the pilot, in units of PN chips (one chip = 0.813602 microseconds). The receiver 526 computes the strength of a pilot by adding the ratios of received pilot energy per chip Ec, to total received spectral density, lα, of at most k useabie multipath components, where k is the number of data receivers supported in the mobile station 140.
The outputs of data receivers 520, 522, and 526 are provided to diversity combiner and decoder circuitry 538 (i.e., simply diversity combiner). The diversity combiner 538 performs the funαion of adjusting the timing of a plurality of streams of received signals into alignment and adds them together. In performing this funαion, the diversity combiner 538 may utilize a maximal ratio diversity combiner technique. The resulting combined signal stream is then decoded using a forward stream error deteαion contained within the diversity combiner. The decoded result is then passed on to the user digital baseband circuitry 542. The user digital baseband circuitry 542 typically includes a digital vocoder which decodes the signals from diversity combiner 538, and then outputs the results to a digital to analog (D/A) converter (not shown). The output of the D/A serves as an interface with telephony circuitry for providing mobile station 140 user analog output information signals to the user corresponding to the information provided from diversity combiner 538. User analog voice signals typically provided through an mobile station 140 are provided as an input to baseband circuitry 542. Baseband 542 serves as an interface with a handset or any other type of peripheral device, to the user for audio communication. Baseband circuitry 542 includes an analog to digital (A/D) converter which converts user information signals from analog form into a digital form. This digital form is then input to a vocoder (not shown) for encoding, which includes a forward error correction funαion. The resulting encoded signals are then output to transmit modulator 546. Transmit modulator 546 modulates the encoded signal on a PN carrier signal whose PN sequence is based on the assigned address funαion for a wireless call. The PN sequence is determined by the control processor 534 from call setup information that was previously transmitted by a cell site BS 1 2 and decoded by the receivers 520, 22, 524 as one skilled in the art will understand. The output of transmit modulator 546 is provided to transmit power control circuitry 550. Note that signal transmission power is controlled partially by an open-loop analog power control signal provided from receiver 514. In addition, control bits are also transmitted by the controlling BS 122 in the form of a supplemental closed-loop power adjustment command and are processed by data receivers 520, 522,. In response to this command, control processor 534 generates a digital power control signal that is provided to the transmit power amplifier 16. Transmit power control 550 also provides the digitized and encoded user information signals in an IF format to output to the transmit power amplifier 516. The transmit power amplifier 16 converts the IF format signals into an RF frequency by mixing this signal with a frequency synthesizer (not shown) output signal for providing a corresponding signal at the proper output transmission frequency signal. Subsequently, transmit power amplifier 516 amplifies the signal to the final power output level. The transmission signal is then output from the transmit power amplifier 516 to the diplexer 512. The diplexer 512 then couples the transmission signal to antenna 510 for air interface transmission to the infrastruαure base stations 122.
Additionally, note that control processor 534 is also responsive to various control and information request messages from the controlling BS 122, including for example, sync channel messages, the system parameters messages, in-traffic system parameters messages, paging alert messages, registration messages, status requests, power control parameters messages and hand- off direction messages, as one skilled in the art will understand.
Referring still to a CDMA mobile station 140, in one embodiment of the present invention, the above-described standard CDMA mobile station architeαure in an mobile station 140 is sufficient. However, in a second embodiment, this architeαure may be modified in minor, cost effeαive ways so that additional information may be transmitted from an mobile station 140 to the BS 122. The modifications for this second embodiment will now be described. The following modifications, either together or in any combination, provide improvements in location accuracy from the perspective of capturing RF measurement data: ( I) increasing measurement quantity, ( 2) improving measurement transmission, ( 3) extending the pilot set and search, ( 4) extending the pilot signal reporting capabilities, 5) decreasing the Quantization size of the units used to report the pilot PN phase arrival time, 6) improving the accuracy of the mobile and base station time reference, and 7) increasing the number of data receivers and related circuitry, for correlation tracking of a larger plurality of pilot channels and each of their multipath signals.
Using the standard system parameters overhead message in the paging channel as one method of reporting to the base station the signal strengths and delays of detectable pilot channels, a mobile station has various timers indicating the upper bounds of time needed to respond to a request, and to bid for access to the forward channel (if not already using it's assigned traffic channel). These timers restrict the frequency of measurement reporting and thus limit the aggregate amount of measurement data which can be sent in a given time period.
For example, CDMA standard timer T3jm establishes the maximum time of a mobile station to enter the update overhead information substate of the system access state to respond to messages received while in the mobile station idle state, typically 0.3 seconds. Timer T5βm, the maximum time for the mobile station to respond to one service option request, is typically 0.2 seconds. Thus during a period of about five seconds, this measurement reporting method would provide for a maximum of about fifteen measurements.
However the same CDMA receiver design infrastructure, with slight circuitry modification can be used to support improved measurement transmission.
In order to collect a data ensemble of RF measurements that represents a statistically significant repres ntation of data values in a geographical area of interest, it is the intention that the second (CDMA) mobile station 140 embodiment be capable of sending to the network base station infrastruαure approximately 128 samples of each multipath peak signal strength and its relative delay, for each detectable pilot channel, in less than a preferred period of about five seconds. In order to transmit this amount of data, other means are needed to efficiently send the needed data to the network (i.e., from the mobile station to the base station, and then to forward data to the wireless switch, and then to forward data to the Location Center).
The CDMA air interface standard provides several means for transmitting data at higher rates. The Data Burst message can be used, or various blank-and-burst, dim-and-burst multiplex options can be used, and well as selecting various service options 2 through 9, through the setup of a normal voice or data telephone call. In one embodiment, , the user dials a speed number representing a data-type call to the Location Center 142, which initiates a command to the mobile station 140, responsive by the mobile station 140, which then provides the location center 142, via the base station 122, mobile switch center 112 with the needed measurement data.
Referring to Fig. 16, in one embodiment a software controllable data conneαion or path 49 is established between the control processor 46, and the user digital baseband 30 funαional components in the mobile station, a much larger quantity of RF measurements, on the order of 128 data samples, can be transmitted as a data burst, multiplexed, or sent by other means such as a data circuit call, back to the network, and to the Location Center. Note that the existing connection between the control processor 534 and the transmit modulator 546 may also be used, as well via any other virtual path, such as software register-to-register move instructions, as long as sufficient signal measurement content and data samples can be sent to the wireless network and the location center 142 via the associated interfaces. Those skilled in the art will understand the wireless network consists of the base station, mobile switch center, and related infrastruαure equipment, interfaces and facilities circuits to telemeter the measurement content and data samples to the Iocation center 142. Additional design issues include, for example, the fact that existing memory in the mobile station must be allocated to the temporary storage of RF sample measurements, and new control means, such as selecting a future
Figure imgf000027_0001
control bit pattern in the CDMA air standard, are required to telemeter, preferably upon command, RF measurement sample data to the Location Center 142 in Fig. I. In the case where a location request is received by the location engine 139 in the location center 142, the location engine 139 initiates a message to the mobile station 140 via a signal processing subsystem and the Iocation center mobile switch center physical interface, the location applications programming interface 1 6 for the mobile switch center 112 and the wireless network infrastruαure. The addition of a controllable data connection or path 49 can be easily performed by CDMA application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC) anufaαurers. In the case of one ASIC manufaαurer known to the authors, the Qualcomm ASIC chip mobile station modem, model number MSM 2300, provides both the control processor funαion 534 and the user digital baseband 542 funαioπs or the same chip, thus the external pinout physical configuration would not have to change to accommodate the wireless iocation software controllable data conneαion or path 49 modification. If the mobile station 140 searcher receiver deteαs 4 pilots with 4 multipaths each, with each measurement consisting of a pilot index, finger identification, multipath signal strength, and multipath arrival time, then about 480 bytes are needed per measurement. Assuming the searcher receiver performs one measurement every 10 mS, about I second is needed to compile and buffer each sample of 128 measurements per sample, or about 48 kilobytes. Using a typical 9600 kbps CDMA data channel between the mobile station 140 and a BS 122, and assuming a 50 percent overhead, the mobile station can complete the collection and transmission of a Iocation measurement sample in less than ten seconds, which is within a reasonable period for satisfying a location request.
The implementation of the data services required to telemeter the necessary signal measurements may be performed in any of several embodiments. In one embodiment the location signal measurements request-response application message set utilizes the air interface services provided by the spare bits and digital control words not currently in the air interface standards IS- 95 and ANSI-J-STD-008. Such bits and control words can be reserved for the purpose of requesting and providing the required location signal measurements discussed herein. Using this embodiment the base station and mobile switch center must be modified to support the interworking funαion required between the location center and the mobile station. In a second embodiment the Iocation signal measurements request-response application message set is implemented using service options 4 and 12, which provides asynchronous data transmission capability, as defined in TR ϋata Standard, Async and Fax Section, document number TIA/EIA/1S-DATA.4. Using this second embodiment, the mobile station control processor provides, or would interface with a funαion emulating mobile termination 0 or 2 services at the Rm network reference point. The L-API then provides, or would interface with a funαion emulating the physical interface coππeαing a data circuit-terminating equipment (DCE) to tne PSTN at the W network reference point, in communication with the PSTN, which is also in communication with reference point Ai, which is in communication with reference point Um, which is in turn in communication with reference point „, . An advantage of this embodiment is that no ASIC or circuit board modifications are needed in the mobile station.
The ANSI standards J-008 and IS-95 provide several means for the base station 122 to establish and to extend the search window size that the mobile station 140 should use in its scanning process, and to identify further pilots. For Iocation purposes, either existing standard parameters can be extended, or a Iocation message request from the Base station can inform the searcher receiver of the mobile station to extend its search range, as necessary, to capture ail relevant base station pilots and their multipath fingers, in order to complete the Iocation measurement sample.
The search performance criteria defined in ANSI IS-98, Recommended Minimum Performance Standards for Dual Mode, can be increased as appropriate to accommodate a larger set of potentially deteαable base stations, including Location Base stations and Mobile Base stations. Additionally the search window table size for various search window values must be increased to accommodate new pilot channel pn-offsets associated with Location Base Stations and Mobile Base stations.
Existing standard parameters include, for example using the In-traffic System Parameters Message, the values
SRCH W1N A (for aαive and candidate set), SRCH WIN N (for neighboring set), and SRCH SIN R (for remaining set) can be used to cause the searcher receiver to increase its search area to deteα and thus measure as many pilots as can be detected in the area. Extending the range of T ADD and T DROP parameters can also be used to facilitate the mobile to retain data on additional pilots in the area. The extended neighbor list message is used to inform the mobile station of the necessary charaαeristics of neighboring pilot signals. For example if Iocation base stations are used on a different frequency assignment, and/or utilize unique, non-public pilot PN sequence offset indices, for example, in using increments other than 64 PN chips, then the extended neighbor list message can be used to instruct the mobile station to scan for those types of base stations, accordingly. There can be several combinations of delay spread signal strength measurements made available to the location center, from the mobile station 140. In some cases the mobile station 140 may detect up to three to four pilot channels (representing 3-4 base stations), or as few as one signal from one pilot channel.
For each pilot channel deteαion case, multiple, up to three to four fingers, or multipath signals may be detected per pilot channel. Note that multiple multipath signals, or multiple "fingers" could exist from a less-strong BS pilot signal, or in any of several combinations, which can depend widely upon the mobile station's location within the base station environment.
By modifying the CDMA Base station, mobile station and controller capabilities to provide the Iocation center 142 with data that exceeds the 1:1 fingers to data receiver correspondence, additional information can be colleαed and processed in order to further improve the accuracy of the Iocation estimate. A control message from the Iocation center 142 and carried through the network, is sent to the control processor in the mobile station, requiring the searcher receiver in the mobile station o transmit to the Iocation center 142 via the network, all detectable delay spread fingers related to each deteαable pilot channel.
In one embodiment the control message is implemented in the CDMA receiver via a multiplexing technique, including appropriate manipulation of the hand-off parameters T ADDs, T_DROPs, search window and the aαive, neighbor and remaining pilot sets held within the mobile station' memory.
Although the CDMA ANSI j-STD OOΘ requires reporting of the pilot channel arrival time in a time period of units of one chip size, or 813.802 nanoseconds, typical CDMA receivers contain an internal Quantization interval of one eighth chip size.
Within the mobile station, by modifying the time of arrival message response message to output the delay value in unit increments of one-eighth chip size, the precision of Iocation accuracy can be increased from about 600 feet in radius to about 110 feet. At the base station the arrival time measurement is forwarded in one-eighth units to the Location Center. A multiplier function applied to the received measurement at the base station rescales the measurement for routine CDMA control and monitoring purposes, in order to be consistent with the CDMA standard. In order to distinguish among several mobile station models which report arrival time in either one-eighth chip units or one chip unit sizes, an encoding can be used in the mobile station's hardware or software identifications, telemetered to the base station and Location Center, in order to determine the arrival time measurement units. In one embodiment the analog receiver in the mobile station utilizes a clock signal which runs eight times faster than the clock originally disclosed in the Gilhousen patent, number 5,109,390. In this manner the digital signal provided to the data receivers and the searcher receiver will include an improved resolution in ability to detect delay spread signals, which are directly used to improve wireless Iocation. Although the CDMA air interface standard only requires a 1,000 nanosecond tolerance accuracy within respect to the base station, iocation accuracy can be improved if manufacturing calibration precision's are held to within tighter tolerances, such as less than 250 nanoseconds. However in any given Iocation request, as long as the base station to base station tolerances are tuned properly to an amount less than 500 nanoseconds, then very good Iocation estimates can be performed due to the self canceling time effect geometries typically present in ulti pilot channel detection found in urban and suburban areas. Increasing the typical number of data receivers in either the mobile station or base station provide added capabilities to lock and track more delay spread fingers and respective base station pilot channels. The resulting additional information, if available in a given radio coverage area 120 in Fig. I, can be used for enhanced Iocation estimate accuracy due to confluence or voting methods which can be deployed at the Location system 142.
In certain cases wireless Iocation signals are received representing distributed antennas (or other base stations) across building floor boundaries being received from a specific floor on a multi-storied building. As a specific example, consider signals are being received from both the 40th and the 41th floor; the objective is to resolve the ambiguity of the situation. Fuzzy logic is used to resolve this ambiguity. The determination as to which floor the user of the mobile station is on is based on the strength of the signal, S, and the past reliability of the information associated with the two antennae, R. The spaces of 5 and R are discretized using fuzzy sets. The strength is defined as being: (I) VERY STRONG (VS), (2) STRONG (S), (3) WEAK (W), and (4) VERY WEAK (VW) as defined by membership funαions. The reliability of information is defined as being: (I) VERY RELIABLE (VR), (2) RELIABLE (R), and (3) NOT RELIABLE (NR), again as defined by membership funαions. A fuzzy relation or mapping is described which descretizes how confident it is that the signal is coming for a given floor, e.g., the 40th floor, using the following notation: VS S W vw
VR 1.0 0.85 0.45 0.2
R 0.85 0.6 O 0.1
NR 0.6 0.4 0.3 0.0
The above relation matriz is read, for example, that when the signal information is RELIABLE and the strength is WEAK, then the confidence that the signal is coming from the 40th floor is 0.4. A similiar fuzzy relation matrix is established for the distributed antenna on the 41st floor, and thus the result would be a confidence faαor associated with the mobile station being located on either floor. A single solution, that is, whether the mobile station is on the 40th or 41st floor is determined using a compositional rule of inference. The compositional rule of inference is a funαion that prescribes a mechanism for consolidating mambership funαion values into a single crisp funαion. This funαion can take a variety of forms including max-min composition, max-produα composition, etc. The compositional rule of inference can be implemented, for example, by a summing junαion which collects the results of each firing rule. The summing junction's output is then provided to a centroidal defuzzier which provides the discretized output.
Fig.43 indicates the addition of a fuzzy logic module 41 which optionally discretizes the wireless location estimate output from the TOA/TDOA locaton estimator module 8. In the above case fuzzy logic rules related to the distributed antenna relation matrix would be fired or aα'rvated as a result of exmiπing the message header data strutture that indicates that the location estimate was the result of a distributed antenna case around the 40th and 41st floor of a particular building within which such fuzzy relations exist or in any other localized case sherin such fuzzy relations have been predetermined. Otherwise, in cases where no such fuzzy rules apply, the Iocation estimate is passed to the recipient without further discretization.
Note that the confidence associated with the Iocation of the mobile station can be considered a function of several variables, not just the two (S and R) described above. For instance, it would not be unreasonable to segregate the reliability information by time signal delay as determined within this invention. The fuzzy relation is capable of handling a variety of such situations. Thus which floor the mobile station is on can be considered to be a funαion of numerous variables; the ultimate decision can be made based on a great deal of information.
LOCATION CENTER - NETWORK ELEMENTS API DESCRIPTION
A Iocation application programming interface 14 (Fig. I), or L-API, is required between the location system's 42 signal processor 20 and the mobile switch center 12 network element type, in order to send and receive various control, signals and data messages for wireless Iocation purposes. The L-API is implemented using a preferably high-capacity physical layer communications interface, such as IEEE standard 802 J (10 baseT Ethernet), although other physical layer interfaces could be used, such as fiber optic ATM, frame relay, etc. Two forms of API implementation are possible. In the first case the signals control and data messages are realized using the mobile switch center 112 vendor's native operations messages inherent in the product offering, without any special modifications. In the second case the L-API includes a full suite of commands and messaging content specifically optimized for wireless Iocation purposes, which may require some, although minor development on the part of the mobile switch center vendor. A minimum set of L-API message types include:
A first message type, an autonomous notification message from the mobile switch center 112 to the location system 42, is required in the event a wireless enhanced 9-1-1 call has been sent to the mobile switch center from an mobile station 140, including the mobile identification number (MIN), along with various CMRS identification and mobile station detected active, candidate, neighbor and remaining pilot set information, pilot strength measurements message;
A second message type, forward path request-response message, from Iocation system 42 to mobile switch center 112, is required to request a mobile station (MS) for signal measurements and hand-off information, with a response message back from the mobile switch center 112 to the Iocation system 42, along with various CMRS identification;
A third message type, Reverse path request-response message, from Iocation system 42 to mobile switch center 112, to a BS for signal measurements received at the BS and hand-off information, for a given mobile station MIN, along with various CMRS identification. It is preferable for the received signal strength measurements performed at the mobile station along the forward path, and at the base station along the reverse path, to be reported in a variable-length data structure as follows: for each pilot channel offset, include the phase of the earliest arriving usable multipath component pilot PN sequence relative to the zero offset pilot PN sequence of this pilot, termed pilot PN phase or pilot arrival, in units of one-eighth PN chip, instead of units of one PN chip as stated in the standards. Furthermore, in accordance with the standards, the pilot strength shall be included, measured based on at most usable components, where k is the number of demodulating elements supported by the receiver system. In addition the total number of each detectable multipath components shall be reported. In addition each multipath component, for a given pilot shall be identified by both its delay component and signal strength, for inclusion in the signal measurements to the iocation system 42. Regarding each individual multipath component, signal strength is expressed as is commonly known, by adding the ratios of received pilot-multhpath component energy per chip, Ec, to total received spectral density (noise and signals), i0 of at most that one mutipath component (i.e., k is equal to one).
A fourth message type, an autonomous notification message from the mobile switch center 112 to the location system 42 is required, in the event of an mobile station hand-off state change, along with various CMRS identification.
In order to implement additional Iocation funαions such as wide area Iocation, wherein Iocation is determined across roaming boundaries, out-of-coverage area conditions or mobile station 140 turned off, and home base station applications, the L- API must include access to and receive data from a data store contained in the home Iocation register (HLR) network element type associated with the mobile switch center 112.
A fifth message type is required which provides the Iocation system 42 with the mobile station MIN, hand-off, along with various CMRS identification information (e.g., old and new state changes, old and new BS identifications, and hand-offs to another CMRS), roaming Iocation and status changes. A typical communications protocol such as Signaling System number 7, running on a V35 communications channel could be used for implementation, but numerous other protocols (e.g., TCIP/IP, ROSE, CMISE, etc.) could be used to implement this capability. If the home Iocation register is local to the mobile switch center 112 then the LC - mobile switch center communications link could be used, otherwise a separate communications link is used between the Iocation system 42 and the home Iocation register.
A sixth message type, an autonomous notification message type issued from the Iocation system 42 to the home Iocation register, is required for those location applications they rely on an alert from the home Iocation register when ever a particular mobile station state change occurs, along with various CMRS identification. Consider the case wherein an mobile station 140 whose Iocation is to be tracked constantly. In such cases a history of locations is maintained in the location system 42. Should the mobile station 140 user turn off the power, or exit from the coverage area, then by using previous Iocation values a vector and approximate velocity can be determined. This sixth message type provides a notification message from the home Iocation register to the Iocation system 42 whenever a previously identified mobile station MIN has a state change. Examples of a state changes include cases where the base station 122 discovers the mobile station 140 has traveled to another base station, or that the current primary base station 122 can no longer communicate with the mobile station 140 (i.e., no power), or that a new registration has occurred. In general this message type should support the notification from the home Iocation register to the Iocation system 42 of all messaging and data associated with the nine types of registration, in the case of CDMA. Specifically these include power-up, power- down, timer-based, distance-based, zone-based, parameter-change, ordered, implicit and traffic channel registration. The Iocation system 42 should also be informed of the registration enablement status of each type of registration, which can be provided to the Iocation system 42 via a redirection of the systems parameters message. It should also be possible for the Iocation system 42 to initiate an ordered registration through an order message, from the Iocation system 42 to the mobile switch center 112. The mobile switch center 112 then shall route the message to the appropriate base station, and then to the mobile station. The Iocation system 42 should also be able to receive the results of the message.
In order to implement additional Iocation funαions such as providing users with Iocation information and routing instruαions to certain locations via the wireless short message text paging service, an L-API is required between the iocation system 42 and the network element type used to implement the short message service. Such network elements may be termed an intelligent peripheral or a service node. A number of existing paging interfaces have been proposed in standards bodies, and one or more modifications can be made to accommodate L-API content. In any case, the following L-API addition is required: a seventh message type which allows the Iocation system 42 to send a text message containing Iocation information or iπstruαions to a particular mobile station MIN, and a related message to verify response. Optionally another, ninth message type, an autonomous message may be provided to alert the Iocation system 42 under conditions wherein a state change occurs on a previously pending text message. This last message type provides improved quality feedback to the initiating party regarding the acceptance situation of the atte pted-to-send page. UTILIZING MULTIPLE CMRS INFRASTRUCTURE IN A SHARED COVERAGE AREA
As a consequence in practical deployment situations that base stations are not placed in a uniform manner in a geographical area, and the fact that variable and fixed clutter introduce a variety of signal measurements which can result in the provision of an ambiguous Iocation estimation, a novel aspect of this patent includes the utilization of the inherent ability of the wireless protocol and receiver design to request and receive signal measurements along the forward and reverse air interface communications path with a given mobile station and other commercial mobile radio service providers, in cases where multiple service providers share a common coverage area. Thus in a coverage area shared by two service providers A and B, utilization of received signal measurements from both service provider A and service provider B can be used by the location center as unique, orthogonal information to both resolve ambiguous Iocation estimates and to further improve the location estimate accuracy.
The CDMA air interface, for example, provides a soft hand-off capability for the mobile station to hand-off a voice communication channel to another base station, and even to another CMRS provider, termed a hard hand-off.
Referring to Fig.3, assume three seαored base stations 122a, 122b, and 122c, in communication with mobile switch center-A 112a, are owned and operated by CMRS provider A. Further, assume three seαored base stations I22d and I22e, in communication with mobile switch center-B 112b, are owned and operated by CMRS provider B, and that the coverage area with CMRS-A and CMRS-B substantially overlap. In order to Iocate a mobile station 140 whose subscriber normally does business with CMRS provider A, assume that the receiver of mobile station 140 can deteα signals from base stations 122a, 122b, and 122c, as well as from base stations I22d and I22e, although normal mode use would preclude such measurements from being initiated. Assume further that the resulting Iocation estimate 131, generated from the location center 120 contains either an ambiguous location estimate value pair, or otherwise cannot render a Iocation estimate with the desired range of accuracy.
From an inspeαion of the overall base station geometry of base stations owned by CMRS A and CMRS B it is evident that a strong possibility exists that either I.) the receivers in mobile station 140 have the possibility to deteα the pilot channels associated with base stations I22d and I22e; 2.) the receivers in base stations I22d and I22e have the possibility to deteα the transmitter signal from mobile station 140. The Iocation system 142 contains a data store of both CMRS provider's base station geometeries and is in communication with each mobile switch center - A 112a and mobile switch center - B 112b. An application in the Iocation system 142 sends a control message to the mobile station 140, instruαing the mobile station to tune its searcher receiver to listen for and report back signal measurement data regarding the pilot channel information associated with base stations I22d and I22e, in addition to a request to report of pilot signals relative to base stations 122a, 122b, and 122c. Similarly the application in the Iocation system 142 sends messages to each of base stations I22d and I22e, with instruαions to take signal measurements and report back the resulting information regarding the mobile stations transmitter 140. Since the signaling information from base stations I22d and I22e are based on a substantially different location geometry, the resultant information is orthogonal and thus can be used by the Iocation center to provide enhanced location estimates. If appropriate, a variation of the above process includes a Iocation center initiated forced hard hand-off of the mobile station from a primary base station, e.g., 122b associated with CMRS-A, to a new primary base station associated with CMRS-B, e.g., I22d. A forced hand-off will further provide improvements in reducing systemic timing errors which may be inherent among base stations owned by different CMRS. After the appropriate signal measurements have been reported the Iocation system 142 can revert the hand-off back to the original CMRS. Other Iocation system components shown in Fig.3 include a controller 14 Iocation applications programming interface 136 (L-API-MSC) for communications interface with multiple CMRS mobile switching centers, via physical interfaces 176a and 176b.
In order to provide the most economically efficient and accurate wireless Iocation service capabilities among multiple CMRS providers in a shared coverage area, a common Iocation applications programming interface (L-API) is highly desirable. A common interface also supports the natural competitive behaviors among wireless consumers and CMRS by providing flexible relationships among consumers who may want to switch service providers, yet retain consistent wireless Iocation services for public safety. This approach minimizes the L-API design and deployment costs among infrastruαure vendors and Iocation service providers in a shared coverage area. Based on a L-API between a wireless Iocation center and the mobile switch centers of multiple CMRS, a novel aspect of this invention further includes a method and process that provides account management clearing house and revenue settlement capability with appropriate security management controls. This capability is implemented as wireless Iocation control, accounting and security mediation agent functions to compensate CMRS providers for providing various location-specific network services as described herein.
As wireless Iocation requests are sent to the Iocation center for a given CMRS, operated by a wireless Iocation service provider (WLSP), this agent: I.) assesses the appropriateness of soliciting additional signal and control measurements from another CMRS' base sution in the same coverage area, in order to improve the quality of the Iocation estimate, 2.) Accesses, requests and receives signal and control information with another CMRS base station infrastructure, 3.) provides as appropriate a record of compensation entitlement between or among multiple CRMS and WLSPs, and 4.) security management controls thai protect the privacy needs of wireless customers and the unauthorized sharing of information between or among CMRS. Security controls also include audit trails and controls regarding customer access of their Iocation subscriber profile and the administration of network security processes and related base station parameters and inventory.
Referring to Fig.5, Location Center-base station access, multiple CMRS, an alternative embodiment is provided to extract the wireless Iocation signal measurement data from each base station associated with each of multiple CMRS. Given base station 122i and I22j are operated by CMRS-A and base station 122k and 122m are operated by CMRS-B, a communication circuit provides connectivity with the Iocation application programming interface - base station (L-API-BS) 109. The L-API-BS 109 is in communication with controller 14 in the Iocation center 142. The communications circuit can be any of several conventional transport facilities, such as a private line circuit, a DS-I or T-l carrier circuit, frame relay circuit, microwave circuit, or other data communications circuit.
The advantage of this embodiment is that no modifications are required by the infrastructure vendor in terms of the embedded operations circuit, and related funαions and systems which otherwise would be needed to telemeter wireless location signal measurement data from the base station to the location center 142. The termination equipment (not shown) in communication with the transport facilities, within each base station typically includes a small computer with an in-circuit conneαion, such as an ASIC clip-on device, with conneαions to the control processor circuitry with the base station in the receiver settion. The small computer provides a conversion of the signals provided on the in-circuit connection to the ASIC chip, for serialization and transmission to the location center via the transport facilities.
HOME BASE STATION DESCRIPTION
The Home Base station (HBS) concept in the PCS wireless network environment allows a user's mobile station to be also used as a low cost cordless phone, whenever the mobile station is physically near (generally within 700-1,000 feet) of a Home Base station Device (HBSD). This enables the user to avoid the typically higher cost air time charges associated with traditional wireless service.
The HBSD is similar to ordinary cordless phone transceiver devices in current use today, but is modified to function with a PCS wireless mobile station. Although the HBSD has been typically used at a residential consumer's home, the HBSD could also be used in business settings and other environments.
When a mobile station (MS) is near the HBSD as shown in Fig. 17, and the HBSD deteαs the presence of a mobile station over the Cordless phone air interface, the HBSD signals the Home Location Register (HLK) software in the Service Control Point in the AIN network associated with the mobile station and mobile station's home mobile switch center The home location register redireαs mobile station terminating calls from the network away form the mobile station' mobile identification number in the mobile switch center, and to the AIN/SSP wireline class V switch which conneαs the wireline number associated with the HBSD Similarly, the HBSD, upon detecting a mobile station call origination attempt, redireαs the mobile station signal from a PCS network fixed base station, to the control of the HBSD. The HBSD redireαs the mobile station originating call through the wireline network, similar to any other wireline network call.
A reverse scenario occurs whenever the mobile station and HBSD lose communication, the mobile station registers in a wireless PCS network fixed base station, causing redireαion of calls to the wireless network. The cordless phone air interface may be of a vendor proprietary design, or it may be a similar design as the CDMA air interface.
In order to perform a location estimate in the HBS concept, a conneαion is used between the Location Center (LC) and the home location register/HBS application in the SCP. In addition, a new process, termed a Location Notification Process (LNP) within the home location register SCP is used to send a message to the LC, autonomously whenever a state change occurs in the mobile station' (either via a specific list of mobile identification numbers or all mobile identification numbers) registration registering either to a fixed Base station in the Wireless PCS network or to a HBSD
Alternatively the process may respond to an on-demand message from the LC to the LNP within the home location register/HBS application. In either case a response message from the LNP to the LC provides the information regarding whether or not a mobile station is within range of its, or a designated HBSD. In either case the response message contains a message header information which provides the signal processing subsystem 20 (equivalently this may be known by signal filtering subsystem) with the ability to determine and distribute the information to the HBS First Order Location Estimate Model.
LOCATION USING DISTRIBUTED ANTENNAS DESCRIPTION
CDMA distributed antennas are useful particularly in system configurations involving microcells, and potentially indoor environments, such as CDMA PBX (private branch exchange) systems in business offices, and in wireless local loop applications. From a mobile station location perspective, the distributed antenna configuration can provide significant improvements in location error, as compared with an indoor mobile station user with a wireless connection to an outdoor, macrocell Base station. Wireless Iocation can be achieved provided certain methods and procedures (M&Ps) are followed during the installation process. Data related to these M&Ps is then used by various location processes discussed elsewhere in this invention.
First, a general description of CDMA distributed antennas is presented, followed by the M&Ps necessary to support wireless location. In the CDMA distributed antenna concept, a set of simple antennas, placed apart in a given area, similarly to any other cell placement arrangement for coverage objectives, are fed by a common radio signal. Antennas are usually placed such that their coverage patterns are substantially or completely overlapped in area of coverage. From a wireless location perspeαive, completely overlapping coverage is preferred (this approach also improves perceived signal quality by the end users).
The importance of understanding and characterizing the aggregate system delay elements is shown in fig. 6: Distributed Antenna Delay Characterization. For any given Pilot Channel offset "I", additional delay is introduced by the microwave propagation channel (Point A) and any internal repeater/amplifier equipment (Point B). Each of four delay elements T, through ι. introduce further delay. A mobile station detecting all four DA antennas' delayed signals would determine various sets of cumulative system propagation delays. Since each delay is essentially fixed in a location, such information can be used to determine the mobile station Iocation within the building. Fig.7 illustrates the effective system timing among the delay elements 324, relative to the GPA system time 336, along each point in the diagram shown in Fig.6.
Fig.9: One Exemplary DA Configuration, illustrates a typical configuration where the CDMA base station antenna is also directed connected to three delay elements and antenna radiators.
The CDMA Base station transmitter common output signal is fed through a distribution coaxial cable system, optical fibers or other means, to a string of two or more antennas. Each antenna is connected to the distribution cable via a transmission line tap or delay element, which may or may not provide further broadband gain. The transmission system normally consists of two media channels, one for transmit and one for receive signals. Fig. 10 illustrates an Alternative DA Configuration, using multi-point microwave antennas connected to individual delay elements and their respective radiating antennas. Fig. I I: Serving Dense Multi-level buildings via Virtual Pilots, illustrates a typical application where a multi-level building is served by two base stations with pilot offsets "I" and "j". Pilot offset "I" serves floor X and pilot offset "j" serves floor Y. As shown, a microwave link, either aπive or passive, relays the base station signals between the distributed antennas within the building to the base stations. The main concept is to introduce purposeful delay and multipath signals with sufficient delay spread for signal discrimination. Each antenna radiates a signal which is substantially delayed with respect to any other antenna in the area. If two or more paths are available for the mobile station receivers with greater than one eighth microsecond differential path delay (or whatever resolution is available in the CDMA mobile station receivers), then two or more PN receivers in the same mobile station can be employed to separately receive and combine these signals and thus achieve processing gains through path diversity. Antennas may be omπi-dire ioπal or directional.
Delay elements may be simple delay lines such as lengths of coaxial cabling, or other active or passive delay elements, such that the combination of components provides the needed delay. The transmission line between the CDMA Base station/PBX and the distributed antennas may be via a pair of dedicated, beam-focused high gain antennas, and/or a repeater system. Provided sufficient delay exists between the multipath signals from separate distributed antennas exists, each Data Receiver within the mobile station tracks the timing of the received signal it is receiving. This is accomplished by the technique of correlating the received signal by a slightly earlier reference PN and correlating the received signal with a slightly late local reference PN. Further distributed antenna details can be seen from Gilhousen, et al, patent number 5,280,472, assigned to Qualcomm, Inc.
The total measured delay of both forward and reverse link signals between the BS and the mobile station are thus determined naturally by the CDMA radio receiver designs as a part of the multipath tracking process, and can be made available to a Iocation entity for performing location estimates of the mobile station.
However, the measurements of delay between a particular distributed antenna and the mobile station will include the aggregate delay components of several mechanisms, beyond the BS pilot PN offset delay. In the case of distributed antenna configurations, the simple TOA or TDOA model which is based solely of the speed of light, must now be adjusted to account for the purposefully introduced delay. The mobile station measures the arrival time T for each pilot /reported to the BS. The pilot arrival time is the time of occurrence, as measured at the mobile station antenna coπneαion, of the earliest arriving usable multipath of the pilot. The arrival time is measured relative to the mobile station' time reference in units of PN chips. The mobile station computes the reported pilot PN phase f| as: f; = (T, + 64 x PILOT PN) mod 2IS, where PILOT PN is the PN sequence offset of the pilot.
Reference Fig. 6, which illustrates a typical distributed antenna configuration consisting of a repeater/amplifier and four distributed antennas. The total system delay, T, is:
Ti = + T0 + R + T, + Tj + T3 + , During the installation phase of the high gain antenna (if required), repeater (if required) and the distributed antennas, if the system delay is measured at each distributed antenna and the values stored in a location database, including each antenna identification, and exact physical location (in three dimensions), then during a location request, all fixed delays will be known, thus the TP value can be determined by subtracting the fixed, known delay values from Ti, the measured time of arrival. The TP value can now be used to determine a TOA and or a TDOA value in a manner similar to the non-distributed antenna case, thus location can be determined based on these TOA IDOA ranging values.
The required installation methods and procedures required to support wireless Iocation are illustrated in Fig.6: Methods and Procedures for DA Installation. By following these methods, the Location Center (LC) will contain a database populated with the necessary data values to perform accurate location estimates within the building containing the distributed antennas. Fig. DA-IO: Exemplary DA Location Database, illustrates typically data element types and values required in the DA Iocation estimate model database. Fig. DA-I I illustrates how a simple TOA location estimate model can be used to determine wireless Iocation in a DA environment. Based on the known geometry and coverage areas of each DA cell, and the percentage of maximum radius, determined by the above classification, it is possible to construct radius-radius circles of the DA cells The intersection of the three circles (in this case) provides the location estimate. In order for the TOA and TDOA location calculations to be determined, it is a necessary condition that during distributed antenna installation, the minimum values of the Delay Elements be set to each exceed the maximum practical (i.e., within the coverage area) TP values be at least 1/2 of a PN chip duration (about SOO nanoseconds), to easily allow for the CDMA Data Receivers to be able to correlate between the delay element values and the TP delay values. Fig. 12: DA Delay Spread Ranges, illustrates typical maximum ranging variable delay values (e.g., up to 1,960 feet) if SOO nanosecond guard zones (t) are used. If larger ranging values are required, then guard zone delays must be increased proportionally.
Fig. 13: DA Cell Layout and Geometry, illustrates, for DA ommcell sizes with a radius of about 2,000 feet and guard zones of SOO nanoseconds, that the minimum required cumulative delay values for the delay elements are: a - 2.46 microseconds, t = 4.92 mS, and t4 = 73B mS, respectively. it should also be noted that a maximum upper bound exists for the maximum amount of cumulative system propagation delay which can be tolerated by the CDMA mobile station. The total delay cannot exceed an amount that would interfere with the next pilot PN offset, or substantially delay the scanning time of the search receiver in the mobile station. In any case, 30 to 40 microseconds of total delay is acceptable, and would allow for a relatively large number of distributed antenna components to be included, thus no unusual impacts are required of the system to accommodate location methods.
By purposefully introducing a relatively large amount of delay in the distributed antenna delay elements, relative to the maximum permissible TP delay values, it is possible to utilize the large Delay Element values to uniquely identify the distributed antenna ID, and thus via the distributed antenna database, to determine the antennas' exact location. Knowing the antenna's Iocation and TP value (last stage of propagation delay), TOA and TDOA ranging can be achieved, and thus mobile station location within a distributed antenna configuration, can be determined. Fig. 14: Actual Measurements and Classification, illustrates how CDMA delay spread measurements are used in a DA configuration to form a relationship with the mobile station location with respect to the DA locations. Although the CDMA air interface standard only requires the signal strength and time of arrival of the first useabie delay spread signal to be reported from the mobile station to the BS, assume here that the mobile station has the capability to provide the BS, and consequently the LC, with a list of all peak values of CDMA fingers.
Assume that the mobile station detects and telemeters three CDMA finger RF measurements, as shown in the table below, New Message Type Data Structure Content.
Signal Strength Delay Time of Arrival
-77 dBm 1.68 microseconds
•66 3.98
-95 9.16
Table: New Message Type Data Structure Content. Note that the measurements may be averaged over a sample space of 128 individual measurements. Referring now back to Fig. 14, it can be seen that the first finger is associated with the DA cell-l, range 0 to 1.96 microseconds, and DA cell-2, range 2.46 microseconds to 4.42 uS, and DA cell-4, range 738 to 934 uS. Since the DA cell antennas are fixed, with known locations, correlation's can be derived and established to relate actual measurements with locations. Any one of several location estimate modules may be used, as shown in Fig. DA-12: Location Estimate using the radius-radius method, or multiple invocations of different modules may alternatively be used to form a location estimate of the mobile station within the DA environment. It is now possible to classify the above actual measurements as propagation delayed signals for the DA cells 1 , , and 4, since each DA cell delay range is know, and sufficient guard zones exist between delay spread ranges to unambiguously classify the measurements, and thus to determine mobile station location. The following table illustrates a typical database containing the classification columns for each DA cell and their corresponding location in an x,y plane.
DA Cell ID Location (X, Y) in DA Cell Radius Low Range ( High Range (In feet) microseconds) microseconds)
1 (0.0) 1.96 0 1.96
2 (-20, 3000) 1.96 2.46 4 42
3 (4000, 2800) 1.96 4.92 6.88
4 (1600, 2800) 1.96 7.38 934
Table: New Message Type Data Structure Content
Translating the actual delay measurements into a percentage of the maximum radius of each cell (i.e., cell I radius actual is 88 %, cell 2 radius actual is 78 %, and cell radius 4 actual is 91%) provides wireless location using familiar radius-radius calculations.
Depending upon the combinations of embodiments, the Location Center and Gateway may contain from one to three interfaces into the digital PCS network, shown as interfaces X, Y, and Z, in Fig.24, Location and CTIA TR45 Network Reference Model. Network interface reference points Urn, A, Ai, B, C, D and H are part of the Cellular Telecommunications Industry of America (CTIA) Technical Reference 45 standards, and are not discussed further.
Network interface reference point X provides a direct connection to the mobile switch center, used for transferring RF measurement signals from the mobile station and BS to the LC and for transferring Iocation control between the LS and mobile station, and between the LC and BS. This interface can be implemented via any number of data communications circuit configurations and protocols in current use, such as a T-carrier data circuit, with DSU/CSUs at each end, using an intranet/internet protocol suite, such as TCP/IP, RPC messaging, or other middleware solutions, such as Pipes, IBM MQ series, world wide web protocols, such as JAVA/VRML scripts, hypertext markup language (HTML) links, and may also include various firewall schemes and data encryption mechanisms, etc., in order to communicate asynchronous messaging among the eπdpoints, and in particular, in reference to the final distribution of the Iocation information to the desired end user.
Network interface reference point Y is used in the embodiment wherein a public switched telephone network interface is required or desired. This interface is a straightforward method to support Iocation applications wherein, for example, a mobile station user dials a telephone number in order to initiate a Iocation request, and could also be used to telemeter RF measurement and Iocation control messages between the LC and the mobile station BS. Alternatively a timer-initiated process internal to the LC may be used to start a Iocation request, or via any number of events external to the network. Point Y also has the advantage of not requiring a direct connection to a commercial radio mobile service providers' network elements, thus affording a convenient interface for use by third party Iocation service providers unrelated to the commercial radio mobile service provider.
NATIONAL SCALE WIRELESS LOCATION
By utilizing specific data items used in the Home Location Register in the Advanced Intelligent Network, it is possible to determine the mobile station location on a national scale, i.e., iocation within the context of a state, and in which city.
Network interface reference point Z is used in the embodiment wherein a gross Iocation must be determined. A gross Iocation is defined as an area associated with a particular mobile switch center coverage area. Mobile switch center coverage areas are typically bounded by a large metropolitan area, such as a city. The Home Location Register (HLR) contains gross Iocation information. The Z interface allows the LC to query the home Iocation register to determine if the user is in their "home area, or whether the user is roaming to another mobile switch center coverage area, such as another city. IS— 41 Cellular Radio Telecommunications intersystem operations communications protocols provide mechanisms that allow a user to roam into authorized areas outside of their "home" area.
If the user is roaming in another area, then the LC can use that information to initiate Iocation control messages toward the CDMA network currently hosting the mobile station user. Fig.25 illustrates how a user based in Los Angeles, CA, for example, may roam to a CDMA system New York City, and be "located" within that metropolitan area, through a data communications network and a national Location Center Clearinghouse system.
SIGNAL PROCESSOR SUBSYSTEM
The signal processing subsystem receives control messages and signal measurements and transmits appropriate control messages to the wireless network via the Iocation applications programming interface referenced earlier, for wireless location purposes. The signal processing subsystem additionally provides various signal idintification, conditioning and pre-processing funαions, including buffering, signal type classification, signal filtering, message control and routing funαions to the location estimate modules.
There can be several combinations of Delay Spread/Signal Strength sets of measurements made available to the signal processing subsystem 20 within the Location Center/System 42, shown in Fig.3. In some cases the mobile station 140 may be able to deteα up to three or four Pilot Channels representing three to four Base Stations, or as few as one Pilot Channel, depending upon the environment. Similarly, possibly more than one BS 122 can deteα a mobile station 140 transmitter signai, as evidenced by the provision of cell diversity or soft hand-off in the CDMA standards, and the faα that multiple CMRS' base station equipment commonly will overlap coverage areas. For each mobile station 140 or BS 122 transmitted signal deteαed by a receiver group at a station, multiple delayed signals, or "fingers" may be deteαed and tracked resulting from multipath radio propagation conditions, from a given transmitter.
In typical spread speαrum diversity CDMA receiver design, the "first" finger represents the most direct, or ieast delayed multipath signal. Second or possibly third or fourth fingers may also be deteαed and tracked, assuming the mobile station contains a sufficient number of data receivers. Although traditional TOA and TDOA methods would discard subsequent fingers related to the same transmitted finger, collection and use of these additional values can prove useful to reduce location ambiguity, and are thus colleαed by the Signal Processing subsystem in the Location Center 142.
For each pilot channel detection case, multiple fingers (up to three or four) may be detected and thus reported to the Location system, as shown in Fig.22 and 23, for dense urban and rural settings, respectively. From the mobile receiver's perspeαive, a number of combinations of measurements could be made available to the Location Center. Table SP-I illustrates the available combinations for three and four receiver cases, respectively.
No. of No. of BSs No. of No. of No. of No. of No. of Receivers detected Fingers Fingers, BS 1- Fingers, BS Fingers, BS Fingers, 4-S
Detected S (first 2-S (second 3-S (third (fourth strongest) strongest) strongest) Strongest
3 1 1 1 0 0 0
3 1 2 2 0 0 0 No. of No. of BSs No. of No. of No. of No. of No. of Receivers detected Fingers Fingers, BS 1- Fingers, BS Fingers, BS Fingers, 4-S
Detected S (first 2-S (second 3-S (third (fourth strongest) strongest) strongest) Strongest
3 3 0 0 0
3 1 1 0 0
3 2 1 0 0
3 2 0 0
3 1 0
4 1 1
4 2 0
4 2 0
4 2 1 0
4 3 1 0 0
4 2 2 0 0
4 1 3 0 0
4 4 0 0 0
Table SP-I: Nominal CDMA Location Measurement Combinations
The above Table SP-I scenario assumes that the mobile station design and data collection structure only permits a I.I correspondence to exist between the number of base stations deteαed and the number of data receivers reporting multipath CDMA fingers.
Table SP-I illustrates the potential combinations of deteαed CDMA signals representing multipath fingers and total number of detectable base station pilot signals in a given location within the radio coverage area 120. Due to the disperse and near-random nature of CDMA radio signals and propagation charaαeristics, traditional TOA/TDOA location methods have failed in the past, because the number of signals received in different locations area different. In a particularly small urban area, say less than 500 square feet, the number of RF signals and there multipath components may vary by over 100 percent
The following diagrams illustrate a certain case from a location measurement perspeαive, of signals received for a three -data receiver and a four-data receiver configuration, in a nominal three seαor honeycomb base station configuration. In Fig. 18, a mobile station at location "A" deteαs base stations lb, 5c, and 4a. However although a triad of signals are received, if varying multipath signals are received from one or more base stations, then ambiguity can still result. Fig. 19 illustrates a mobile station located at position "A", deteαing base stations I b, 5c, 4a, and 2c. Although additional information is made available in this second case, traditional hyperbolic combinations taken three at a time, yield multiple iocation estimates. In certain cases the limit of the back-side of a "far-away"seαored antenna can be used to determine the limit of RF coverage in another base station seαor area. Fig.20 shows that normally a delay spread in seαor I b would imply a range of a 120 degree solid angle. However by using the known faα that base station seαor 2a contains a coverage limit, such negative logic can be used to further restriα the apparant coverage area in seαor lb, from 120 degrees to approximately 90 degrees as shown in the illustration, in order to Iocate the mobile station B. Such information regarding seαor 2a can be determined by collecting the remaining set information from mobile station B.
Now consider more prattical, less ideal cases. Due to the large capital outlay costs associated with providing three or more overlapping base station coverage signals in every possible Iocation, most practical digital PCS deployments result in fewer than three base station pilot channels being reportable in the majority of Iocation areas, thus resulting in a larger, more amorphous Iocation estimate. Fig.20 and 21 illustrate a typical relative error space wherein a mobile station detects only two base station pilot channels, and only one pilot channel, respeαively. This consequence requires a family of Iocation estimate location modules, each firing whenever suitable data has been presented to a model, thus providing a Iocation estimate to a backeπd subsystem which resolves ambiguities.
Base Station Cell site planning tools which utilize antenna gain radiation patterns, environmental clutter, such as buildings, dense forests, terrain heights, etc., can provide reasonable training data to bootstrap the initial operation of the LC.
An example of the types of data typically collected during field tests/runs is shown in the following database table SP-2 below:
Column Nobile Data Test Set: Data Type Logged Position
1 CDMA Time (absolute, from GPS)
2 Vehicle Speed (in mph)
3 Vehicle Latitude (in deg. North)
4 Vehicle Longitude (in deg. East)
5 GPS Source (binary, e.g., GPS or Dead Reckoning)
6 GPS Data available indicator (binary states)
7 First BS-Mobile Received Power (in dBm, 1 second averages)
8 Mobile transmit Gain Adjust (in dBm, 1 second average)
9 First BS Mobile Rx Pilot EΛ (dB, 1 second average)
10 First BS Mobile received Frame Counts (integers per measurement period)
II Mobile Finger's Average Time Separation (in nano/microseconds)
12 Mobile Fingers' Maximum Time Separation (in nano/microseconds)
13 Mobile Fingers' Number of Pilots locked (per 1 second average) Column Mobile Data Test Set: Data Type Logged Position
14 Mobile finger Lock Counts
15 First BS Received frame Counts
16 First BS Eb/No set Point (in dB, 1 second average)
17 First BS cell Rx Eb No per antenna (in dB, 1 second average)
18 Hand-off State (relative to the First, or connected-to BS)
19 First BS Traffic Channel Gain
20 First BS Power Control Subchannel Gain
21 First BS Reverse Link full Frame Error Rate, over 500 frames
22 Forward Link full Frame Error Rate, over 500 frames
23 First BS Pilot Channel Delay Spread (in nanoseconds)
24 Second BS-Ranked Pilot Delay Spread (in nanoseconds)
25 Second BS-Ranked Pilot Relative Signal Strength (in dB)
26 Third BS-Ranked Pilot Delay Spread
27 Third BS-Ranked Pilot Relative Signal Strength (in dB)
28 Mobile Antenna Identification (in the case of a multi-sectored antenna)
29 Vehicle compass orientation (bearing or heading)
30 Mobile Station Power Class (an integer, 0-7, indicating max. power capabilities of trie mobile station transmitter)
Table SP-2: Typical CDMA Field Test Measurements
Although the forward link mobile station's received relative signal strength (RRSSBS) of detected nearby base station transmitter signals can be used direαly by the Iocation estimate modules, the base station's reverse link received relative signal strength (RRSSMS) of the deteαed mobile station transmitter signal must be modified prior to location estimate model use, since the mobile station transmitter power level changes nearly continuously, and would thus render relative signal strength useless for Iocation purposes.
One adjustment variable and one faαor value are required by the signal processing subsystem: I.) instantaneous relative power level in dBm (IRPL) of the mobile station transmitter, and 2.) the mobile station Power Class. By adding the IRPL to the RRSSm, a synthetic relative signal strength (SRSS S) of the mobile station 140 signal dεteαed at the BS 122 is derived, which can be used by Iocation estimate model analysis, as shown below: SRSSMS = RRSSMS + IRPL (in dBm)
SRSSMS a corrected indication of the effective path loss in the reverse direction (mobile station to BS), is now comparable with RRSSg and can be used to provide a correlation with either distance or shadow fading because it now accounts for the change of the mobile station transmitter's power level. The two signals R SSBS and SRSSMS can now be processed in a variety of ways to achieve a more robust correlation with distance or shadow fading.
Although Rayleigh fading appears as a generally random noise generator, essentially destroying the correlation value ol either RRSSBS or SRSS measurements with distance individually, several mathematical operations or signal processing funαions can be performed on each measurement to derive a more robust relative signal strength value, overcoming the adverse Rayleigh fading effects. Examples include averaging, taking the strongest value and weighting the strongest value with a greater coefficient than the weaker value, then averaging the results. This signal processing technique takes advantage of the fact that although a Rayleigh fade may often exist in either the forward or reverse path, it is much less probable that a Rayleigh fade also exists in the reverse or forward path, respectively. A shadow fade however, si iliarly affects the signal strength in both paths.
At this point a CDMA radio signal direction-independent "net relative signal strength measurement" is derived which is used to establish a correlation with either distance or shadow fading, or both. Although the ambiguity of either shadow fading or distance cannot be determined, other means can be used in conjunction, such as the fingers of the CDMA delay spread measurement, and any other TOA TDOA calculations from other geographical points. In the case of a mobile station with a certain amount of shadow fading between its BS 122 (Fig.2), the first finger of a CDMA delay spread signal is most likely to be a relatively shorter duration than the case where the mobile station 140 and BS 122 are separated by a greater distance, since shadow fading does not materially affect the arrival time delay of the radio signal.
By performing a small modification in the control electronics of the CDMA base station and mobile station receiver circuitry, it is possible to provide the signal processing subsystem 20 (reference Fig. I) within the Location system 42 (Fig. I) with data that exceed the one-to-one CDMA delay-spread fingers to data receiver correspondence. Such additional information, in the form of additional CDMA fingers (additional multipath) and all associated deteαable pilot channels, provides new information which is used to enhance to accuracy of the Location Center's Iocation estimate Iocation estimate modules.
This enhanced capability is provided via a control message, sent from the Location system 42 to the mobile switch center 12, and then to the base station(s) 122 (Fig.2) in communication with, or in close proximity with, mobile stations 140 to be located. Two types of Iocation measurement request control messages are needed: one to instruct a target mobile station 140 (i.e., the mobile station to be located) to telemeter its BS pilot channel measurements back to the primary BS 122 and from there to the mobile switch center 112 and then to the Iocation system 42. The second control message is sent from the Iocation system 42 to the mobile switch center 112, then to first the primary BS 122, instructing the primary BS' searcher receiver to output (i.e., return to the initiating request message source) the detected target mobile station 140 transmitter CDMA pilot channel offset signal and their corresponding delay spread finger (peak) values and related relative signal strengths. The control messages are implemented in standard mobile station 140 and BS 122 CDMA receivers such that all data results from the search receiver and multiplexed results from the associated data receivers are available for transmission back to the Location Center 142. Appropriate value ranges are required regarding mobile station 140 parameters T_ADD„ T DROP,, and the ranges and values for the Attive, Neighboring and Remaining Pilot sets registers, held within the mobile station 140 memory. Further mobile station 140 receiver details have been discussed above.
In the normal case without any specific multiplexing means to provide location measurements, exaαly how many CDMA pilot channels and delay spread fingers can or should be measured vary according to the number of data receivers contained in each mobile station 140.
As a guide, it is preferred that whenever RF charaαeristics permit, at least three pilot channels and the strongest first three fingers, are colleαed and processed.
From the BS 122 perspeαive, it is preferred that the strongest first four CDMA delay spread fingers and the mobile station power level be colleαed and sent to the location system 42, for each of preferably three BSs 122 which can detect the mobile station 140.
Table SP-3 illustrates the resulting extended combinations of BS signals (pilot channels) and finger measurements potentially available, based on the above preferred conditions. The philosophy is to colleα as much reasonable data as is praαical, given the constraints of CDMA receivers, search times, receiver memory storage and available CPU and data transmission bandwidth, in order that sufficient orthogonal information can be processed to minimize location estimate error.
Figure imgf000047_0001
7 3 2 1
7 3 I I
7 2 3 1
7 2 1 1
7 2 1 3
7 1 3 1
7 1 2 1
7 1 1 3
7 1 1 2
7 3 1 2
<I3
Table SP-3: Extended CDMA Location Measurement Combinations
As can be seen from the table, a much larger combination of measurements is potentially feasible using the extended data colleαion capability of the CDMA receivers. In the case of the last row shown, additional combinations are also possible using a similar scheme of allocating the number of CDMA fingers deteαed at the first or strongest BS, followed by the second strongest base station, then the third strongest base station, etc.
Fig.29 illustrates the components of the Signal Processing Subsystem 20. The mam components consist of the input queue(s) 7, signal classifier/filter 9, digital signaling processor 17, imaging filters 19, output queue(s) 21 , router/distributor 23, a signal processor database 26 and a signal processing controller 15.
Input queues 7 are required in order to stage the rapid acceptance of a significant amount of RF signal measurement data, used for either Iocation estimate purposes or to accept autonomous location data. Each location request using fixed base stations may, in one embodiment, contain from I to 128 radio frequency measurements from the mobile station, which translates to approximately 61.44 kilobytes of signal measurement data to be colleαed within 10 seconds and 128 measurements from each ol possibly four base stations, or 245.76 kilobytes for all base stations, for a total of approximately 640 signal measurements from the five sources, or 3072 kilobytes to arrive per mobile station Iocation request in 10 seconds. An input queue storage space is assigned at the moment a Iocation request begins, in order to establish a formatted data struαure in persistent store. Depending upon the urgency of the time required to render a Iocation estimate, fewer or more signal measurement samples can be taken and stored in the input queue(s) 7 accordingly. The signal processing subsystem 20 supports a variety of wireless network signaling measurement capabilities by deteαing the capabilities of the mobile and base station through messaging struαures provided bt the location application programming interface 14 in Fig. I. Deteαion is accomplished in the signal classifier 9 (Fig.29) by referencing a mobile station database table within the signal processor database 26, which provides, given a mobile station identification number, mobile station revision code, other mobile station charaαersitics. Similiarly, a mobile switch center table 31 provides MSC characteristics and identifications to the signal classifier/filter 9. The signal classifier/filter adds additional message header information that further classifies the measurement data which allows the digital signal processor and image filter components to select the proper internal processing subcomponents to perform operations on the signal measurement data, for use by the Iocation estimate modules. Regarding service control point messages autonomously received from the input queue 7, the signal classifier/filter 9 dete ines via a signal processing database 26 query that the message is to be associated with a home base station module. Thus appropriate header information is added to the message, thus enabling the message to pass through the digital signal processor 17 unaffected to the output queu 21, and then to the router/distributor 23. The router/distributor 23 then routes the message to the HBS module 6 shown in Fig. I. Those skilled in the art will understand that associating Iocation requests from Home Base Station configurations require substantially less data: the mobile identification number and the associated wireline telephone number transmission from the home Iocation register are on the order of less than 32 bytes. Consequentially the home base station message type could be routed without any digital signal processing.
Output queue(s) 21 are required for similar reasons as input queues 7: relatively large amounts of data must be held in a specific format for further Iocation processing by the Iocation estimate modules. The router and distributor component 23 is responsible to directing specific signal measurement data types and structures to their appropriate modules. For example, the HBS module has no use for digital filtering struαures, whereas the TDOA module would not be able to process an HBS response message.
The controller IS is responsible for staging the movement of data among the signal processing subsystem 20 components input queue 7, digital signal processor 17, router/distributor 23 and the output queue 21, and to initiate signal measurmeπts within the wireless network, in response from an internet έB location request message in Fig. I , via the iocation application programming interface 14.
In addition the controller I receives autonomous messages from the MSC , via the iocation applications programming interface 14 (Fig. I) or L-API and the input queue 7, whenever a 9-1-1 wireless call is originated. The mobile switch center provides this autonomous notification to the iocation system as follows: By specifiying the appropriate mobile switch center operations and maintenance commands to surveil calls based on certain digits dialed such as 9-1-1, the Iocation applications programming interface 14 (Fig. I), in communications with the MSC 12a and 12b in Fig. I, receives an autonomous notification whenever a mobile station user dials 9-1-1. Specifically, a bi-direαionai authorized communications port is configured, usually at the operations and maintenance subsystem of the MSC 12a and 12b in Fig. I, or with their associated network element manager system(s), with a data circuit, such as a DS-I, with the Iocation applications programming interface 14 in Fig. I. Next, the "call trace" capability of the mobile switch center is activated for the respeαive communications port. The exaα implementation of the vendor-specific man- machine or Open Systems Interface (OSI) commands(s) and their associated data struαures generally vary among MSC vendors, however the trace funαion is generally available in various forms, and is required in order to comply with Federal Bureau of Investigation authorities for wire tap purposes. After the appropriate surveillance commands are established on the MSC, such 9-1-1 call notifications messages containing the mobile station identification number (MIN) and, in phase I E9-I-I implementations, a pseudo-automatic number identication (a.lca. pANI) which provides an association with the primary base station in which the 9-1- I caller is in communicaiton. In cases where the pANI is known from the onset, the signal processing subsystem avoids querying the MSC in question to determine the primary base station identification associated with the 9-1-1 mobile station caller.
After the signal processing controller 15 receives the first message type, the autonomous notification message from the mobile switch center 112 to the Iocation system 42, containing the mobile identification number and optionally the primary base station identification, the controller 15 queries the base station table 13 in the signal processor database 26 to determine the status and availability of any neighboring base stations, including those base stations of other CMRS in the area. The definition of neighboring base stations Include not only those within a provisionable "hop" based on the cell design reuse faαor, but also includes, in the case of CDMA, results from remaining set information autonomously queried to mobile stations, with results stored in the base station table. Remaining set information indicates that mobile stations can detect other base station (seαor) pilot channels which may exceed the "hop" distance, yet are nevertheless candidate base stations (or seαors) for wireless Iocation purposes. Although cellular and digital cell design may vary, "hop" distance is usually one or two cell coverage areas away from the primary base station's cell coverage area.
Having determined a likely set of base stations which may both deteα the mobile station's transmitter signal, as well as to determine the set of likely pilot channels (i.e., base stations and their associated physical antenna seαors) deteαable by the mobile station in the area surrounding the primary base station (seαor), the controller 15 initiates messages to both the mobile station and appropriate base stations (seαors) to perform signal measurements and to return the results of such measurements to the signal processing system regarding the mobile station to be located. This step may be accomplished via several interface means. In a first case the controller 15 utilizes, for a given MSC, predetermined storage information in the MSC table 31 to determine which type of commands, such as man-machine or OSI commands are needed to request such signal measrurements for a given MSC 12a or 12b in Fig. I. The controller generates the mobile and base station signal measurement commands appropriate for the MSC and passes the commands via the input queue 7 and the locations application programming interface 14 in Fig.l, to the appropriate MSC 12a and 12b, using the authorized communications port mentioned earlier. In a second case the controller 15 communicates direαly with base stations as discussed above and shown in Fig.5, Location Center-base station access, multiple CMRS, in this second case an alternative embodiment is provided to direαly extraα the wireless Iocation signal measurement data from each base station associated with each of multiple CMRS networks within having to interface direαly with the MSC for signal measurement extraαion.
Upon receipt of the signal measurements, the signal classifier 9 examines Iocation application programming interface- provided message header information from the source of the Iocation measurement (for example, from a fixed BS 122, a mobile station 140, a distributed antenna system 168 or message location data related to a home base station), provided by the Iocation applications programming interface (L-API) via the input queue 7 and determines whether or not device filters 17 or image filters 19 are needed, and assesses a relative priority in processing, such as an emergency versus a background Iocation task, in terms of grouping like data associated with a given Iocation request. In the case where multiple signal measurement requests are outstanding for various base stations, some of which may be associated with a different CMRS network, and additional signal classifier funαion includes sorting and associating the appropriate incoming signal measurements together such that the digital signal processor 17 processes related measurements in order to build ensemble data sets. Such ensembles allow for a variety of funαions such as averaging, outlier removal over a timeperiod, and related filtering functions, and further prevent association errors from occuring in Iocation estimate processing.
Another funαion of the signal classifier/low pass filter component 9 is to filter information that is not useabie, or information that could introduce noise or the effeα of noise in the Iocation estimate modules. Consequently low pass matching filters are used to match the in-common signal processing components to the charaαeristics of the incoming signals. Low pass filters match: Mobile Station, base station, CMRS and MSC charaαeristics, as wall as to classify Home Base Station messages.
The signal processing subsystem 20 in Fig. I contains a base station database table 13 (fig.29) which captures the maximum number of CDMA delay spread fingers for a given base station, containing information struαures as shown in table SP-4 below:
Primary Base Latitude, Pilot Channel BS Maximum No. of
Station Longitude, Offset identifier CDMA Fingers
Identification elevation code
DEN-001 χ,y, z S CODENABC00I 4
DEN-002 p.q. r 25 CODENABC002 4
DEN-003 s,t, u 20 CODENABC003 3
DEN-004 a, b,c 15 CODENABC004 4
BLD-005 d,e, f 45 COBLDABC005 4
Table SP-4: Base Station Characteristics
The base station identification code, or CLLI or common language level identification code is useful in identifying or relating a human-labeled name descriptor to the Base Station. Latitude, Longitude and elevation values are used by other subsystems in the Iocation system for calibration and estimation purposes. As base stations and/or receiver charaαeristics are added, deleted, or changed with respeα to the network used for Iocation purposes, this database table must be modified to reflect the current network configuration. just as an upgraded base station may deteα additional CDMA delay spread signals, newer or modified mobile stations may deteα additional pilot channels or CDMA delay spread fingers. Additionally different makes and models of mobile stations may acquire improved receiver sensitivities, suggesting a greater coverage capability. The table below establishes the relationships among various mobile station equipment suppliers and certain technical data relevant to this Iocation invention.
Although not strictly necessary, The MIN can be populated in this table from the PCS Service Provider's Customer Care system during subscriber aαivation and fulfillment, and could be changed at dεaαivation, or anytime the end-user changes mobile stations. Alternatively, since the MIN, manufaαurer, model number, and software revision level information is available during a telephone call, this information could extraαed during the call, and the remaining fields populated dynamically, based on maπufaαurer's' specifications information previously stored in the signal processing subsystem 20. Default values are used in cases where the MIN is not found, or where certain information must be estimated.
Mobile Station ManufactModel Allowed Maximum Maxim Transmit Rec.
Identification urer No. S/W No. of um No. Power Thermal
(MIN) Revision CDMA of Class Noise Levels Fingers Pilots (Max) Floor
Detecta (dBm) ble
3034561234567 Sony 5 Rl.0 3 3 I -114
3034561234568 Qualcomm 25 R2.0I 4 4 4 -115
3034561234569 Panasonic 20 Rl.l 3 3 5 -113
3034561234570 Fujutshu 15 R2.5 4 4 0 -116
3034561234571 Sony 45 Rl.l 3 3 7 -115
Default Default Default RI.0 3 3 3 -112
Table SP-5: Nobile Station Characteristics Table
A low pass mobile station filter, contained within the signal classifier/low pass filter 9 of the signal processing subsystem 20, uses the above table data to perform the following funαions: I) att as a low pass filter to adjust the nominal assumptions related to the maximum number of CDMA fingers, pilots deteαable; and 2) to determine the transmit power class and the receiver thermal noise floor. Given the deteαed reverse path signal strength, the required value of S SSMS a corrected indication of the effeαive path loss in the reverse direction (mobile station to BS), can be calculated based on the SP-5 table data contained within the mobile station table 11, in the signal processing database 26.
The effects of the maximum Number of CDMA fingers allowed and the maximum number of pilot channels allowed essentially form a low pass filter effeα, wherein the least common denominator of charaαeristics are used to filter the incoming RF signal measurements such that a one for one matching occurs. The effeα of the Transmit Power Class and Receiver Thermal Noise floor values is to normalize the charaαeristics of the incoming RF signals with respect to those RF signals used.
Fig.4, Location Provisioning from Multiple CMRSs, illustrates a system architeαure to enable the customer care systems belonging to different CMRSs, either on an autonomous or periodic basis, to update a provisionable signal processing database 26, containing the mobile station characteristics, in communication with the signal classifier/filter 9, input queue 7, and the Iocation applications programming interface for customer casre systems (L-API-CCS) 139. The signal classifier/filter 20 is in communication with both the input queue 7 and the signal processing database 26. In the early stage of a Iocation request the signal processing subsystem 142 in Fig.4, will receive the initiating Iocation request from either an autonomous 9-1-1 notification message from a given MSC, or from a location application (for example, see Fig.36), for which mobile station charaαeristics about the target mobile station 140 (Fig.2) is required. Referring to Fig.29, a query is made from the signal processing controller 15 to the signal processing database 26, specifically the mobile station table 11, to determine if the mobile station charaαeristics associated with the MIN to be located is available in table 11, if the data exists then there is no need for the controller 1 to query the wireless network in order to determine the mobile station charaαeristics, thus avoiding additional real-time processing which would otherwise be required across the air interface, in order to determine the mobile station MIN charaαeristics. The resulting mobile station information my be provided either via the signal processing database 26 or alternatively a query may be performed direαly from the signal processing subsystem 20 to the MSC in order to determine the mobile station characteristics.
A Iocation application programming interface, L-API-CCS 139 to the appropriate CMRS customer care system provides the mechanism to populate and update the mobile station table 11 within the database 26. The L-API-CCS 1 9 contains its own set of separate input and output queues or similar implementations and security controls to ensure that provisioning data is not sent to the incorrect CMRS. The interface 1155a to the customer care system for CMRS-A 1150a provides an autonomous or periodic notification and response application layer protocol type, consisting of add, delete, change and verify message funαions in order to update the mobile station table 11 within the signal processing database 26, via the controller 15. A similar interface 1155b is used to enable provisioning updates to be received from CMRS-B customer care system 1150b. Although the L-API-CCS application message set may be any protocol type which supports the autonomous notification message with positive acknowledgment type, the TIM 1.5 group within the American National Standards institute has defined a good starting point in which the L-API-CCS could be implemented, using the robust OSI TMN X-interface at the service management layer. The object model defined in Standards proposal number TIMI.5/96-22R9, Operations Administration, Maintenance, and Provisioning (QAM&P) - Model for Interface Across jurisdicthnal Boundaries to Support Electronic Access Service Ordering: Inquiry Function, can be extended to support the L-API-CCS information elements as required and further discussed below. Other choices in which the L-API-CCS application message set may be implemented include ASCII, binary, or any encrypted message set encoding using the Internet protocols, such as TCP/IP, simple network management protocol, http, https, and email protocols.
Referring to the digital signal processor (DSP) 17, in communication with the signal classifier/IP filter 9, the DSP 17 provides a time series expansion method to convert non-HBS data from a format of an signal measure data ensemble of time-series based radio frequency data measurements, colleαed as discrete time-slice samples, to a three dimensional matrix Iocation data value image representation. Other techniques further filter the resultant image in order to furnish a less noisy training and aαua! data sample to the location estimate modules.
Referring now to digital signal and image filter processing, by way of example, a forward-path CDMA mobile station delay spread RF measurement sample is illustrated in Fig.22, for the mobile station reception of one sample of transmission signal related to BS-I, located at 16th and Stout Streets. In this sample three fingers or groups of RF energy (relative signal strength is indicated along the vertical axis) were detected. A first CDMA finger was found at a delay of about 3.4 microseconds, and relative signal strength of about -80 dBm. A second finger was found at a delay of about 5 microseconds, and peak strength of about -55 dBm, followed by a third finger at 6.5 microseconds and a strength of about -92 dBm. Two other base stations were detected, BS-S and BS-2, along with their respeαive three CDMA delay spread fingers.
Refer now to the left image shown in Fig.26: Delay Spread Profile Image. After 128 samples of data are collected of the delay spread-relative signal strength RF data measurement sample: mobile station RX for BS-I and grouped into a Quantization matrix, where rows constitute relative signal strength intervals and columns define delay intervals. As each measurement row, column pair (which could be represented as a complex number or Cartesian point pair) is added to their respeαive values to generate a Z direction of frequency of recurring measurement value pairs or a density recurrence funαion. By next applying a grid funαion to each x, y, and z value, a three-dimensional surface grid is generated, which represents a location data value or unique print of that 128-sample measurement. Fig.28 illustrates the result of image generation when a number of data samples, or an ensemble of signal strength, delay pans of values are added within a given bin area or matrix, to thus create a type of three- dimensional image, representing a particular RF signaling behavior at a given location.
Refer now to the right image shown in Fig.26. In the general case where a mobile station is located in an environment with varied clutter patterns, such as terrain undulations, unique man-made struαure geometries (thus creating varied multipath signal behaviors), such as a city or suburb, although the first CDMA delay spread finger may be the same value for a fixed distance between the mobile station and BS antennas, as the mobile station moves across such an arc, different finger-data are measured. In the right image for the defined BS antenna seαor, location classes, or squares numbered one through seven, are shown across a particular range of line of position (LOP).
A traditional TOA TDOA ranging method between a given BS and mobile station only provides a range along the arc, thus introducing ambiguity error. However a unique three dimensional image can be used in this method to specifically identify, with recurring probability, a particular unique Iocation class along the same Line Of Position, as long as the multipath is unique by position but generally repeatable, thus establishing a method of not only ranging, but also of complete latitude, longitude location estimation in a Cartesian space. In other words, the unique shape of the "mountain image" enables a correspondence to a given unique Iocation class along a line of position, thereby eliminating traditional ambiguity error.
Although man-made external sources of interference, Rayleigh fades, adjacent and co-channel interference, and variable clutter, such as moving traffic introduce unpredictability (thus no "mountain image" would ever be exaαly alike), three basic types of filtering methods can be used to reduce matching/comparison error from a training case to a location request case: I.) seleα only the strongest signals from the forward path (BS to mobile station) and reverse path (mobile station to BS), 2.) Convolute the forward path 128 sample image with the reverse path 128 sample image, and 3.) process all image samples through various digital image filters to discard noise components. The strongest signal technique has been discussed previously in the data filter section. Fig.27: Convolution of Forward and Reverse Images, illustrates one method that essentially nulls noise completely, even if strong and recurring, as long as that same noise characteristic does not occur in the opposite path.
The third technique of processing CDMA delay spread profile images through various digital image filters, provides a resultant "image enhancement" in the sense of providing a more stable pattern recognition paradigm to the neural net Iocation estimate model. For example, image histogram equalization can be used, as illustrated in Fig.30 (before equalization) and 1 (after equalization) to rearrange the images' intensity values, or density recurrence values, so that the image's cumulative histogram is approximately linear.
Other methods which an be used to compensate for a concentrated histogram include: I) Input Cropping, 2) Output Cropping and 3) Gamma Correαion. Equalization and input cropping can provide particularly striking benefits to a CDMA delay spread profile image. Figs 32 and 33 illustrate the three dimensional grid images of the before and after input cropping filter example. As shown in Fig.33, input cropping removes a large percentage of random signal charaαeristics that are non-recurring.
Other filters and/or filter combinations can be used to help distinguish between stationary and variable clutter affecting multipath signals. For example, it is desirable to reject multipath fingers associated with variable clutter, since over a period of a few minutes such fingers would not likely recur. Further filtering can be used to remove recurring (at least during the sample period), and possibly strong but narrow "pencils" of RF energy. A narrow pencil image component could be represented by a near perfect reflective surface, such as a nearby metal panel truck stopped at a traffic light.
On the other hand, stationary clutter objects, such as concrete and glass building surfaces, adsorb some radiation before continuing with a reflected ray at some delay. Such stationary clutter-affeαed CDMA fingers are more likely to pass a 4X4 neighbor Median filter as well as a 40 to 50 percent Input Crop filter, and are thus more suited to neural net pattern recognition. Fig.33 illustrate five "pencils" of CDMA finger energy that passed a simple 50 percent Input Crop filter. However, as shown in Fig. 34 when subjected to a 4X4 neighbor Median filter and 40 percent clipping, all five pencil- shaped fingers have been deleted. Fig.35 illustrates the further simplified result of a 50 percent cropping and 4X4 neighbor median filtering. Other filtering methods include custom linear filtering, adaptive (Winer) filtering, and custom nonlinear filtering. The DSP 17 may provide data emsemble results, such as extraαing the shortest time delay with a deteαable relative signal strength, to the router/distributor 23, or alternatively results may be processed via one or more image filters 19, with subsequent transmission to the router/distributor 23. The router/distributor 23 examines the processed message data from the DSP 17 and stores routing and distribution information in the message header. The router/distributor 23 then forwards the data messages to the output queue 21, for subsequent queuing then transmission to the appropriate Iocation estimators DA module 10, TOA/TDOA module 8 or the HBS module 6, in Fig. I.
HOME BASE STATION MODULE
Upon receiving a message from the Data Capture Gateway or the signal processing subsystem 20, the HBS Iocation estimate model examines a Home Base Station Table which defines relationships among a wireless MIN, and wireline telephone number, characteristics of the HBSD, and the possibility to use various signal types in order to further define the Iocation within the address area of the fixed location HBSD. The following table, populated by the commercial mobile radio service provider at HBSD installation time, is used by the HBS model to determine Iocation whenever the mobile station 140 is located within communication range of the HBSD:
Wireline Wireless HBSD Iocation CDMA MIN MIN Latitude, Strength/Delay
HBSD Model Longitude Fixed HBSD Location Measurements ?
3035561234 3035661299 Sony Qx-9000, Rev. I.I 52.619488 N, 727 Magnolia Drive, Boulder, No 112.4197601 W CO
3035561236 3035661200 Panasonic PF-130, Rev.5.0 52.645488 N, 1401 Digit Drive, Boulder, CO Yes 112.4197601 W
3035561236 3035661240 Panasonic PF-130, Rev.3.4 52.779488 N, 1698 Folsom St., Boulder, CO. No 112.4197601 W
3035561284 3035661205 Panasonic PF-180, Rev.5.0 51.619488 N, 990 Nutcracker Dr., Niwot, CO. NO 111.9197601 W
3035561224 3035661266 Panasonic PF-SOOO, Rev. 1.0 52.619558 N, 5606 Bismark Circle, Denver, Yes 112.4197601 CO
Ta ble HBS-I: H BSD Characteristics
In the event RF signals are available for telemetry from the HBSD to the Iocation system, such information may be solicited from the Iocation system to the HBSD, in the form of a request/response message scheme, using for example, a data- under-voice technique. In such cases the SSP provides a data connection with the Iocation system 42 via the PSTN. The home base station may interact with the mobile station in the same manner as a cordless telephone transceiver interacts with a cordless telephone, when the mobile station is within an acceptable range.
The HBS module 6 in Fig. I outputs the Latitude and Longitude Iocation estia tes to either the PSTN 24 or to the Internet 68, dependending upon the source of the originating Iocation request.
DISTRIBUTED ANTENNA MODULE
Upon receipt of one or more data ensemble messages from the signal processing subsystem 20 in Fig. I, the distributed antenna (DA) module 10 queries a previously populated distributed antenna database to determine the locations of distributed antennas associated with the measured DA antenna "pilot delays" so that the detected signal measurement delay signal values received from the mobile station receivers and base station receivers can be input to the TOA/TDOA module. The TOA/TDOA module then utilizes the radius-radius method, or time difference method, in order to provide Iocation estimates within the building or area containing the distributed antennas.
DAISEY CHAINING BASE STATIONS
As a practical matter it may be necessary in some network conditions to add base stations in areas to permit improved estimates to be achieved in wireless Iocation. An aspect in this invention includes daisey chaining communication circuits or transport facilities between or among base stations, in order to simplify the installation and operation of such base stations. Base stations normally communicate with the mobile switch center using T-carrier transport facilities, in order to carry voice and data bearer traffic, and to transport bi-directional control signals. However for various economic or other reasons it may not be justifiable to install such transport facilities. At the base station, by essentially originating a plurality of mobile telephone calls using the data communications option, and terminating such calls at the mobile switch center appropriately, the outputs of the base station transport multiplex circuits are re-directed into the data communication circuits normally intended for use by mobile stations in establishing a data circuit communication call to the network. Circuits at the mobile switch center used to terminate these data calls, redirect the communication to those circuits normally used to terminate the T-carrier facilities from the base stations. In this manner, existing wireless channels can be used to provide transport via this daisy-chaining method between certain base stations and the mobile switch center, thus simplifying conneαivity in cases where the installation of transport facilities would either be impossible or impractical.
DISTANCE FIRST ORDER MODULE (TOA/TDOA)
Particular distinctions over the current state of the art include utilizing essentially the native electronics, antennas and standards, and opposed to overlay solutions, supervisor funαions which control a hybrid set of techniques, including lime Of Arrival (TOA), Time Difference of Arrival (TDOA) in both the forward and reverse paths, pilot signal strengths, power control, mobile stations (mobile station) state conditions, stochastic features of environmental clutter, multipath deteαion and mitigation, and robustness, supporting a variety of conditions including degraded/faulty equipment, distributed and SMART antennas, various registration modes, and various call processing conditions such as soft, hard and idle hand-off conditions, Iocation during the idle state, traffic-bearing states, and iocation during cases of severe multipath, such as that experienced in urban canyon environments, as well as Iocation in suburban and rural cases.
Since each base station is required to emit a constant signal-strength pilot pseudo-noise (PN) sequence on the forward link channel identified uniquely in a network system by a pilot sequence offset and frequency assignment, it is possible to use the pilot channels of aαive, candidate, neighboring and remaining sets of pilots, associated with neighboring base stations, stored in the mobile station, for TOA and TDOA measurements performed by the mobile station. Based on the arrival time measurement estimates and the speed of propagation, ranges or range differences between the base stations and the mobile station can be calculated. TOA and/or TDOA measurements can then be input to either the ra ius- radius multilateration or the time difference multilateration algorithms.
By utilizing the known base station positions, Iocation of the mobile station can be determined. Since measurements and base station positions can be sent either to the network or the mobile station, Iocation can be determined in either entity. Since not all measurements can provide accurate Iocation results at all times and conditions, a variety of supervisory logic processes can be invoked to resolve or litigate the problem area.
As those familiar with the EIA TIA IS-9S and TIPI/JTC CDMA standards specifications know, mobile station call processing consists of four states:
I. Initialization State - whin the mobile station selects and acquires a system, a network, and timing information. This state consists of four substates: System Determination, Pilot Channel Acquisition, Sync Channel Acquisition, and Timing Change Substate,
1. Idle State- where the mobile station monitors messages on the Paging Channel, and suppoπs procedures such as Message Acknowledgment, nine modes of Registration, Idle Hand-off, Pilot Search, and response to Overhead Information, such as System and Access Parameters (which include BS Latitude and Longitude), mobile station Message Transmission Operation (i.e., Data Burst) and Neighboring List messages; I. System Access State - where the mobile station sends messages to the base station on the Access Channel. This state consists of six substates: Update Overhead, Origination Attempt, Page Response, mobile station Order/Message Response, Registration Access; Message Transmission Operation/Data Burst); 4. Mobile station Control on the Traffic Channel State - where the mobile station communicates with the primary base station using the forward and Reverse Traffic Channels. This state consists of five substates: K initialization, Waiting for Order, Waning for mobile station Answer, Conversation (which includes hand-off procedures and earliest arriving usable multipath components of pilots), and Release.
At power-up an IS-95 or TIPI PCS CDMA compliant mobile station enters Initialization State, as described in IS-95, section 6.6.1. During the System Determination substate, the mobile station refers to its internal memory to acquire preferences for system carrier (A or B), or the preferred carrier at 1.8-2.0 GHz, and for other types of service, including advanced mobile phone service, or AMPS, as well as narrow band advanced mobile phone service, or NAMPS.
A CDMA-preferred mobile station then transfers to the Pilot Acquisition Substate. The mobile station tunes to the CDMA
Channel number equal to CDMACHS then sets its Walsh code (always WO) for the Pilot channel where it begins searching for pilot energy, in terms of energy per bit, per spectral density.
Once a sufficiently strong (as defined by the T_ADD threshold parameter) pilot channel has been identified within
T20m secon('s' tne m^ statl0n enters ^ $Ync Channel Acquisition Substate, where the mobile station receives a Sync channel
Message thdt includes, among other information, system time and the unique PN offset index for that particular BS. In the Timing Change substate, the mobile station adjusts its internal timing to match the BS's CDMA system time. At the completion of the Timing Change substate, the mobile station is completely synchronized to the CDMA system's BS time
After satisfactory synchronization the mobile station then enters the stable Idle State, where the paging cnannel begins to be monitored.
At this point at least two alternatives are possible: I. Perform Location determination without consumption of user-perceived air time via the introduction of a new call processing state, or 2. Perform Location determination via the traffic channel (requires air time)
In cases where Distributed Antennas (DAs), and/or Home Base Stations (HBS) are used, each location of these devices can be sent to the mobile station. There are at least three format-types possible in conveying this type of location information in the GeoLocation Message. First, A unique identifier can be assigned to each DAAIBS, such as a fully distinguished name An example of location information could be: Within the USA, State of Colorado, city of Denver, with Service Provider xyz, BS ID 129, Distributed Antenna number 8. Or more compactly, the location string is structured as, "USA.CO.DEN xyz.l29.DA8". Secondly, an easy-to-understand human style data message can be sent, such as, "You are near the 30th floor of the Sears Tower building". Third, data values for Latitude, Longitude, and possibly altitude and accuracy could be sent from the BS or Location Center to the mobile statioπ/LU ("LU" denotin . In order to be most easily useful to and end-user, in the first and third cases, a database would be needed within the mobile station or a Personal Digital Assistant device, which performs a translation of numerical data into a form useful for human understanding.
The mobile station thus maintains a list of location pilot offsets, where the list is ranked based on a weighted combination of received signal energy and BS location. The mobile station selects the best candidate BSs for location estimate purposes, which may be slightly different from the Active, candidate and remaining lists.
Additionally the mobile station may send a Data Burst message back to the BS or Location Center, informing that no other Pilot Channels were detected. This "negative" Venn diagram information may be useful with various heuristics for location estimate deduction, for example, to note where the mobile station is not located.
It is the difference of system time values (as opposed to their absolute values) that is important. Note that for purposes of location, any communication back to a BS 122 would require re-synchronizing onto that BS's system time. Although not specified in either IS-95 or TIPI/]TC's PCS CDMA standards, most mobile station manufacturers build correlators with resolutions of approximately 1/8 PN chip, which is about 125 nS. A location equipped mobile station will provide + /• 125 nS. accuracy, which is about +/- 125 feet.
The mobile station or location entity can process the arrival time estimates in at least two ways, first the mobile station may difference the measurements (preferred) to form time-difference-of-arπvals (TDOA); or second, the mobile station may determine absolute time-of-arrwal (TOA) by solving for the clock bias between the mobile station and other CDMA system time reports. TOA requires very well calibrated BS system clocks among each other.
The following procedure illustrates significant capabilities hidden in the CDMA standards, which provide a substantial enabling base with which to provide the measurements and data for this inventions' location methods.
First the BS sends the Neighbor List Update Message, containing a complete list of the neighboring pilot PN sequence offset indices (i.e., via the NGHBR_PN field) associated with candidate BSs in the area, with which the mobile station could possibly scan for deteαing usable earliest arriving neighboring useabie BS multipath components. This list should typically be a complete list, as opposed to the presumed candidate subset. If the mobile station is not already in the Traffic/Conversation State, it could invoke this state by calling a dialable telephone number in the network, e.g., a designed "Quiet Line" This approach also allows a billing record to be generated according to routine wireless telephony practice. If the network is to determine location, then the network pages the mobile station 140, connecting the mobile station to a Quiet Line/Voice message upon mobile station answer. Note that it may be desirable to suppress the mobile station ringer sounding for certain location applications. Other methods may also be possible.
During installation, each BS 122 in a particular area is provisioned with the locations of all possible neighboring BSs in its area. The BSs 122 use this information to populate a list of all Latitudes and Longitudes which can be sent to the LUs, using the Neighbor List Update message. Second, assuming that the mobile station does not currently have this data or if unknown, then the BS shall send a series of Mobile Station Registered Messages, each message containing the latitude and Longitude values (i.e., the BASE LAT and BASE LONG fields) associated with a neighboring BS pilot PN offset sent with the first message. Note that the
constants N^m, Supported Traffic Channel Candidate Active Set size, normally set to 6, and N m, Supported Traffic Channel
Candidate Set size, normally set to 5, and Ngm, the Minimum Supported Neighbor Set size, normally set to 20, should be sufficient for most Iocation purposes, however these constants could be changed if the need arises.
Third, the BS saves the current T ADD and T DROP values in the BS memory, associated with the In-Traffic LU, and sends the In-Traffic System Parameters Message, which includes reduced T ADD and T DROP parameter values, useabie for Iocation purposes. The value for T ADD would typically be set to a value near the lower end of the IS-98 specification, possibly below the BO dB dynamic range requirement, close to (but not including) the thermal noise power level of the LU receiver. Note that if the LU is using restricted battery, e.g., a portable, then the time for keeping T ADD and T DROP at a low value for location estimates purposes, should be kept short to conserve adverse consequences, such as increased current drain and noise. Reduced T ADD and T DROP values sent to the mobile station will cause the LU to scan all conceivable neighboring BS pilots provided to it by the BS, and to measure the strengths of each received pilot, and to determine the pilot arrival time for each pilot offset. Note that the signal strengths now measured may not be sufficient for carrying traffic, but may be sufficient for location purposes.
Assuming the network is to determine Iocation, then the mobile station reports the arrival time, P I L0T_ AR IVAL, for each pilot reported to the base station. According to the standard the arrival time is measured relative to the mobile station's time reference (which was previously determined from the active BS), in units of PN chips (1/2288) microseconds, or about 814 nanoseconds, as follows: IS PILOT PN-PHASE = (PILOT ARRIVAL + (64 X PILOT PN))mod 2 , where PILOT PN is the PN sequence offset index of the pilot associated with the BS pilot indices in the neighbor list. In order to achieve Iocation accuracy estimates on the order of a few hundred feet (or nanoseconds) a higher resolution than I PN chip is required. Although not specified directly in IS-95, most mobile manufacturers use correlators with resolutions of approximately 1/8 PN chip, or about 102 nS (suggesting that if no other systemic errors are present, about 102 feet of error is
expected). Note that the search window size SRCH_WIN_Ar for each pilot may need to be increased if there are substantial delays experienced from the environment. It is desirable for the mobile station to report the second and third arrival time (or the second and third fingers), and their relative signal strengths, corresponding to each deteαable Pilot Channel.
If more than one PILOT ARRIVAL is available then a basic TDOA multilateration algorithm may be invoked, at either the LU, or the network. In the network case, the aαive BS 122 must send a Pilot Request Order for Pilot Measurement Request Order (ORDER code 010001), which causes the mobile station 140 to forward its measurements to the BS (and consequently the network, as appropriate).
At this point a minimally sufficient number of measurements are available to perform a Iocation estimate. Thus the 6S should restore the original T_ADD and T_DROP values (previously saved in the BS memory) to the mobile station, via the in- Traffic System ParametersfttUmmmgt.
Additional information may be desirable, such as the aαive BS' TOA measurement, as well as associated BS measurements of the mobile station's TOA to their BS Iocation. This added information may be sent to the mobile station if the mobile station is to perform Iocation, via the Data Burst Message on the forward Traffic Channel. Since 26 combinations of data burst types have been reserved for future use in the standard, dedication of several combinations could be used to telemeter location-related data. In cases where duplicate ranging or other information is available, various supervisor techniques mentioned elsewhere in this document, could be used to refine the Iocation estimate.
Once the Iocation estimate has been performed, any number of means could be used to provide the results to the end user.
The IS-95 and J-STD-008 CDMA specifications require that BSs should be synchronized to within + /- 3 microseconds of CDMA system time and shall be synchronized to within + /- 10 microseconds. This invention disclosure method assumes the cost of GPS receivers is relatively small, thus time calibration at a more precise calibration level at each Iocation BS is recommended to be used by using the very accurate GPS time parameters. Preferably the absolute error deviation among surrounding or neighboring base stations should be less than 800 nanoseconds, however in most cases this should not be a fixed requirement, but rather a preference. In cases where absolute BS timing is prohibitively expensive, then the "Forced Hand-off" method discussed below can be used to overcome the preferred, or stri absolute BS timing requirements.
Three methods have been currently identified. Some of these techniques apply to other air interface types as well. I. Use the first finger at BS (Absolute Ranging), and if deteαeable, invoke a "Forced Hand-off" between the mobile station and a neighboring BS, for a time sufficient to complete signal measurements between a mobile station transmitter and a BS receiver, and if possible, between a BS transmitter and a mobile station receiver, which gives access to as many BS's as can be detected either by the mobile station receiver or the surrounding BS receivers.
2. Use the first finger at mobile station (Differential Ranging) to obtain differential time readings of pilot channel from mobile station
3. Use the Pilot Power Level Measurements and Ground Clutter (Stochastic information)
Now in the general case where three or more BSs can either determine TDOA and/or the mobile station can telemeter
such data to the Iocation entity within the network, repeat this method for BSj and BS3, and BS3 and BS| , in order to determine the remaining curves, thus yielding location within a 2D space. In the case of 3D geometry (such as a multi-story building with multi-floor pico BS cells), the process must be repeated a fourth time in order to determine altitude. MATLAB HathWorks code to implement the above algorithms follows: clear;hold off;
I = κ)rt(-l); step_sιze = 0.03;
# Set up BS variables theta = pi/3*oπes(3,l); D = I0*ones(3,l);
2(1) - 0; ι(2) = D(l);
Ϊ(3) = D(3)*exp(-j*theta(l));
# Define the distance parameters d - [06.4 -6.8]'; location I = Q; location = Q; locatιon3 = Q;
# Iterate and solve for the location with respect to the first BS (at (0,0) ) t2 = -pι:0.05:0.05; for t I = -pι/3:0.05:0.05, tl = tl +0.001; rl - l./(exp(j*tl)-exp(|*α)).*(D(l)-d(l)*exp(|* )); r2 = l./(exp(j*tl)-exp(j»t2)).*(D(l)-d(l)*exp(|*tl)), temp = arg(rl); index = fιnd(abs(temp) = = mιn(abs(temp))), location I = [location J ;r I (ιndex)*exp (j*t I) ] , end; for tl = -pι/3:0.05:0.05 tl = tl +0.001; rl = l ./(exp(|*tl)-exp(|*α)).*(D(2)-d(2)*exp(|*t2)), r2 = l./(exp(j*tl)-exp(|*t2)).*(D(2)-d(2)*exp(|*tl)), temp = arg(rl), index = fιnd(abs(temp) = = mιn(abs(temp))); location = [locatιoπ2;rl(ιndex)*exp(j*tl)], end; for t I = -pι/3:0.05:0.05 tl = tl +0.001; rl = /(exp(j*tl)-exp(|«t2)).»(D(l)-d(3)*exp(|*t2)); r2 = l./(exp()*tl)-«xp(]*t2)).β(D(l)-d(3)*exp(j*tl)), temp = arg(rl); index = fιnd(abs(temp) = = mιn(abs(temp))),
Iocatιon3 = [locatιon3;rl(ιndex)*exp()*tl)], end; locatιon2 = Iocatιon2*exp(j*arg(z(3)-z(2))) + z(2); Iocatιon3 = locatιon3*exp(j*arg(z(l)-z(3))) + z(3); set yrange [-10:1]; set xrange [-1:11]; plot([z;z(l)]) hold on plot (location I) plot(locatιon2) plot(locatιon3)
WIRELESS LOCATION DATA COLLECTION
It is worthwhile to discuss techniques for both obtaining the initial colleαion of verified Iocation data, as well as how additional Iocation data can be obtained for updating the data in this data base in a straightforward cost-effective manner.
Regarding both the obtaining of the initial colleαion of verified Iocation data as well as gathering data updates, it is believed that some of this data can be obtained from the initial and continued engineering of the base station infrastruαure by the wireless telephony service provider(s) in the radio coverage area. Additional verified location data can be obtained by trained technicians driving and/or walking certain areas and periodically, at each of a plurality of locations: (a) determining a location estimate (using, for example, GPS if possible and/or offsets from GPS readings); and (b) using an mobile station 140 at the location to generate Iocation data communication with the wireless base station infrastructure.
Alternatively, it is a novel aspect of the present invention that a straightforward method and system for gathering verified Iocation data has been discovered, wherein a conventional mobile station 140 can be used without any additional electronics or circuit modifications. One embodiment of this method and system utilizes the personnel of businesses that travel predetermined routes through the radio coverage area (e.g., a delivery and/or pickup service) to generate such data using a conventional mobile station 140 while traversing their routes through the radio coverage area. One example of such personnel is the postal workers, and in particular, the mail carriers having predetermined (likely repetitive) routes for mail pickup and/or delivery at predetermined sites (denoted hereinafter as "mail pickup/delivery sites" or simply "mail sites"). By having such mail carriers each carry a conventional mobile station 140 and periodically generate location data communication with the wireless base station infrastruαure at mail sites along their routes, additional verified location data can be added to the Location Data Base 1129 cost effectively.
To describe how this can be performed, a brief description of further features available in a typical mobile station 140 is needed. At least some modules of mobile station 140 have the following capabilities:
(27.2.1) a unique mobile station 140 identification number; in faα, every mobile station 140 must have such a number (its telephone number); (27.2.2) the mobile station 140 has a display and a display memory for presenting stored data records having telephone numbers and related data to a user. Further, some portion of each data record is annotation and some portion is able to be transmitted to the wireless base station network. In particular, the mobile station 140 is able to store and recall data records of sufficient size such that each data record may include the following information for a corresponding mail pickup/delivery site along a mail route: (a) an address or other textual description data (e.g., an English-like description) of the mail pickup/delivery site; (b) a predetermined telephone number; and (c) a numerical code (denoted the "site code" hereinafter) associated with the mail pickup/delivery site, wherein the site code is at least unique within a set of site codes corresponding to the mail sites on the mail route. In one embodiment, the memory may store 99 or more such data records, and the display is scrollable through the data records;
(2723) the mobile station 140 can have its display memory updated from either an RS232 port residing on the mobile station, or from an over-the-air aαivation capability of the wireless network;
(272.4) the mobile station 140 has a pause feature, wherein a telephone number can be dialed, and after some predetermined number of seconds, additional predetermined data can be transmitted either through additional explicit us r request (e.g., a "hard pause"), or automatically (e.g., a "soft pause"). Moreover, the additional predetermined data can reside in the display memory.
Assuming these features, the following steps can be performed for acquiring additional verified location data. (273.1) For (at least some of the) postal carriers having predetermined routes of addresses or locations visited, the postal carriers are each provided with an mobile station 140 having the capabilities described in (27.2.1 ) through (27.2.4) above, wherein the memory in each provided mobile station has a corresponding list of data records for the addresses visited on the route of the postal carrier having the mobile station. Moreover, each such list has the data records in the same sequence as the postal carrier visits the corresponding mail sites, and each data record includes the information as in (27.2.2) for a corresponding mail site the postal carrier visits on his/her mail route. More precisely, each of the data records has: (a) a description of the address or iocation of its corresponding mail pickup/delivery site, (b) a telephone number for dialing a data collection system for the location center 142 (or, alternatively, a reference to a memory area in the mobile station having this telephone number since it is likely to be the same number for most data records), and (c) a site code for the mail pickup/delivery site that is to be transmitted after a predetermined soft pause time-out. Note that the corresponding list of data records for a particular postal route may be downloaded from, for example, a computer at a post office (via the RS232 port of the mobile station 140), or alternatively, the list may be provided to the mobile station 140 by an over-the-air aαivation. further, there are various embodiments of over-the-air activation that may be utilized by the present invention. In one embodiment, the postal carrier dials a particular telephone number associated with data collection system and identifies both him/herself by his/her personal identification number (PIN), and the postal route (via a route identifying code). Subsequently, the mail pickup and delivery sites along the identified route are downloaded into the memory of the mobile station 140 via wireless signals to the mobile station 140. However, additional over- the-air techniques are also within the scope of the present invention such as: (a) If the postal carrier's route is already associated with the carrier's PIN for over-the-air aαivation, then the carrier may only need to enter his/her PIN.
(b) If the mobile station 140 is already associated with a particular route, then the carrier may only need to activate the mobile station 140, or alternatively, enter his/her PIN for obtaining an over-the-air download of the route.
(c) Regardless of how the initial download of mail sites is provided to the mobile station 140, it is also an aspect of the present invention that if there are more mail sites on a route than there is sufficient memory to store corresponding data records in the mobile station, then the data records may be downloaded in successive segments. For example, if there are 150 mail sites on a particular route and storage for only 99 data records in the mobile station, then in one embodiment, a first segment of 98 data records for the first 98 mail pickup/delivery sites on the route are downloaded together with a 99* data record for transmitting an encoding requesting a download of the next 52 data records for the remaining mail sites. (Alternatively, the data collection system may monitor mobile station
140 requests and automatically deteα the last location capture request of a downloaded segment, and subsequently automatically download the next segment of mail site data records). Accordingly, when the data records of the first segment have been utilized, a second segment may be downloaded into the mobile station 140. Moreover, at the end of the last segment, the data collection system may cause the first segment for the route to be automatically downloaded into the mobile station 140 in preparation for the next traversal of the route. (27 2) Given that a download into the mobile station 140 of (at least a portion of) the data for a postal route has occurred , the postal carrier traversing the route then iteratively scrolls to the next data record on the list stored in the mobile station as he/she visits each corresponding mail pickup/delivery site, and activates the corresponding data record. That is, the following steps are performed at each mail pickup/delivery site: (a) As the postal carrier arrives at each mail pickup/delivery site, he or she checks the scrollable mobile station 140 display to assure that the address or Iocation of the mail pickup/delivery site is described by the data record in the portion of the mobile station display for activating associated data record instruαions. (b) The postal carrier then merely presses a button (typically a "send" button) on the mobile station 140 for concurrently dialing the telephone number of the data collection system, and initiating the timer for the soft pause (in the mobile station 140) associated with the site code for the mail pickup/delivery site currently being visited, (c) Given that the soft pause is of sufficient length to allow for the data collection system call to be setup, the mobile station 140 then transmits the site code for the present mail pickup/delivery site. (d) Upon receiving the telephone number of the mobile station 140 (via automatic number identification (AIN)), and the site code, the data collection system then performs the following steps: (dl) A retrieval of an identifier identifying the route (route id). Note this may be accomplished by using the telephone number of the mobile station. That is, when the data colleαion system first deteαs that the mobile station 1 0 is to be used on a particular route, the telephone number of the mobile station and the route id may be associated in a data base so that the route id can be retrieved using the telephone number of the mobile station. .
(d2) A retrieval of a iocation representation (e.g., latitude, longitude, and possibly height) of the mail pickup/delivery site identified by the combination of the route id and the site code is performed by accessing a data base having, for each mail site, the following associated data items: the route id for the mail site, the site code, the mail site address (or Iocation description), and the mail site Iocation representation (e.g., latitude, longitude, possibly height). (d3) A request to the Iocation center 142 is issued indicating that the Iocation data for the mobile station 140 (resulting from, e.g., the call being maintained between the mobile station and the data collection system) is to be retrieved from the wireless network, temporarily saved, and a Iocation estimate for the mobile station is to be performed. Accordingly, the data colleαion system request to the location center 142 the following: (i) the telephone number of the mobile station 140; (ii) the retrieved iocation of the mobile station 140 according to the route id and site code;
(iii) a request for the Iocation center 142 to perform a Iocation estimate on the mobile station 140 and return the location estimate to the data colleαion system; (iv) a request that the location center 142 retain the location for the mobile station 140 and associate with it the Iocation of the mobile station 140 received from the data colleαion system. Regarding step (iii), the Iocation estimate may also include the steps temporarily increasing the mobile station transmitter power level (2733) Subsequently, given that the Iocation center 142 performs as requested, when the data colleαion system receives the mobile station 140 Iocation estimate from the Iocation center, the data colleαioπ system first associates the returned mobile station Iocation estimate with the corresponding data colleαion system information regarding the mobile station, and secondly, performs "reasonability" tests on the information received from the mobile station 140 for deteαing, filtering and/or alerting systems and personnel whenever the postal carrier appears to be transmitting (via the mobile station 1 0) from a Iocation different from what the route id and site code indicate. The following are examples of such reasonability tests: (a) If a threshold number of postal carrier transmittals disagree with the Iocation center 142 estimate by a predetermined distance (likely dependent upon area type), then tag these particular transmittals as problematic and mark all transmittals from the mobile station 140 as suspeα for "distance" inaccuracies.
(b) If there is less than a threshold amount of time between certain postal carrier transmittals, then tag these particular transmittals as problematic and mark all transmittals from the mobile station 140 as suspect for "time" inaccuracies.
(c) If an expeαed statistical deviation between a sampling of the postal carrier transmittals and the Iocation estimates from the
Iocation center 142 vary by more than a threshold amount, then tag these particular transmittals as problematic and mark all transmittals from the mobile station 140 as suspeα for "statistical" inaccuracies.
(d) If an expeαed statistical deviation between a sampling of the times of the postal carrier transmittals and an expeαed timing between these transmittals vary by more than a threshold amount, then tag these particular transmittals as problematic and mark all transmittals from the mobile station 140 as suspeα for "statistical" inaccuracies.
(273.4) When suspeα or problematic mobile station Iocation information is deteαed (e.g., incorrect site code) in step (27.3.3), the data colleαion system may perform any of the following aαions:
(a) Alert the postal carrier of problematic and/or suspeαed inaccuracies in real time, after a certain number of transmittals or at a later time. Note that such alerts as well as positive feedback at the end of the postal carrier's route (or segments thereof) may be advantageous in that it likely inhibits the postal carrier from experimenting with transmittals from locations that are purposefully inaccurate, but at the same time provides sufficiently timely feedback to encourage a conscientious postal carrier.
(b) Alert the Postal Service of perceived discrepancies in the mobile station 140 transmittals by the postal carrier. (c) Dispatch Iocation center technicians to the area to transmit duplicate signals.
(273.5) If the transmittal(s) from the mobile station 140 are not suspeα, then the data colleαion system communicates with the Iocation center 142 for requesting that each Iocation received from the mobile station 140 be stored with its corresponding retrieved location (obtained in step (d2)) as a verified Iocation value in the Location Data Base 1129. Alternatively, if the transmittals from the mobile station 140 are suspeα, then the data coliεαion system may communicate with the Iocation center 142 for requesting that at least some of the Iocation data from the mobile station 140 be discarded.
Note that a similar or identical procedure to the steps immediately above may be applied with other services/workers such as courier services, delivery services, meter readers, street sweepers, and bus drivers having predetermined routes.
WIRELESS LOCATION APPLICATIONS
After having determined wireless Iocation from a base technology perspeαive, several applications are detailed below, which provide the results of the Iocation information to a variety of users in various channels and presentation schemes, for a number of useful reasons and under various conditions. The following applications are addressed: (I.) providing wireless location to the originator or another, using either the digital air interface voice channel or a wireline channel, and an automatic call distributor; (2.) providing wireless Iocation to the originator, or another, using either the digital air interface voice channel or a wireline channel, and a hunt group associated with the central office or a PBS group; (3.) providing wireless Iocation to the originator or another, using either the digital air interface text paging, or short message service communications channel; (4.) providing wireless Iocation to the originator or another, using the Internet, and in one embodiment, using netcasting or "Push" technology; (5.) seleαive group, multicast individualized direαions with optional Conferencing; (6.) rental car inventory control and dispatch; (7.) vocalized direαions and tracking; (8.) wireless Iocation and court ruling/criminal incarceration validation; (9.) flexible delivery of wireless Iocation information to public safety answering points; (10.) trigger-based inventory and tracking; (I I.) group, e.g., family, safety and conditional notification; (12.) wireless Iocation- based retail/merchan ising services; (13.) location- based home/office vehicle security management; (13.) infrastructure-supported wireless Iocation using hand-aαuated direαional finding; (14.) iπfrastruαure-supported intelligent traffic and highway management; (15.) Parametric-driven intelligent agent- based Iocation services. Each of these wireless Iocation applications is discussed in detail below.
Referring to Fig.36, a user (the initiating caller) desiring the iocation of a target mobile station 140a, such as a user at a telephone station 162 which is in communication with a tandem switch 489 or a user of an mobile station 140b, or any other telephone station user, such as a computer program, dials a publicly dialable telephone number which terminates on the automatic call distributor 546 (ACD), associated with the Iocation center 142. If the caller originated from an mobile station 102, then the call is processed via a base station 122 to a mobiles switch center 108. The mobile switch center recognizes the call is to be routed to the PSTN 124 via an interoffice trunk interface 600. The PSTN 124 completes the call to the ACD 546, via a trunk group interface 500. Note that the initiating caller could access the ACD 546 in any number of ways, including various inter-LATA Carriers 492, via the public switched telephone network (PSTN) 124. The ACD 546 includes a plurality of telephone network interface cards 508 which provide telephony channel associated signaling functions, such as pulse dialing and deteαion, automatic number identification, winking, flash, off-hook voice synthesized answer, dual tone multi frequency (DTMF) deteαion, system intercept tones (i.e., busy, no-answer, out-of-service), disconnected, call progress, answer machine deteαion, text-to-speech and automatic speech recognition. Note that some of these functions may be implemented with associated digital signal processing cards conneαed to the network cards via an internal bus system. An assigned telephone network interface card 508 deteαs the incoming call, provides an off-hook (answer signal) to the calling party, then provides a text to speech (TTS) message, via an assigned text-to-speech card 512 indicating the nature of the call to the user, collects the automatic number identification information if available (or optionally prompts the caller for this information), then proceeds to colleα the mobile identification number (MIN) to be located. KIN collection, which is provided by the initiating caller through keypad signaling tones, can be achieved in several methods. In one case the network card 508 can request a TTS message via text-to-speech card 512, which prompts the initiator to key in the MIN number by keypad DTMF signals, or an automatic speech recognition system can be used to colleα the MIN digits. After the MIN digits have been colleαed, a location request message is sent to a location application 146. The location application 146, in concert with location application interface 135, in the location system 42, is in communication with the location engine 139. Note that the location engine 139 consists of the signal processing subsystem 20, and one or more location estimate modules, i.e., DA module 10, TOA TDOA ocule 8 or HBS module 6. The location engine 139 initiates a series of messages, using the iocation application programming interface 136 to the mobile station 108. The location application programming interface 136 then communicates with one or more mobile switch centers 108, to determine whether or not the mobile station 140 to be located can be located. Conditions regarding the locateability of an mobile station 140 include, for example: mobile station 140 powered off, mobile station 140 not in communication range, mobile station 140 roaming state not known, mobile station 140 not provisioned for service, and related conditions. If the mobile station 140 cannot be located then an appropriate error response message is provided to the initiating caller, via e-mail, using the web server 464 in communications with the Internet 468 via an Internet access channel 472 or alternatively the error response message may be sent to a text to speech card 512, which is in communications with the initiating caller via the telephone interface card 508 and the ACD 546, which is in communication via telephony interface circuits 500 to the PSTN 124.
Note that in cases where rendering iocation estimate information is required on the Internet, the web server cna include the provision of a digital certificate key, thus enabling a secure, encrypted communication channel between the location web server and the receiving client. One such digital encryption key capability is a web server provided by Netscape Communications, Inc. and a digital certificate key provided by Verisign, Inc. both located in the state of California, U.S.A.
The PSTN 124 completes routing of the response message to the initiating caller via routine telephony principles, as one skilled in the art will understand. Otherwise the mobile station 140 is located using methods described in greater detail elsewhere herein. At a high level, the mobile switch center 112 is in communication with the appropriate base stations 122, and provides the Iocation system 42 with the necessary signal and data results to enable a Iocation estimation to be performed by the location engine 139. Once the Iocation has been determined by the Iocation engine 139 in terms of Latitude, Longitude and optionally height if known (in the form of a text string), the result is provided by to the initiator by inputting the location text string to a text-to- speech card 512, in communication with the assigned telephone interface card 508, via the automatic control distributor 546, completes the communication path and Iocation response back to the initiating user via the telephone interface 500 to the PSTN 124, and from the PSTN 124 to the initiating user.
Alternatively the Iocation results from the location application 146 could be provided to the initiating caller or Internet user via a web server 464 in communication with the Internet 468, via an Internet access channel 472 and a firewall 474. In another embodiment, the Iocation results determined by the location application 146 may be presented in terms of street addresses, neighborhood areas, building names, and related means familiar to human users. The alternative location result can be achieved by previously storing a relationship between location descriptors familiar to humans and Latitude and Longitude range values in a map database S38. During the Iocation request the Iocation application 146 accesses the map database S38, providing it with the Latitude and Longitude information in the form of a primary key which is then used to retrieve the location descriptor familiar to humans. Note that to those skilled in the art, the map database 538 and associated messaging between the map database 538 and the Iocation application 146 can be implemented in any number techniques. A straightforward approach includes defining a logical and physical data model using a relational database and designer environment, such as "ORACLE 2000" for the design and development, using a relational database, such as the "ORACLE 73" database.
In an alternative embodiment, the Iocation application 146 may be internal to the location system 142, as one skilled in the art will understand.
Referring to Fig.37, a user - the initiating caller, such as an mobile station 140b or desiring the location of an mobile station 140a, signals to the primary base station 122, in connection with the mobile switch center 108 via transport facilities 176, The mobile switch center 112 is connected to the PSTN 124, via interoffice trunks 600. The initiating user dials a publicly dialable telephone number which is then routed through an end office 496, to a telephone interface card 247, via a telephone hunt group SOO. The hunt group 500 provides a telephony connection to the interface card 247 associated with the location system 228. The hunt group trunk interface SOO is provided from an end office telephone switch 496. Note that the initiating caller could access the telephony interface card 508, via hunt group trunk interface SOO in any number of ways, including an InterLATA Carrier 492, via the public switched telephone network (PSTN) 124. The hunt group trunk interface 500 is in communication with a plurality of telephone interface cards 508. The interface cards 247 provide telephony channel associated signaling functions, such as pulse dialing and deteαion, automatic number identification, winking, flash, off-hook voice synthesized answer, dual tone multi frequency (DTMF) deteαion, system intercept tones (i.e., busy, no-answer, out-of-service), disconnected, call progress, answer machine deteαion, text-to-speech and automatic speech recognition. An assigned network interface card 247 deteαs the incoming call, provides an off-hook (answer signal) to the calling party, then provides a text to speech (TTS) message indicating the nature of the call to the user, collects the automatic number identification information if available (or optionally prompts the caller for this information), then proceeds to colleα the mobile identification number (MIN) to be located. MIN colleαion can be achieved in several methods. In one case the network card 247 can request a TTS message, generated by a voice synthesizer or text to speech card 512, which prompts the initiator to key in the MIN number by keypad tone signals, or an automatic speech recognition system can be used to colleα the MIN digits. After the MIN digits have been colleαed, a Iocation request message is sent to an application 146 in the Iocation system 42. The application 146 in Iocation system 42 initiates a series of messages to the mobile switch center 112, and optionally to the home Iocation register 460, to determine whether or not the mobile station 140 to be located can be located. If the mobile station 140 cannot be located then an appropriate error response message is provided to the initiating caller, via e-mail, test to speech card 512, web server 464 in communications with the public Internet 468, or similar means. Alternatively the last known Iocation can be provided, along with the time and date stamp of the last iocation, including an explanation that current Iocation is not attainable. Otherwise the mobile station 140 is located using methods described in greater detail elsewhere in this patent. At a high level, the mobile switch center 112 is in communication with the appropriate base stations 122 and I22h, and provides the Iocation system 42 with the necessary signal and data results to enable a Iocation estimation to be performed by the Iocation system 42. Once the location has been determined by the location system 42 in terms of Latitude, Longitude and optionally height if known (in the form of a text string), the result is provided back to the initiator by inputting the Iocation text string to a text-to-speech card SI2, in communication with the assigned telephone interface card 508. The interface card 508 then provides the audible, synthesized message containing the location estimate to the initiating caller. Alternatively the location results could be provided to the initiating caller via a web server 464 in communication with the Public Internet 468, using standard client request-response Internet protocols and technology. Iocation system 42 access to a geographical information system or other mapping system could also be used to further enhance the user understanding of the Iocation on a map or similar graphical display. Referring to Fig.38, a user (the initiating caller) desiring the Iocation of an mobile station 140, such as a wireless user 140 who has text paging service provisioned, dials a publicly dialable telephone number, carried to the PSTN 124 which terminates on an end office 496 based hunt group interface 500, which in turn is in communication with the Iocation system 142. The mobile switch center 112, local tandem 317 and interLATA Carrier tandem 362 are in communication with the PSTN 124, as tnose skilled in the art will understand. Note that the initiating caller could also be a wireline user with an ordinary telephone station 162 in communication with a local tandem 489, conneαed to the PSTN 124. The initiating Iocation request user could access the telephony interface cards 512 via the hunt group 500. In other embodiments, including various Inter-LATA Carriers 492, via the public switched telephone network (PSTN) 124. The hunt group interface 500 is in communication with a plurality of telepnone network interface cards 512, which are in communication with the Iocation application 146 . The telephone interface cards 512 provide telephony channel associated signaling functions, such as pulse dialing and detection, automatic number identification, winking, flash, off-hook voice synthesized answer, dual tone multi frequency (DTMF) deteαion, system intercept tones (i.e., busy, no-answer, out-of-service), disconnected, call progress, answer machine detection, text-to-speech and automatic speech recognition. Note that some of these funαions may be implemented with associated digital signal processing cards conneαed to the network cards via an internal bus system. An assigned telephony interface card 508 deteαs the incoming call, provides an off-hook (answer signal) to the calling party, then provides, if appropriate, a text to speech (TTS) message indicating the nature of the call to the user, colleαs the automatic number identification information if available (or optionally prompts the caller for this information), then proceeds to colleα the mobile identification number (MIN) to be located by sending a Iocation request message to an application 146 in the location system 42. The mobile station MIN colleαion, provided through the communications channel established, is sent by the initiating caller through keypad signaling tones. This MIN collection process can be achieved in several methods. In one case the telephony interface card 512 can request a text-to-speech message, generated by a text-to-speech card 512, which prompts the initiator to key in the MIN number by keypad tone signals. In another case an automatic speech recognition system can be used to collect the MIN digits. In either case after the MIN digits have been collected, a location request message is sent to the location system 142. The Iocation system 42 initiates a series of messages to the mobile switch center 112, via the location applications programming interface (L-API) 366, and optionally to the home location register 360, to determine whether or not the mobile station 140 to be located can in fact be located. Alternatively the last known location can be provided, along with the time and date stamp of the last Iocation, including an explanation that current location is not attainable. Conditions regarding the locateability of an mobile station include, for example: mobile station 140 powered off, mobile station not in communication range, mobile station roaming state not known, mobile station 140 not provisioned for service, and related conditions. If the mobile station 140 cannot be located then an appropriate error response message is provided to the initiating caller, via the service node for short messaging service 367. The service node is in communication with the location system 42 using a common text paging interface 369. The service node 107 accepts the Iocation text paging message from the location system 42 and communicates a request to page the initiating caller via a typical signaling system 7 link for paging purposes, to the mobile switch center 112 The mobile switch center 112 forwards the Iocation text page information to the initiating caller via the appropriate base stations 352 or 354, to the initiating mobile station 354. Otherwise the mobile station 140 is located using methods described in greater detail elsewhere in this patent. At a high level, the mobile switch center 112 is in communication with the appropriate base stations 352, 354, and provides the location system 42 with the necessary signal and data results to enable a location estimation to be performed by the location system 42. Once the location has been determined by the location system 42 in terms of Latitude, Longitude and optionally height if known (in the form of a text string). The location result is provided by to the initiator by inputting the location text string to the service node for short messaging service 367. The service node is in communication with the location system 42 using a common text paging interface 369. The service node 367 accepts the location text paging message from the location system 42 and communicates a request to page the initiating caller via a typical signaling system 7 link for paging purposes, to the mobile switch center 112. The mobile switch center 112 forwards the location text page information to the initiating caller via the appropriate-base stations 122a or 122b, to the initiating mobile station 140, via a text-to-speech card 512, in communication with the assigned telephone interface card 508.
Referring to Fig.39, a user (the initiating user) desiring the Iocation of an mobile station 140, who has a push technology tuner 484 associated with the user's client workstation 484, selects the Iocation channel in the area, and further specifies the mobile statιon(s) to be located, with what frequency should the location estimate be provided, and other related parameters, such as billing information. The user's client workstation 482 is in communication with the Internet, optionally via and encrypted communications channel using, for example, Netscape's SSL 3 encryption/decryption technology. A push transmitter 472, connected to the Internet 468 via a web server 464, deteαs the client workstation 482 user's request. The transmitter 472 requests location update information for specified mobile identification numbers through a firewall 474 and a publisher 478, in communication with a Iocation channel application 429 in the Iocation system 42. The location system 42 initiates Iocation requests for all mobile station mobile identification numbers for which Iocation information has been subscribed to, then provides the Iocation results to the location channel application 429. The Iocation system 42 initiates a series of messages to the mobile switch center 112, via the iocation applications programming interface (L-API) 136, and optionally to the home Iocation register 460, to determine whether or not the mobile station 140 or others, to be located can in fact be located. Alternatively the last known Iocation can be provided, along with the time and date stamp of the last Iocation, including an explanation that current Iocation is not attainable. Conditions regarding the locatability of an mobile station 140 include, for example: mobile station 140 powered off, mobile station not in communication range, mobile station 140 roaming state not known, mobile station 140 not provisioned for service, and related conditions. If the mobile station 140 cannot be located then an appropriate error response message is provided to the initiating client workstation, via the push technology components Iocation channel application 429, publisher 478, firewall 474, transmitter 472, web server 464, public Internet 468, to the client workstation 482. A similar communication mechanism is used to provide the subscribed-to client's workstation 482 with attained Iocation information. Note that the Iocation channel could in fact provide a collection of mobile station 140 mobile identification numbers for
Iocation purposes that are grouped by a particular market and/or customer organization segment, for example, location channel number I could provide enhanced wireless 9-1-1 service to specific public safety answering points, channel number 2 could provide periodic wireless Iocation information of a fleet of taxi cabs belonging to a particular company, to their dispatch operator, channel 3 could provide wireless Iocation to a control center of a military organization, channel 4 could provide wireless Iocation information of vehicles carrying hazardous materials, to a control center, and so forth.
The Iocation channel application 429 provides the Iocation results to the publisher 478, which provides a method of adding the new Iocation results to the transmitter, via firewall 474. The firewall 474, provides protection services between certain systems and the Internet, such as preventing malicious users from accessing critical computing systems.
The group multicast help, with individualized directions, are those whose are authorized and nearest, with text paging message instruαions on how to drive or navigate, to reach the initiating distress caller. Alternatively optional voice synthesis technology could be used to aid one or more members to have spoken instruction giving directions and/or instructions for each member, to help them reach the distress caller.
Referring to Fig.40, an individual having a mobile station desires to make a distress call for help, or for some other reason. The distress caller with mobile station 102 dials a special telephone number, received by base station 104, which then sends the originating call setup request to the mobile switch center 108. The mobile switch center 108 routes the originating call through the PSTN 112 to an automatic call distributor (ACD) 116. The ACD 116 selects an available telephony interface circuit 120, which answers the call and providing introductory information to the caller, such as a greeting message, progress of service, etc., using a voice synthesizer circuit card 124. Note that circuits 120 and 124 may be combined as voice response units. Ihe telephony interface circuit 120 collects the automatic number identification information if available in the call setup message or optionally prompts the caller for this information. This MIN collection process can be achieved in several methods. In one case the network telephony interface card 120 can request a TTS message, generated by a voice synthesizer card 124, which prompts the initiator to key in their MIN number by keypad tone signals, in another case an automatic speech recognition system can be used to colleα the MIN digits. In either case after the MIN digits have been collected, a Iocation request message is sent to the location system 128. The location system or location system or center (LC) 128 initiates a series of messages to the mobile switch center 108, via the location applications programming interface (L-API) 166, to determine whether or not the mobile station 102 to be located can in faα be located. If the mobile station 102 cannot be loαted then an appropriate error response message is provided to the initiating caller. Otherwise the LC 128 determines the caller's location via methods discussed elsewhere in this patent. While this event is proceeding an application in the LS 128 references the initiating caller's location subscriber profile database I 8 to determine if the caller allows others to Iocate him or her, and specifically which individuals are allowed to be informed of the caller's location.
Assuming the caller allows loαtion information to be sent out to a seleπ group, then the list of members mobile station identification numbers (MIN)s are extracted from the profile database 158, and an application in the LC 128 initiates a series of messages to the mobile switch center 108, via the location applications programming interface (L-API) 166, to determine the locations of each of the users' mobile station mobile identification numbers associated with the member list. Regarding those mobile station mobile identification numbers nearest the distress caller, each member mobile station is dialed via a control message sent from an application in the LC 128 to the telephony interface card 120. A voice synthesizer card 124 or text to speech circuit is also patched in the calling circuit path, to announce the purpose of the automated call to each member. The ACD 116 initiates the all request to each member via the PSTN 112, which connects to the mobile switch center 108, that ultimately rings the member mobile station 140 and 148 via base stations 132 and 152. An application in the LC 128 identifies a start and finish location destination iocation for a member, based on his/her current location as being the start location, and the finish location being the distress caller's loαtion at mobile station KIN 102. The application in the LC 128 initiates a http or similar Internet compatible protocol universal resource loαtor (URL) request via the web server/client 162 to the public internet 163, which terminates on a maps, directions web server 164. One such URL known to the authors is Lucent Technologies' http://www.mapsOnUs.com, which is provided for public use. The map/directions server 164 queries the map base 168 via a directions algorithm 170, and returns to the initiating http request, the Iocation web server 162, with a list of instruαions to enable a user to navigate between a start location and end location. Referring to Fig.41, the information shown in the columns labeled "Turn #", "Direαions", "And Go", and/or "Total Miles", n then be parsed from the http response information. Referring now to Fig. FIG.40, this information can then be sent as a short text message, to the relevant mobile station 148 or 140 via the service node 182, using interface 557 to the mobile switch center 108, and relevant base stations 152 and 132, assuming each member mobile station has short message service provisioned. If this is not the αse, the service node 182 will inform the application within the LS 128, which then initiates an alternative method of sending the start-finish Iocation navigation instruαions information via an appropriate voice synthesizer card 124 and associated telephony interface card 120. The interface card 120 initiates an automated call to each appropriate member's mobile station 148 and 140, via the telephony path including components ACD 116 in communication with the PSTN 112, which is in communication with the mobile switch center 108. The mobile switch center 108 completes the routing of the automated call to the appropriate mobile station 148 and 140 using base stations IS2 and 132 respeαively. The above process is repeated for each nearby member's mobile station, thus allowing all nearby members to be notified that the distress caller needs help, with navigation instructions to each member, which enables the member to reach the distressed caller. Variations of this application include putting each relevant party in communication with each other via a conference call capability in the ACD 116, with or without providing Iocation information and/or start-finish navigation instructions. An application in the Iocation system utilizes periodic wireless Iocation of appropriate rental cars, control circuits and control communications within the rental car, and secured transactions across the Internet, or similar means, in order to provide various tracking and control funαions. Such funαions allow rental car agencies to remotely control and operate their rental cars in order to reduce operating costs such as storage and maintenance, as well as provide additional conveniences and services to rental car agency customers. Referring to Fig.42, a vehicle 578 containing various sensors and aαuators (not shown) used to, for example, lock and unlock car doors, sense door position, keypad depressions, sense the condition of the engine and various subsystems, such as brakes, elettrkal subsystems, sense the amount of various fluid levels, etc., is in communication with a vehicle-based local area network 572, which is in turn conneαed to a mobile station 140 containing asynchronous data communications capability. The vehicle-based local area network may optionally contain a computer (not shown) for control and interfacing funαions. The mobile station 140 is always in communication, using the radio air interface with at least one base station I22g, and possibly other base stations 122h. The base stations I22g and I22h are in communication with the mobile switch center 112 via transport facilities 178. The mobile switch center 112 is in communication with the Iocation system 142 and the public switched telephone network 126 via interoffice trunks 600. In addition the mobile switch center 112 is also in communication with the location system 142 via the Iocation system - mobile switch center physical interface 178. The physical interface provides two-way conneαions to the Iocation applications programming interface (L-API-MSC) 136, which is in communication with a Iocation engine 139, which performs wireless Iocation estimations for the mobile station, which is permanently mounted in the vehicle 578. The Iocation engine represents key components within the Iocation system which together comprise the capability to perform wireless Iocation estimations. The rental car Iocation application 146 is in communications wither the location engine 139 for purposes of initiating wireless Iocation requests regarding the mobile station 140, as well as for receiving wireless Iocation responses from the Iocation engine 139. The application 146 is in communications with the automatic call distributor 546 for purposes of initiating and receiving telephone calls to and from the public switch telephone network 126, via hunt group interface 500. As one skilled in the art will appreciate, other interfaces (not shown) beyond hunt groups 500, un alternatively be used, such as ISDN interface circuits, T-carrier and the like. The application 146 is in communication with a web server and client 464, which in turn is in communication with the Internet 468 via an Internet access interface 472. As those in the art will understand, an Internet access interface is typically provided by an Internet service provider, also there are other methods which could be used to complete the Internet connection. The rental car agency contains a workstation or personal computer 582 with an Internet access interface 472 to the Internet 468. The application 146 requests of the Iocation engine to perform a Iocation request periodically regarding the mobile station 140, with the location response information provided the web server and client, 464. for each rental car or vehicle containing a mobile station 140, the Iocation, as well as various information about the rental car or vehicle can be ascertained via the above described infrastructure.
An application in the Iocation system operates in conjunction with an application in each public safety answering point (PSAP) that together provides various call handling functions to enable the PSAP to perform its work load efficiently and effectively toward unique emergency events unique to a given location. The application pair measures the number of emergency 9-1-1 wireless calls originating from a particular geographical area or Iocation. Upon exceeding a provisional threshold value "X", the application pair traps the next incoming call from the same location and provides a call screening funαion via a play announcement and colleα digits activity. This activity alerts the originating caller that if their call relates to an incident at a particular Iocation, then they are the "X + 1 th" caller who has already notified the PSAP, and that no further caller discussion is required. However, if the caller's intent does not relate to the incident described above, then the caller is requested to press or say "one", or some similar keypad number, which then is collected and causes the caller to be re-routed to the next available PSAP call taker. Alternatively if the originating caller does not respond within a short time period, then the call is also re-routed to the next available PSAP call taker. The voice announcement may either be synthesized by a text-to-speech card, or an PSAP operator may store a voice message which describes the incident at the above-referenced Iocation.

Claims

Patent Claims
We claim:
1. An apparatus for locating a first mobile station for at least transmitting and receiving radio signals, wherein said radio signals are received on a forward radio bandwidth and said radio signals are transmitted on a different reverse radio bandwidth, comprising: a first wireless network infrastructure for communicating with said first mobile station, said first wireless network infrastructure having:
(Al) a plurality of spaced apart base stations for communicating via said radio signals with said first mobile station, and (A2) a mobile switching center for communicating with said first mobile station, via said radio signals with the base stations, wherein said mobile switching center also communicates with said plurality of base stations for receiving measurements of said radio signals, said measurements including: (i) first measurements of said radio signals received by said first mobile station in said forward radio bandwidth, and (ii) second measurements of said radio signals transmitted by said first mobile station in said reverse radio bandwidth; a Iocation determining means for locating said first mobile station, wherein said Iocation determining means receives said first and second measurements from the mobile switching center for estimating a Iocation of said first mobile station, wherein said estimate is a funαion of both said first measurements and said second measurements.
2. An apparatus for locating a mobile station as claimed in Claim I, further including an interface means between said Iocation determining means and said mobile switching center, wherein said interface means generates a Iocation request for a primary one of said base stations to which said first mobile signaling means is in communication.
3. An apparatus for locating a mobile station as claimed in Claim I, further including a means for requesting data related to additional radio signals between said first mobile station and at least a second wireless network infrastructure different from said first wireless network infrastruαure. 4. An apparatus for locating a mobile station as claimed in Claim I , wherein said first wireless network infrastructure is capable of communicating at least one of voice and visual information with said first mobile station. S. An apparatus for locating a mobile station, comprising: a wireless network infrastruαure for communicating with a plurality of mobile stations, each said mobile station for transmitting and receiving wireless signals, wherein said wireless signals are received in a forward bandwidth and said wireless signals are transmitted in a different reverse bandwidth, and, said wireless network infrastruαure having a plurality of spaced apart base stations for communicating via said wireless signals with said plurality of mobile stations; a Iocation determining means for communicating with said plurality of mobile stations, via said radio signals with the base stations, wherein said Iocation determining means communicates with said plurality of base stations for receiving measurements related to said radio signals for estimating a location of at least a first ol said plurality of mobile stations, said measurements including: (i) first measurements of said wireless signals received by said first mobile station in said forward radio bandwidth, and (ii) second measurements of said wireless signals transmitted by said first mobile station in said reverse radio bandwidth; wherein said Iocation determining means estimates a Iocation of said first mobile station using both said first measurements and said second measurements, έ. An apparatus for locating a mobile station as claimed in Claim 5, wherein said second measurements are determined from said wireless signals being received by said base stations.
7. An apparatus for locating a mobile station as claimed in Claim 5, wherein said measurements include at least one of: a delay spread, a signal strength, a ratio of energy per bit versus signal to noise, a word error rate, a frame error rate, a mobile signaling means, a power control value, a pilot index, a finger identification, an arrival time, an identification of said first mobile station for communicating with the wireless network infrastructure, a make of said first mobile station, a revision of said first mobile station, a seαor identification of one of the base stations receiving said radio signals transmitted from said first mobile station.
8. An apparatus for locating a mobile station as claimed in Claim S, wherein said radio signals are communicated using one of: CDMA, W-CDMA, TDMA and advanced mobile phone service.
9. An apparatus for locating a mobile station as claimed in Claim 5, wherein said location determining means includes a Iocation estimator using time difference of arrival data from said measurements.
10. An apparatus for locating a mobile station as claimed in Claim 9, wherein said location estimator receives said measurements from a distributed antenna system.
11. An apparatus for locating a mobile station as claimed in Claim 9, wherein said location estimator receives active, candidate and remaining set information from said first mobile signaling means. 12. An apparatus for locating a mobile station as claimed in Claim I , wherein said location determining means includes: a receiving means for receiving first data related to at least one of said first measurements and said second measurements between said first mobile station and said wireless network infrastruαure; aαivating a first iocation estimator for outputting a first estimate of a Iocation of said first mobile station when supplied with Iocation information from said receiving means, said location information related to the first data; outputting said first estimate of the Iocation of said first mobile station when said first estimate has an extent iess than or equal to a predetermined size; aαivating a second Iocation estimator for outputting a second estimate of a location of said first mobile station when said first Iocation estimator does not provide said first estimate having an extent less than or equal to a predetermined size; outputting an estimate of the Iocation of said first mobile station when said second location estimator provides said second estimate.
13. A method for locating a wireless mobile station, comprising: transmitting, by a first short range transceiver station, a S status change related to whether the mobile station and said first short range transceiver station are able to wirelessly communicate through a telephony network to a predetermined storage; storing, in said predetermined storage, said status of a mobile station, wherein said status has a first value when the mobile station communicates with said short range transceiver station as a cordless telephone, and said status has a second value when the mobile station communicates with a network of base stations, wherein said base stations are cooperatively linked for 0 providing wireless communication; deteαing, by said first short range transceiver station, a change accessing said predetermined storage for determining a location of the mobile station.
14. A method for locating a wireless mobile station, as claimed in Claim 13, wherein said short range transceiver is a home base station.
15. A method for locating a wireless mobile station, as claimed in Claim 13, wherein said predetermined storage is 5 accessible via one of: an autonomous notification message and a request-response message.
16. A method for locating a wireless mobile station, as claimed in Claim 13, wherein said predetermined storage is a home
Iocation register.
17. A method for locating a wireless mobile station, as claimed in Claim 13, wherein said predetermined storage includes one or more of the following data items related to said mobile station: mobile station identification number, short range transceiver identification and mobile switch center identification.
18. A method for locating a wireless mobile station, as claimed in Claim 13, wherein said step of accessing includes responding to a query of said predetermined storage Iocation using an identification of the mobile station.
19. A method for locating a wireless mobile station, as claimed in Claim 13, further including providing said status from said predetermined storage together with an identification of the mobile station to a mobile station location 5 estimator for estimating a Iocation of the mobile station.
20. A method for location a wireless mobile station, as claimed in claim 17, wherein said step of transmitting further includes associating said change with a predetermined fixed location and said short range transceiver identification.
21. A method for Iocation a wireless mobile station, as claimed in claim 13, wherein said step of accessing includes translating the mobile identification number and said short range transceiver identification into a predetermined 0 Iocation when the status has said first predetermined value.
22. A method for Iocation a wireless mobile station, as claimed in claim 13, further including a prior step of provisioning a translating database from a customer care system containing the location of the short range transceiver.
23. A method for locating a wireless mobile station, comprising: receiving data of wireless signals communicated between a mobile station and a wireless network; deteαing, using said first data, that the mobile station is in wireless communication with a distributed antenna system having a plurality of antennas conneαed in series and distributed along a signal conducting line so that there is a predetermined signal time delay between said antennas and at predetermined locations; determining a plurality of signal time delay measurements for signals transmitted between the mobile station and a colleαioπ of some of said antennas, wherein said signals are also communicated through said line; estimating a location of the mobile station using said plurality of signal time delay measurements. 24. A method for locating a wireless mobile station as claimed in Claim 23, wherein said step of estimating includes correlating each measurement of said plurality of signal time delay measurements with a unique corresponding one of said antennas. 25. A method for locating a wireless mobile station as claimed in Claim 24, wherein said step of estimating includes: identifying a plurality of antennas in said colleαion using correlation obtained in said step of correlating; determining a corresponding signal time delay between the mobile station and each antenna in said colleαioπ; determining a Iocation of each antenna in said colleαion; estimating a Iocation of the mobile station using said corresponding signal time delays and said locations of each antenna in said colleαion. 26. A method for locating a wireless mobile station as claimed in Claim 23, wherein said step of estimating includes determining, for said signal time delay measurements, a common signal time delay corresponding to transmitting signals from said distributed antenna system to a receiver of the first wireless network. 27. A method for locating a wireless mobile station as claimed in Claim 23, wherein said step of estimating includes using an absolute delay time with respeα to a pilot channel for a base station on the wireless network. 28. A method for locating a wireless mobile station as claimed in Claim 23, wherein said step of estimating includes performing a triangulation using values related to one of: a signal time of arrival, and a signal time difference of arrival for time difference of arrival corresponding to each antenna in said colleαion. 29. A method for locating a wireless mobile station, as claimed in Claim 23 wherein said step of estimating includes a step of computing a most likely Iocation of said mobile station using a fuzzy logic computation. 30. A method for locating a wireless mobile station as claimed in Claim 23, wherein said step of aαivating includes aαivating one of:
(a) a Iocation estimator for determining whether the mobile station is deteαed by a base station of the network, wherein said base station communicates with the mobile station as a cordless telephone;
(b) a Iocation estimator for estimating a iocation of the mobile station using Iocation information obtained from said distributed antenna system;
(c) a Iocation estimator for estimating a Iocation of the mobile station by one of: triangulation and trilate ration. 31. A method for locating a wireless mobile station, comprising: first receiving first signal charaαeristic measurements of wireless signals communicated between a mobile station and a first network of base stations, wherein said base stations in the first network are cooperatively linked by a first wireless service provider for providing wireless communication; instruαing the mobile station to search for a wireless signal from a second network of base stations that are cooperatively linked by a second wireless service provider ior providing wireless communication, wherein said first and second wireless service providers are different; second receiving second signal charaαeristic measurements of wireless signals communicated between the mobile sution and said second network of base stations; estimating a Iocation of the mobile station using said first and second signal characteristic measurements.
32. A method for locating a wireless mobile station as claimed in Claim 31 , wherein the mobile station is registered for a wireless communication service with the first wireless service provider, and the mobile station is not registered for the wireless communication service with the second wireless service provider.
33. A method for locating a wireless mobile station as claimed in Claim 31 , wherein said step of instruαing includes transmitting a command to the mobile station for instruαing the mobile station to search for a signal from a base station of said second wireless service provider in a frequency bandwidth different from a frequency bandwidth for communicating with the base stations of said first wireless service provider. 34. A method for locating a wireless mobile station as claimed in Claim 31 , wherein said step of instruαing includes transmitting a command to the mobile station for instruαing the mobile station to hand-off from said first service provider to a base station associated with said second service provider, for purposes of performing additional signal measurements.
35. A method for locating a wireless mobile station as claimed in Claim 1 , wherein said first signal charaαeristic measurements include measurements for time delay, signal strength pairs of signal communicated from at least one of:
(a) the base stations of said first network to the mobile station, and
(b) the mobile station to the base stations of said first network, and wherein said second signal charaαeristic measurements include measurements for time delay, signal strength pairs of signals communicated from the base stations of said second network to the mobile station.
36. A method for locating a wireless mobile station, comprising: receiving First data related to wireless signals communicated between a mobile station and at least a first network of a plurality of commercial mobile service provider networks of base stations, wherein for each said network, there is a plurality of base stations for at least one of transmitting and receiving wireless signals with a plurality of mobile stations; instruαing the mobile station to communicate with a second network of the plurality of networks for supplying second data; aαivating a mobile station Iocation estimator, when said first and second data are obtained for providing an estimate of a Iocation of the mobile station.
37. A method for locating a wireless mobile station, as claimed in Claim 36, wherein said second network includes a second plurality of base stations, wherein a majority of base stations in said second plurality of base stations has a Iocation different from the locations of base stations in said first network.
38. A method for locating a wireless mobile station, as claimed in Claim 36, wherein at least one of said first and second data includes signal characteristic measurements of communication with the mobile station for a time interval of less S than 10 seconds.
39. A method for locating a wireless mobile station, comprising: first receiving first signal charaαeristic measurements of wireless signals communicated between a mobile station and a first network of base stations, wherein said base stations in the first network are cooperatively linked by a first wireless service provider for providing wireless communication; instruαing a second network of base stations that are cooperatively linked by a second wireless 0 service provider for providing wireless communication so that the second network searches for wireless signals from the mobile station, wherein said first and second wireless service providers are different; second receiving second signal charaαeristic measurements of wireless signals communicated between the mobile station and said second network of base stations; estimating a Iocation of the mobile station using said first and second signal charaαeristic measurements. 5 40. A method for locating a wireless mobile station, as claimed in Claim 39, further including a step of requesting the mobile station to raise it's transmitter power level to a predetermined level, prior to said step of instruαing.
41. A method for locating a wireless mobile station, comprising: receiving, by a receiving means, first data related to wireless signals communicated between a mobile station and at least a first network of a plurality of commercial mobile service provider networks, wherein for each said network, there are a plurality of communication stations for 0 at least one of transmitting and receiving wireless signals with a plurality of mobile stations; first activating a
Iocation estimator for providing a first estimate of a location of the mobile station when supplied with first Iocation information from said receiving means, said first Iocation information related to the first data; when one of: (a) said first estimate does not exist, and (b) said first estimate has an extent greater than or equal to a predetermined size, the steps (Al) and (A2) are performed: 5 (Al) instruαing the mobile station to communicate with a second network of the plurality of networks for supplying second data to said receiving means, wherein said second data is related to wireless signals communicated between the mobile station and the second network; (A2) second aαivating said Iocation estimator a second time for providing a second estimate of a Iocation of the mobile station when supplied with additional Iocation information from said receiving means, said additional 0 iocation information related to the second data; outputting at least one of the estimates of the Iocation of the mobile station provided by said Iocation estimator when said location estimator provides at least one estimate of the iocation of the mobile station.
42. A method for locating a wireless mobile station as claimed in Claim 41, wherein said additional Iocation information and said First Iocation information are utilized together by said Iocation estimator.
43. A method of locating a wireless mobile station as claimed in Claim 41, wherein said communication stations include wireless base stations for one of CDMA, TDMA, and GSM.
44. A method of locating a wireless mobile station as claimed in Claim 43, wherein said communication stations include home base stations.
45. A method of locating a wireless mobile station as claimed in Claim4l , wherein the mobile station includes one of: a
CDMA transmitter, a TDMA transmitter, and a GSM transmitter, and a AMPS transmitter.
46. A method for locating a wireless mobile station as claimed in Claim 41, wherein one or more of said aαivating steps include : (a) said Iocation estimator for determining whether the mobile station is deteαed by a communication station which communicates with the mobile station as a cordless telephone;
(b) said Iocation estimator for estimating a Iocation of the mobile station using Iocation information related to data from a distributed antenna system;
(c) said Iocation estimator for estimating a Iocation of the mobile station by one of: triangulation and trilateration.
47. A method for locating a wireless mobile station as claimed in Claim 41, wherein said predetermined extent is less than one thousand feet.
48. A method for locating a wireless mobile station, comprising: receiving, by a receiving means, first data related to wireless signals communicated between a mobile station and at least a first network of one or more commercial mobile service provider networks, wherein for each said network, there is a different plurality of base stations for at least one of transmitting and receiving wireless signals with a plurality of mobile stations; aαivating a first Iocation estimator for outputting a first estimate of a Iocation of the mobile station when supplied with Iocation information from said receiving means, said Iocation information related to the first data; outputting said first estimate of the Iocation of the mobile station when said first estimate has an extent less than or equal to a predetermined size; activating a second Iocation estimator for outputting a second estimate of a Iocation of the mobile station when said first Iocation estimator does not provide said first estimate having an extent less than or equal to a predetermined size; outputting an estimate of the Iocation of the mobile station when said second iocation estimator provides said second estimate.
49. A method for locating a wireless mobile station as claimed in Claim 48 further including a step of instruαing the mobile station to communicate with a second network of the plurality of networks for supplying second data to said receiving means, wherein said second data is related to wireless signals communicated between the mobile station and the second network.
50. A method for locating a wireless mobile station as claimed in Claim 49, wherein said step of instructing includes a step of instruαiπg the mobile station to hand-off to said second network for synchronizing timing signals and performing measurements between the mobile station an said second network.
51. A method for locating a wireless mobile station as claimed in Claim 48, wherein one or more of said aαivating steps includes activating one of: (a) a Iocation estimator for determining whether the mobile station is detected by one of the base stations which communicates with the mobile station as a cordless telephone;
(b) a Iocation estimator for estimating a Iocation of the mobile station using Iocation information related to data from a distributed antenna system;
(c) a location estimator for estimating a Iocation of the mobile station by one of: triangulation and trilateration.
52. A method for loαting a mobile station, comprising: receiving, by said mobile station, a request control message from one of a plurality of base stations, wherein said message is received by a receiving antenna of said mobile station; the control message providing information related to said message to at least one of a control processor and a searcher receiver in said mobile station; determining, using at least one of said control processor and said searcher receiver, a plurality of pairs of radio signal strength related values and corresponding signal time delays for a wireless communication between said mobile station and at least a first of the base stations, wherein for at least some of said pairs, said signal time delays are different, and for each pair, said signal strength related value for said pair is obtained using a signal strength of said communication at said corresponding signal time delay of said pair; transmitting signals for said pairs to one or more of the base stations via a transmitting antenna of said mobile station; routing data for at least one of said pairs from said one or more base stations to a mobile station Iocation estimator for estimating a Iocation of said mobile station.
53. A method for locating a mobile station, as claimed in Claim 52, wherein said step of receiving uses one of a CDMA, an
AMPS, a NAMPS and a TDMA wireless standard.
54. A method for locating a mobile station, as claimed in Claim 52, wherein said step of determining is performed for a wireless communication between said mobile station and each of a plurality of the base stations.
55. A method for locating a mobile station, as claimed in Claim 52, wherein each of said signal time delays is included within a predetermined corresponding time delay spread.
56. A method for locating a mobile station, as claimed in Claim 52, wherein said step of determining includes a step of instruαing, by said control processor, said searcher receiver to output a plurality of said radio signal strength related values for a plurality of fingers resulting from said communication from said first base station to said mobile station.
57. A method for locating a mobile station, as claimed in Claim 52, wherein said step of determining includes inputting data for said pairs to a modulator for modulating said data prior to said step of transmitting.
58. A method for locating a mobile station, as claimed in Claim 57, further including a step of establishing a software controllable data connection between said control processor and a mobile station component including at least one of: a user digital baseband component and said modulator, wherein said conneαion inputs said data to said component. 59. A method for locating a mobile station, as claimed in Claim 52 further including a step of providing said data for said pairs to a mobile station Iocation estimating system having a first mobile station Iocation estimating component using time difference of arrival measurements for locating said mobile station via one of trilateration and triangulation.
60. A method for locating a mobile station, as claimed in Claim 59, wherein said step of providing includes selecting one of: said first mobile station estimating component, a second mobile station estimating component using data obtained from a distributed antenna system, and a third mobile station estimating component for using data obtained from activation of a home base station.
61. A method for locating a mobile station, as claimed in Claim 60, further including a step of computing a most likely
Iocation of said mobile station using a fuzzy logic computation. 62. A method for locating a mobile station, as claimed in Claim 61, wherein said step of computing is performed by said second mobile station estimating component for determining a most likely floor that said mobile station resides in a multi-story building having a distributed antenna system.
63. A method for locating a mobile station, as claimed in Claim 59, further including a step of requesting data for additional pairs of radio signal strength related values and corresponding signal time delays for a wireless communication between said mobile station and at least a second base station of a commercial mobile radio service provider different from a commercial mobile service provider for said first base station.
64. A method for obtaining data related to wireless signal characteristics, comprising: providing a user with a mobile station for use when the user traverses a route having one or more predetermined route locations, wherein one or more of the route locations have a corresponding telephone number and a corresponding description stored in the mobile station; performing the following substeps when the user visits each of the route locations: aαivating a call to said corresponding telephone number; transmitting a code identifying the route Iocation when the user is substantially at the route Iocation; storing an association of:
(a) signal charaαeristic measurements for wireless communication between the mobile station and one or more base stations, and (b) a unique identifier for the route Iocation obtained using said code transmitted by said call;
Wherein said stored signal characteristic measurements are accessible using said unique identifier.
65. A method as claimed in Claim 64, wherein said unique identifier corresponds to one of: (a) an address for the route location, and (b) a latitude and longitude of the route location.
66. A method as claimed in Claim 64, wherein said route is periodically traversed by a user having a mobile station (or accomplishing said step of performing.
67. A method as claimed in Claim 64, wherein said step of storing includes retaining said signal charaαeristic measurements in a data storage for analyzing signal charaαeristic measurements of wireless communications between mobile stations and a wireless infrastruαure of base stations.
68. A method as claimed in Claim 64, further including, prior to said step of aαivating, a step of determining, by the user, that a display on the mobile station uniquely identifies that said corresponding description of the route iocation is available for calling said corresponding telephone number and transmitting said identifying code. 69. A method as claimed in Claim 64, wherein said step of storing includes: obtaining a phone number identifying the mobile station; providing said phone number identifying the mobile station to a commercial mobile radio service provider in a request for said signal charaαeristic measurements. 70. A method as claimed in Claim 64, wherein said step of storing includes using a phone number identifying the mobile station in combination with said transmitted identifying code for determining said unique identifier. 71. A method as claimed in Claim 64, wherein said corresponding description includes at least one of: a textual description of its corresponding route location, and an address of its corresponding route location. 72. A method as claimed in Claim 64, further including steps of: associating said identifying code for the route location and said unique identifier in a data storage prior to performing said step of performing; accessing said data storage using said identifying code for obtaining said unique identifier in said step of storing. 73. A method as claimed in Claim 64, further including a step of accessing said stored signal charaαeristic measurements for enhancing a performance of a process for locating mobile stations.
74. A method as claimed in Claim 64, wherein at least two of said one or more base stations are in networks of different commercial mobile radio service providers.
75. A method as claimed in Claim 64, further including a step of filtering said signal charaαeristic measurements so that when said signal charaαeristic measurements are suspeαed of being transmitted from a location substantially different from the route Iocation, said step of storing is one of: (a) not performed, and (b) performed so as to indicate that said signal charaαeristic measurements are suspeα.
76. A method as claimed in Claim 75, wherein said step of filtering includes at least one of: (a) determining an amount by which an estimated Iocation of the mobile station using said signal charaαeristic measurements differs from a Iocation of the mobile station obtained from said unique identifier; (b) determining whether a predetermined amount of time has elapsed between successive performances of said step of aαivating.
77. A method for locating a wireless mobile station, comprising: first receiving first signal charaαeristic measurements of wireless signals communicated between a mobile station and a Tint network of base stations, wherein said first signal charaαeristic measurements includes:
(a) one or more pairs of wireless signal strength related values and corresponding signal time delays for a wireless communication between the mobile station and at least a first of the base stations;
(b) data identifying operational characteristics of the mobile station including information related to a signal transmission power for the mobile station and information for determining a maximum transmission power level of the mobile station; adjusting, for at least one of said pairs, its corresponding wireless signal strength, using said data, thereby obtaining corresponding adjusted pairs, wherein each adjusted pair has the corresponding adjusted signal strength, and wherein said adjusted signal strength is an expected signal strength of a predetermined standardized mobile station transmitter power level having a predetermined maximum transmission power and operating at a predetermined transmission power level; outputting second signal characteristic information, obtained using said adjusted signal strength, to a mobile station Iocation estimator for determining a Iocation estimate of said first mobile station.
78. A method for locating a mobile station as claimed in Claim 77, further including applying sequence of one or more signal processing filters to one of: said pairs and said adjusted pairs.
79. A method for locating a mobile station as claimed in Claim 78, wherein said sequence of filters is dependent upon a corresponding mobile station Iocation estimator.
80. A method for locating a mobile station as claimed in Claim 79, wherein said sequence of filters is pipelined so that for first and second filters of said sequence, an output of said first filter is an input to said second filter. 81. A method for locating a mobile station as claimed in Claim 79, wherein said filters include Sobel, Weiner, median and neighbor. 82. A method for locating a wireless mobile station, comprising: first receiving first signal charaαeristic measurements of wireless signals communicated between a mobile station and a first network of base stations, wherein said first signal charaαeristic measurements includes one or more pairs of wireless signal strength related values and corresponding signal time delays for a wireless communication between the mobile station and at least a first of the base stations; categorizing said pairs into categories according to ranges of signal strength related values and ranges of corresponding signal time delays for obtaining a representation of a frequency of occurrence of said one or more pairs in said categories; applying one or more filters to said representation for one of: (a) reducing charaαeristics of said representation that are expeαed to be insufficiently repeatable for use in identifying a Iocation of the mobile station, and (b) enhancing a signal to noise ratio; supplying an output obtained from said step of applying to a mobile station Iocation estimator; estimating a Iocation of the mobile station using said mobile station iocation estimator.
83. A method for locating a wireless mobile station as claimed in Claim 82, further including a step of requesting data for additional pairs of wireless signal strength related values and corresponding signal time delays for a wireless transmission between the mobile station and at least a second base station of a second network of base stations different from the base stations of the first network, wherein said first and second networks communicate with the mobile station in different signal bandwidths.
84. A method for locating a wireless mobile station as claimed in Claim 83, wherein the first network is operated by a first commercial mobile radio service provider and the second network is operated by a second commercial mobile radio service provider. 85. A method for locating a wireless mobile station as claimed in Claim 82, wherein said representation corresponds to a histogram.
86. A method for locating a wireless mobile station as claimed in Claim 82, further including a step of normalizing one of:
(a) said pairs, and (b) values corresponding to said output.
87. A method for locating a wireless mobile station as claimed in Claim 23, wherein said step of aαivating further includes the step of applying a fuzzy logic module which further discretizes the location estimate provided from one of:
(a) a Iocation estimator for estimating a Iocation of the mobile station using Iocation information obtained from said distributed antenna system;
(b) a Iocation estimator for estimating a Iocation of the mobile station by one of: triangulation and trilateration. 88. A method for contacting a telephony station, comprising: associating, by a user, a particular telephony number with a colleαion of one or more telephony station numbers of telephony stations with which the user desires to communicate when said particular telephony number is called from a predetermined telephony station; receiving said particular telephony number from the predetermined telephony station; determining a Iocation of said predetermined telephony station and at least some of said telephony stations having telephony station numbers in said colleαioπ; selecting a first of said telephony stations having telephony station numbers in said colleαion, wherein said first telephony station is selected according to a Iocation of said predetermined telephony station and a Iocation of first telephony station; transmiting a user desired message to said first telephony station. 89. A method for locatin a mobile station, comprising: establishing, by a user of a particular mobile station, a colleαion of identities of one or more persons having permission to receive a Iocation of said particular mobile station; receiving a request by a first of said persons for locating said particular mobile station; determining a Iocation of said particular mobile station in response to said request, said location determined using measurements of wireless transmissions between said particular mobile station and a first wireless network of base stations, wherein said base stations are cooperatively linked for wireless communication; outputting said Iocation to the first person.
90. A method as claimed in Claim89, wherein said step of determining includes using measurements of wireless transmissions between said particular mobile station and a second wireless network of base stations provided by a different commercial wireless service provider from a commercial wireless service provider for the first wireless network. 91. An apparatus for locating a mobile station as claimed in Claim 3, further including a means for providing a Iocation estimate using the Internet.
92. An apparatus for locating a mobile station as claimed in Claim 3, further including a means for providing a Iocation estimate using the Internet.
93. An apparatus for locating a mobile station as claimed in Claim 3, further including a means for providing a Iocation estimate using digital certificate keys and the Internet.
94. An apparatus for locating a mobile station as claimed in Claim 91, further including a means for providing a Iocation estimate using push technology on the Internet.
PCT/US1997/015933 1996-09-09 1997-09-08 Location of a mobile station using a plurality of commercial wireless infrastructures WO1998010538A1 (en)

Priority Applications (7)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US09/230,109 US6236365B1 (en) 1996-09-09 1997-09-08 Location of a mobile station using a plurality of commercial wireless infrastructures
AU43385/97A AU4338597A (en) 1996-09-09 1997-09-08 Location of a mobile station using a plurality of commercial wireless infrastructures
US09/820,584 US6952181B2 (en) 1996-09-09 2001-03-28 Locating a mobile station using a plurality of wireless networks and applications therefor
US11/069,441 US7812766B2 (en) 1996-09-09 2005-03-01 Locating a mobile station and applications therefor
US11/464,880 US7903029B2 (en) 1996-09-09 2006-08-16 Wireless location routing applications and architecture therefor
US12/861,817 US8994591B2 (en) 1996-09-09 2010-08-23 Locating a mobile station and applications therefor
US13/843,204 US20170055130A1 (en) 1996-09-09 2013-03-15 Locating a mobile station and applications therefor

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US2585596P 1996-09-09 1996-09-09
US60/025,855 1996-09-09
US4482197P 1997-04-25 1997-04-25
US60/044,821 1997-04-25

Related Child Applications (5)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US09230109 A-371-Of-International 1997-09-08
US09/230,109 A-371-Of-International US6236365B1 (en) 1996-09-09 1997-09-08 Location of a mobile station using a plurality of commercial wireless infrastructures
US09/299,115 Continuation-In-Part US6249252B1 (en) 1996-09-09 1999-04-23 Wireless location using multiple location estimators
US09/820,584 Continuation US6952181B2 (en) 1996-09-09 2001-03-28 Locating a mobile station using a plurality of wireless networks and applications therefor
US11/069,441 Continuation US7812766B2 (en) 1996-09-09 2005-03-01 Locating a mobile station and applications therefor

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO1998010538A1 true WO1998010538A1 (en) 1998-03-12
WO1998010538B1 WO1998010538B1 (en) 1998-06-04

Family

ID=26700244

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US1997/015933 WO1998010538A1 (en) 1996-09-09 1997-09-08 Location of a mobile station using a plurality of commercial wireless infrastructures

Country Status (2)

Country Link
AU (2) AU4479697A (en)
WO (1) WO1998010538A1 (en)

Cited By (50)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP1074156A1 (en) * 1998-04-22 2001-02-07 Netline Communications Technologies (NCT) Ltd. Method and system for providing cellular communications services
WO2001052562A2 (en) * 2000-01-12 2001-07-19 Deutsche Telekom Ag Method for providing and processing locality information in switched networks
WO2001065763A2 (en) * 2000-02-29 2001-09-07 3Com Corporation Providing location information for telephony over data communication networks
EP1133845A1 (en) * 1998-03-13 2001-09-19 Motorola, Inc. Method and apparatus for mobile station location within a communication system
US6321092B1 (en) 1998-11-03 2001-11-20 Signal Soft Corporation Multiple input data management for wireless location-based applications
EP1164383A2 (en) * 2000-06-13 2001-12-19 Hitachi, Ltd. Wireless position measurement terminal and wireless position measurement system
WO2002061448A2 (en) * 2001-01-31 2002-08-08 International Business Machines Corporation System and method for handling location information
WO2002082850A1 (en) * 2001-03-30 2002-10-17 Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. Method of determining position in a cellular communications network
EP1260829A1 (en) * 2001-05-24 2002-11-27 Lucent Technologies Inc. Autonomous calibration of a wireless-global positioning system
US6493380B1 (en) * 1999-05-28 2002-12-10 Nortel Networks Limited System and method for estimating signal time of arrival
US6532368B1 (en) * 1999-01-25 2003-03-11 International Business Machines Corporation Service advertisements in wireless local networks
US6584490B1 (en) 1998-10-30 2003-06-24 3Com Corporation System and method for providing call-handling services on a data network telephone system
WO2003075588A1 (en) 2002-03-01 2003-09-12 Multicom Security Ab Method, system, radio device, computer program and sim-card for alarm path monitoring
US6647267B1 (en) 1997-08-13 2003-11-11 At&T Corp. Cellular transmitter for automatically providing position location and emergency data
WO2003098957A1 (en) * 2002-05-16 2003-11-27 Telefonaktiebolaget L M Ericsson (Publ) Improved position determination in wireless communication systems
US6681252B1 (en) 1999-09-27 2004-01-20 3Com Corporation System and method for interconnecting portable information devices through a network based telecommunication system
WO2004032561A2 (en) * 2002-10-01 2004-04-15 Qualcomm Incorporated Mobile station location
US6731630B1 (en) 2000-02-29 2004-05-04 3Com Corporation Flexible dial plan for a data network telephony system
US6741586B1 (en) 2000-05-31 2004-05-25 3Com Corporation System and method for sharing computer screens over a telephony network
US6744759B1 (en) 1999-09-27 2004-06-01 3Com Corporation System and method for providing user-configured telephone service in a data network telephony system
US6795429B1 (en) 1999-09-27 2004-09-21 3Com Corporation System and method for associating notes with a portable information device on a network telephony call
US6804224B1 (en) 2000-02-29 2004-10-12 3Com Corporation System and method for providing telephone service having private branch exchange features in a voice-over-data network telephony system
US6822957B1 (en) 1998-03-05 2004-11-23 3Com Corporation Distributed network address translation for a network telephony system
WO2005011321A1 (en) * 2003-07-19 2005-02-03 Polaris Wireless, Inc. Location estimation of wireless terminals through pattern matching of deduced and empirical signal-strength measurements
US6857072B1 (en) 1999-09-27 2005-02-15 3Com Corporation System and method for enabling encryption/authentication of a telephony network
US6857021B1 (en) 1998-10-30 2005-02-15 3Com Corporation Proximity-based registration on a data network telephony system
US6870830B1 (en) 2000-11-30 2005-03-22 3Com Corporation System and method for performing messaging services using a data communications channel in a data network telephone system
US6937699B1 (en) 1999-09-27 2005-08-30 3Com Corporation System and method for advertising using data network telephone connections
EP1626288A1 (en) * 2004-08-13 2006-02-15 Frédéric Henry Hybrid positioning system
US7016675B1 (en) 1999-09-27 2006-03-21 3Com Corporation System and method for controlling telephone service using a wireless personal information device
US7030811B2 (en) * 2000-11-14 2006-04-18 Symbol Technologies, Inc. Methods and apparatus for identifying asset location in communication networks
EP1659468A2 (en) * 2004-11-16 2006-05-24 Rockwell Automation Technologies, Inc. Universal run-time interface for agent-based simulation and control systems
US7058546B2 (en) 2002-12-05 2006-06-06 Nokia Corporation System and device for monitoring of occupancy area
GB2382270B (en) * 2001-11-16 2006-06-14 Nec Technologies Improved location systems in cellular communications networks
US7065348B1 (en) * 2000-09-28 2006-06-20 Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba Communication system for providing information on position of communication party
US7116987B2 (en) 2003-07-19 2006-10-03 Polaris Wireless, Inc. Location estimation of wireless terminals through pattern matching of deduced and empirical signal-strength measurements
US7139252B2 (en) 2001-01-31 2006-11-21 International Business Machines Corporation System and method for aggregating information to determine users' locations
US7167714B2 (en) 1998-09-22 2007-01-23 Polaris Wireless, Inc. Location determination using RF fingerprints
US7194020B1 (en) * 2000-06-09 2007-03-20 Lucent Technologies Inc. Method and apparatus for dynamically adjusting acquisition search window
EP1872147A2 (en) * 2005-04-08 2008-01-02 TruePosition, Inc. Augmentation of commercial wireless location system (wls) with moving and/or airborne sensors for enhanced location accuracy and use of real-time overhead imagery for identification of wireless device locations
AU2004306063B2 (en) * 2003-10-02 2009-11-26 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Method for position determination of mobile stations
US7991602B2 (en) 2005-01-27 2011-08-02 Rockwell Automation Technologies, Inc. Agent simulation development environment
US8712428B2 (en) 2003-07-19 2014-04-29 Polaris Wireless, Inc. Location estimation of wireless terminals through pattern matching of deduced signal strengths
US8890746B2 (en) 2010-11-03 2014-11-18 Skyhook Wireless, Inc. Method of and system for increasing the reliability and accuracy of location estimation in a hybrid positioning system
EP1815267B1 (en) 2004-11-15 2015-06-10 Nanotron Technologies GmbH Symmetrical multipath method for determining the distance between two transceivers
US9083719B2 (en) 2000-05-04 2015-07-14 Focal Ip, Llc Controller for the intelligent interconnection of two communication networks, and method of use for same
WO2016067064A1 (en) * 2014-10-27 2016-05-06 Umm Al-Qura University A method and system for 3d position estimation of an object using time of arrival measurements
US9749876B2 (en) 2003-06-27 2017-08-29 Qualcomm Incorporated Local area network assisted positioning
US10863452B2 (en) 2018-12-12 2020-12-08 Rohde & Schwarz Gmbh & Co. Kg Method and radio for setting the transmission power of a radio transmission
CN113468245A (en) * 2021-07-19 2021-10-01 金陵科技学院 Dynamic minimum support degree calculation method for rail transit application

Citations (22)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5218716A (en) * 1990-11-05 1993-06-08 Motorola, Inc. Method for locating a communication unit within a multi mode communication system
US5293645A (en) * 1991-10-04 1994-03-08 Sharp Microelectronics Technology, Inc. Apparatus and method for locating mobile and portable radio terminals in a radio network
US5293642A (en) * 1990-12-19 1994-03-08 Northern Telecom Limited Method of locating a mobile station
US5329576A (en) * 1991-05-23 1994-07-12 Mitel Corporation Wireless communication zone management system
US5355511A (en) * 1990-08-08 1994-10-11 Aisin Seiki Kabushiki Kaisha Position monitoring for communicable and uncommunicable mobile stations
US5357561A (en) * 1992-07-10 1994-10-18 Motorola, Inc. Communication unit control for wide area communication systems
US5390339A (en) * 1991-10-23 1995-02-14 Motorola Inc. Method and apparatus for selecting a serving transceiver
US5390124A (en) * 1992-12-01 1995-02-14 Caterpillar Inc. Method and apparatus for improving the accuracy of position estimates in a satellite based navigation system
US5432841A (en) * 1992-07-10 1995-07-11 Rimer; Neil A. System for locating and communicating with mobile vehicles
US5465390A (en) * 1992-02-14 1995-11-07 France Telecom Method for laying out the infrastructure of a cellular communications network
US5481588A (en) * 1993-04-06 1996-01-02 Alcatel N.V. Test arrangements for radio telephone systems
US5485163A (en) * 1994-03-30 1996-01-16 Motorola, Inc. Personal locator system
US5490204A (en) * 1994-03-01 1996-02-06 Safco Corporation Automated quality assessment system for cellular networks
US5513246A (en) * 1990-12-07 1996-04-30 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson Radiotelephone locating and handoff using alternative criteria
US5519760A (en) * 1994-06-22 1996-05-21 Gte Laboratories Incorporated Cellular network-based location system
US5539810A (en) * 1992-01-27 1996-07-23 Highwaymaster Communications, Inc. Data messaging in a communications network
US5548835A (en) * 1993-12-06 1996-08-20 Nec Corporation Train radio communication system
US5561840A (en) * 1992-05-25 1996-10-01 Nokia Telecommunications Oy Method and system for location-updating of subscriber mobile stations in a mobile radio network by a combination of mobile initiated location updating of some mobile stations and network-initiated location updating of others
US5564079A (en) * 1993-06-21 1996-10-08 Telia Ab Method for locating mobile stations in a digital telephone network
US5570412A (en) * 1994-09-28 1996-10-29 U.S. West Technologies, Inc. System and method for updating a location databank
US5619552A (en) * 1993-08-20 1997-04-08 Nokia Telecommunications Oy Arrangement and method for location registration
US5621414A (en) * 1993-06-08 1997-04-15 Ricoh Company, Ltd. Location confirming system

Patent Citations (22)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5355511A (en) * 1990-08-08 1994-10-11 Aisin Seiki Kabushiki Kaisha Position monitoring for communicable and uncommunicable mobile stations
US5218716A (en) * 1990-11-05 1993-06-08 Motorola, Inc. Method for locating a communication unit within a multi mode communication system
US5513246A (en) * 1990-12-07 1996-04-30 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson Radiotelephone locating and handoff using alternative criteria
US5293642A (en) * 1990-12-19 1994-03-08 Northern Telecom Limited Method of locating a mobile station
US5329576A (en) * 1991-05-23 1994-07-12 Mitel Corporation Wireless communication zone management system
US5293645A (en) * 1991-10-04 1994-03-08 Sharp Microelectronics Technology, Inc. Apparatus and method for locating mobile and portable radio terminals in a radio network
US5390339A (en) * 1991-10-23 1995-02-14 Motorola Inc. Method and apparatus for selecting a serving transceiver
US5539810A (en) * 1992-01-27 1996-07-23 Highwaymaster Communications, Inc. Data messaging in a communications network
US5465390A (en) * 1992-02-14 1995-11-07 France Telecom Method for laying out the infrastructure of a cellular communications network
US5561840A (en) * 1992-05-25 1996-10-01 Nokia Telecommunications Oy Method and system for location-updating of subscriber mobile stations in a mobile radio network by a combination of mobile initiated location updating of some mobile stations and network-initiated location updating of others
US5357561A (en) * 1992-07-10 1994-10-18 Motorola, Inc. Communication unit control for wide area communication systems
US5432841A (en) * 1992-07-10 1995-07-11 Rimer; Neil A. System for locating and communicating with mobile vehicles
US5390124A (en) * 1992-12-01 1995-02-14 Caterpillar Inc. Method and apparatus for improving the accuracy of position estimates in a satellite based navigation system
US5481588A (en) * 1993-04-06 1996-01-02 Alcatel N.V. Test arrangements for radio telephone systems
US5621414A (en) * 1993-06-08 1997-04-15 Ricoh Company, Ltd. Location confirming system
US5564079A (en) * 1993-06-21 1996-10-08 Telia Ab Method for locating mobile stations in a digital telephone network
US5619552A (en) * 1993-08-20 1997-04-08 Nokia Telecommunications Oy Arrangement and method for location registration
US5548835A (en) * 1993-12-06 1996-08-20 Nec Corporation Train radio communication system
US5490204A (en) * 1994-03-01 1996-02-06 Safco Corporation Automated quality assessment system for cellular networks
US5485163A (en) * 1994-03-30 1996-01-16 Motorola, Inc. Personal locator system
US5519760A (en) * 1994-06-22 1996-05-21 Gte Laboratories Incorporated Cellular network-based location system
US5570412A (en) * 1994-09-28 1996-10-29 U.S. West Technologies, Inc. System and method for updating a location databank

Cited By (75)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6647267B1 (en) 1997-08-13 2003-11-11 At&T Corp. Cellular transmitter for automatically providing position location and emergency data
US6822957B1 (en) 1998-03-05 2004-11-23 3Com Corporation Distributed network address translation for a network telephony system
EP1133845A4 (en) * 1998-03-13 2004-07-21 Motorola Inc Method and apparatus for mobile station location within a communication system
EP1133845A1 (en) * 1998-03-13 2001-09-19 Motorola, Inc. Method and apparatus for mobile station location within a communication system
EP1074156A4 (en) * 1998-04-22 2004-08-25 Netline Comm Technologies Nct Method and system for providing cellular communications services
EP1074156A1 (en) * 1998-04-22 2001-02-07 Netline Communications Technologies (NCT) Ltd. Method and system for providing cellular communications services
US7167714B2 (en) 1998-09-22 2007-01-23 Polaris Wireless, Inc. Location determination using RF fingerprints
US7725111B2 (en) 1998-09-22 2010-05-25 Polaris Wireless, Inc. Location determination using RF fingerprinting
US6584490B1 (en) 1998-10-30 2003-06-24 3Com Corporation System and method for providing call-handling services on a data network telephone system
US6857021B1 (en) 1998-10-30 2005-02-15 3Com Corporation Proximity-based registration on a data network telephony system
US6321092B1 (en) 1998-11-03 2001-11-20 Signal Soft Corporation Multiple input data management for wireless location-based applications
US7522927B2 (en) 1998-11-03 2009-04-21 Openwave Systems Inc. Interface for wireless location information
US6532368B1 (en) * 1999-01-25 2003-03-11 International Business Machines Corporation Service advertisements in wireless local networks
US6493380B1 (en) * 1999-05-28 2002-12-10 Nortel Networks Limited System and method for estimating signal time of arrival
US6744759B1 (en) 1999-09-27 2004-06-01 3Com Corporation System and method for providing user-configured telephone service in a data network telephony system
US6681252B1 (en) 1999-09-27 2004-01-20 3Com Corporation System and method for interconnecting portable information devices through a network based telecommunication system
US6857072B1 (en) 1999-09-27 2005-02-15 3Com Corporation System and method for enabling encryption/authentication of a telephony network
US7016675B1 (en) 1999-09-27 2006-03-21 3Com Corporation System and method for controlling telephone service using a wireless personal information device
US6795429B1 (en) 1999-09-27 2004-09-21 3Com Corporation System and method for associating notes with a portable information device on a network telephony call
US6937699B1 (en) 1999-09-27 2005-08-30 3Com Corporation System and method for advertising using data network telephone connections
US7110746B2 (en) 2000-01-12 2006-09-19 Deutsche Telekom Ag Method for providing and processing locality information in switched networks
WO2001052562A3 (en) * 2000-01-12 2002-04-11 Deutsche Telekom Ag Method for providing and processing locality information in switched networks
WO2001052562A2 (en) * 2000-01-12 2001-07-19 Deutsche Telekom Ag Method for providing and processing locality information in switched networks
WO2001065763A2 (en) * 2000-02-29 2001-09-07 3Com Corporation Providing location information for telephony over data communication networks
US6650901B1 (en) 2000-02-29 2003-11-18 3Com Corporation System and method for providing user-configured telephone service in a data network telephony system
US6804224B1 (en) 2000-02-29 2004-10-12 3Com Corporation System and method for providing telephone service having private branch exchange features in a voice-over-data network telephony system
WO2001065763A3 (en) * 2000-02-29 2002-09-06 3Com Corp Providing location information for telephony over data communication networks
US6731630B1 (en) 2000-02-29 2004-05-04 3Com Corporation Flexible dial plan for a data network telephony system
US9083719B2 (en) 2000-05-04 2015-07-14 Focal Ip, Llc Controller for the intelligent interconnection of two communication networks, and method of use for same
US6741586B1 (en) 2000-05-31 2004-05-25 3Com Corporation System and method for sharing computer screens over a telephony network
US7194020B1 (en) * 2000-06-09 2007-03-20 Lucent Technologies Inc. Method and apparatus for dynamically adjusting acquisition search window
EP1164383A2 (en) * 2000-06-13 2001-12-19 Hitachi, Ltd. Wireless position measurement terminal and wireless position measurement system
EP1164383A3 (en) * 2000-06-13 2004-11-03 Hitachi, Ltd. Wireless position measurement terminal and wireless position measurement system
US7065348B1 (en) * 2000-09-28 2006-06-20 Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba Communication system for providing information on position of communication party
US7250906B2 (en) 2000-11-14 2007-07-31 Symbol Technologies, Inc. Methods and apparatus for identifying asset location in communication networks
US7030811B2 (en) * 2000-11-14 2006-04-18 Symbol Technologies, Inc. Methods and apparatus for identifying asset location in communication networks
US6870830B1 (en) 2000-11-30 2005-03-22 3Com Corporation System and method for performing messaging services using a data communications channel in a data network telephone system
US7139252B2 (en) 2001-01-31 2006-11-21 International Business Machines Corporation System and method for aggregating information to determine users' locations
WO2002061448A2 (en) * 2001-01-31 2002-08-08 International Business Machines Corporation System and method for handling location information
US7774453B2 (en) 2001-01-31 2010-08-10 International Business Machines Corporation System and method for handling location information
WO2002061448A3 (en) * 2001-01-31 2002-09-26 Ibm System and method for handling location information
CN1324325C (en) * 2001-01-31 2007-07-04 国际商业机器公司 System and method for handling location information
WO2002082850A1 (en) * 2001-03-30 2002-10-17 Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. Method of determining position in a cellular communications network
US6570529B2 (en) 2001-05-24 2003-05-27 Lucent Technologies Inc. Autonomous calibration of a wireless-global positioning system
EP1260829A1 (en) * 2001-05-24 2002-11-27 Lucent Technologies Inc. Autonomous calibration of a wireless-global positioning system
GB2382270B (en) * 2001-11-16 2006-06-14 Nec Technologies Improved location systems in cellular communications networks
US7224982B2 (en) 2001-11-16 2007-05-29 Nec Corporation Location systems in cellular communication networks
WO2003075588A1 (en) 2002-03-01 2003-09-12 Multicom Security Ab Method, system, radio device, computer program and sim-card for alarm path monitoring
WO2003098957A1 (en) * 2002-05-16 2003-11-27 Telefonaktiebolaget L M Ericsson (Publ) Improved position determination in wireless communication systems
US7203499B2 (en) 2002-05-16 2007-04-10 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Position determination in wireless communication systems
RU2521496C2 (en) * 2002-10-01 2014-06-27 Квэлкомм Инкорпорейтед Mobile station location
WO2004032561A2 (en) * 2002-10-01 2004-04-15 Qualcomm Incorporated Mobile station location
WO2004032561A3 (en) * 2002-10-01 2005-02-17 Qualcomm Inc Mobile station location
US7058546B2 (en) 2002-12-05 2006-06-06 Nokia Corporation System and device for monitoring of occupancy area
US9749876B2 (en) 2003-06-27 2017-08-29 Qualcomm Incorporated Local area network assisted positioning
US9810761B2 (en) 2003-06-27 2017-11-07 Qualcomm Incorporated Local area network assisted positioning
US10849092B2 (en) 2003-06-27 2020-11-24 Qualcomm Incorporated Local area network assisted positioning
US10841892B2 (en) 2003-06-27 2020-11-17 Qualcomm Incorporated Local area network assisted positioning
US9814016B2 (en) 2003-06-27 2017-11-07 Qualcomm Incorporated Local area network assisted positioning
US7116987B2 (en) 2003-07-19 2006-10-03 Polaris Wireless, Inc. Location estimation of wireless terminals through pattern matching of deduced and empirical signal-strength measurements
WO2005011321A1 (en) * 2003-07-19 2005-02-03 Polaris Wireless, Inc. Location estimation of wireless terminals through pattern matching of deduced and empirical signal-strength measurements
US8712428B2 (en) 2003-07-19 2014-04-29 Polaris Wireless, Inc. Location estimation of wireless terminals through pattern matching of deduced signal strengths
AU2004306063B2 (en) * 2003-10-02 2009-11-26 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Method for position determination of mobile stations
EP1626288A1 (en) * 2004-08-13 2006-02-15 Frédéric Henry Hybrid positioning system
EP1815267B1 (en) 2004-11-15 2015-06-10 Nanotron Technologies GmbH Symmetrical multipath method for determining the distance between two transceivers
EP1659468A2 (en) * 2004-11-16 2006-05-24 Rockwell Automation Technologies, Inc. Universal run-time interface for agent-based simulation and control systems
EP1659468A3 (en) * 2004-11-16 2006-08-16 Rockwell Automation Technologies, Inc. Universal run-time interface for agent-based simulation and control systems
US7991602B2 (en) 2005-01-27 2011-08-02 Rockwell Automation Technologies, Inc. Agent simulation development environment
EP1872147A2 (en) * 2005-04-08 2008-01-02 TruePosition, Inc. Augmentation of commercial wireless location system (wls) with moving and/or airborne sensors for enhanced location accuracy and use of real-time overhead imagery for identification of wireless device locations
EP1872147A4 (en) * 2005-04-08 2010-07-14 Trueposition Inc Augmentation of commercial wireless location system (wls) with moving and/or airborne sensors for enhanced location accuracy and use of real-time overhead imagery for identification of wireless device locations
US8890746B2 (en) 2010-11-03 2014-11-18 Skyhook Wireless, Inc. Method of and system for increasing the reliability and accuracy of location estimation in a hybrid positioning system
WO2016067064A1 (en) * 2014-10-27 2016-05-06 Umm Al-Qura University A method and system for 3d position estimation of an object using time of arrival measurements
US10863452B2 (en) 2018-12-12 2020-12-08 Rohde & Schwarz Gmbh & Co. Kg Method and radio for setting the transmission power of a radio transmission
CN113468245A (en) * 2021-07-19 2021-10-01 金陵科技学院 Dynamic minimum support degree calculation method for rail transit application
CN113468245B (en) * 2021-07-19 2023-05-05 金陵科技学院 Dynamic minimum support calculation method for rail transit application

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
AU4338597A (en) 1998-03-26
AU4479697A (en) 1998-03-26

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US6236365B1 (en) Location of a mobile station using a plurality of commercial wireless infrastructures
US20210084607A1 (en) Locating a mobile station and applications therefor
WO1998010538A1 (en) Location of a mobile station using a plurality of commercial wireless infrastructures
US5570412A (en) System and method for updating a location databank
US7050787B2 (en) Cooperative element location system
US7050786B2 (en) Method and apparatus for locating a wireless device
US5960341A (en) Positioning system having an RF-measurements databank
Drane et al. Positioning GSM telephones
US8401570B2 (en) LTE fingerprinting positioning references for other cellular systems
KR100920092B1 (en) Monitoring of call information in a wireless location system
CN101622891B (en) User plane uplink time difference of arrival (U-TDOA)
US5508707A (en) Method for determining position by obtaining directional information from spatial division multiple access (SDMA)-equipped and non-SDMA-equipped base stations
US5768686A (en) Method and system for position determination using video dial tone
US7262731B2 (en) Method and system for optimizing location-based service by adjusting maximum antenna range
CN102223710A (en) Method and apparatus for wireless network hybrid positioning
JP2012524901A (en) Network autonomous wireless location system
CN103379624A (en) Method and apparatus for wireless network hybrid positioning
WO1998010538B1 (en) Location of a mobile station using a plurality of commercial wireless infrastructures
Bull Wireless geolocation
Porretta et al. A novel single base station location technique for microcellular wireless networks: description and validation by a deterministic propagation model
Kyriazakos et al. Optimization of the Handover Algorithm based on the Position of the Mobile Terminals
Jonsson et al. Estimated accuracy of location in mobile networks using E-OTD
Bayrak et al. A novel mobile positioning algorithm based on environment estimation
Kyriazakos et al. Architectures for the provision of position location services in cellular networking environments
Khan Mobile cellular location positioning: an approach combining radio signal strength propagation and trilateration

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AK Designated states

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): AL AM AT AU AZ BA BB BG BR BY CA CH CN CU CZ DE DK EE ES FI GB GE GH HU ID IL IS JP KE KG KP KR KZ LC LK LR LS LT LU LV MD MG MK MN MW MX NO NZ PL PT RO RU SD SE SG SI SK SL TJ TM TR TT UA UG US UZ VN YU ZW AM AZ BY KG KZ MD RU TJ TM

AL Designated countries for regional patents

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): GH KE LS MW SD SZ UG ZW AT BE CH DE DK ES FI FR GB GR IE IT LU MC

DFPE Request for preliminary examination filed prior to expiration of 19th month from priority date (pct application filed before 20040101)
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application
NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: JP

Ref document number: 1998512995

Format of ref document f/p: F

REG Reference to national code

Ref country code: DE

Ref legal event code: 8642

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 09230109

Country of ref document: US

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase
NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: CA